Manual Simulator TechSim

ERS 5000 TechSim
MAN B&W 6S50MC-C Diesel Engine – Product Tanker

Trainee Manual
Issue Date: November 2014
Copyright: © Transas MIP Ltd. 1991–2014. All rights reserved.
The information contained herein is proprietary to Transas MIP Ltd. and shall not be duplicated in whole or in part. The technical details contained in this manual are accu-
rate at the date of issue but are subject to change without notice.
Transas MIP Ltd. pursues a policy of continuous development. This may mean that the product delivered has additional enhancements not yet covered by the latest version
of this manual.
The names of actual companies and products mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
MAN B&W 6S50MC-C Diesel Engine – Product Tanker. Trainee Manual
Introduction . Introduction


Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3
Introduction
Introduction contains the general description of the
simulator architecture and prototype vessel.
Transas MIP Ltd. — November 2014

Introduction . Introduction

Introduction
This Chapter contains:
1. Printing House Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2. Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. The Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4. Simulator Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.1. Consoles Button Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4.2. LCS Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.3. 3D Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5. General Controls in the Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.1. Group Starter Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.2. Push Button Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
5.3. Thermocontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.4. SET-DIFF Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

5
Introduction . Abbreviations

1. Printing House Conventions ESB

EXH
Emergency Switch Board
Exhaust
P/P (PP)
PAH
Pump(s)
Pressure Alarm High
F.O. (FO) Fuel Oil PAL Pressure Alarm Low
Sample of notation Usage comments F.W. (FW) Fresh Water PDB Power Distribution Board
Router.exe To highlight messages, commands, files F/E Finishing with Engine PMS Power Management System
and other Windows OS information FF Fire Fighting R/U Ready For Use
New To highlight menu items FP Feeder Panel RCS Remote Control System
Button To highlight buttons FPP Fixed Pitch Propeller S.W. (SW) Sea Water
Log To highlight path to a file, folder G/E (GE) Generator Engine S/B Stand-By
Exit To highlight names of windows, pages, GB Generator Breaker S/G (SG) Steering Gear
interface elements, etc. GSP Group Starter Panel S/T Stern Tube
Refer to To highlight references and links. H.F.O. (HFO) Heavy Fuel Oil SC Sea Chest
<Enter> To highlight keyboard key names H.T. (HT) High Temperature SH. Shut
HPP Hydraulic Power Pack SL. Slow
HPU Hydraulic Power Unit STP Sewage Treatment Plant
2. Abbreviations I.G.G. (IGG)

J.W. (JW)
Inert Gas Generator
Jacket Water
T/C (TC)
TAH
Turbo compressor
Temperature Alarm High
L.O. (LO) Lube Oil TAL Temperature Alarm Low
ACB Air Circuit Breaker L.P. (LP) Low Pressure TI Temperature Indication
AHU Air Handling Unit L.S. (LS) Low Sulfur TIAH Temperature Indicator Alarm High
AMS Alarm Monitoring System L.S.H.F.O. (LSHFO) Low Sulfur Heavy Fuel Oil TK Tank
AOP Additional Operator Panel L.S.M.D.O. (LSMDO) Low Sulfur Marine Diesel Oil VIT Variable Injection Timing
BMCS Boiler Monitoring & Control System L/T (LT, L.T.) Low Temperature W Water
BW Bilge Well LAH Level Alarm High
C.F.W. (CFW) Cooling Fresh Water LAL Level Alarm Low
C.S.W. (CSW) Cooling Sea Water LCP Local Control Panel
C/R Control Room LGSP Local Group Starter Panel
CB Circuit Breaker LIAH Temperature Indicator Level High
CCC Cargo Control Console LOP Local Operating Panel
DGU DEIF Generator Unit M.D.O. (MDO) Marine Diesel Oil
DU Display Unit M.G.O. (MGO) Marine Gas Oil
E/G (EG) (EmG) Emergency Generator M.G.P.S. Marine Growth Prevention System
E/R (ER) Engine Room M/E (ME) Main Engine
E/S Engine Side MCD Main Circuit Diagram
ECC Engine Control Console MSB (MSBD, MSWB) Main Switch Board
ECR Engine Control Room O.W.S. (OWS) Oily Water Separator
EMCY (EM’CY) Emergency P.C.O. (PCO) Piston Cooling Oil

6
Introduction . The Ship

3. The Ship
The simulator is modeling the Propulsion Plant, Electric Power
Plant, Alarm Monitoring System (AMS), auxiliary systems,
equipment, units and mechanisms of a general Oil/Chemical
Product Tanker.
Ship general characteristics:
Max. continuous power 8 600 kW at 127 RPM

Length 183 meters
Breadth 32.2 meters
Dead Weight 50 000 t
Max Speed 15.7 knots
Product Tanker general view

7
Introduction . Simulator Architecture
Consoles Button Bars
4. Simulator Architecture • Displays of the page BMCS model Boiler Monitoring & Con-
trol System remote control displays on the ECR desk;
The pages of the Virtual Hardware console are:
• 220V – MSB AC220V Feeder upper and lower panels.
The simulator of a Product Tanker has the Propulsion console • Displays of the page Diag allow students to observe the ef-
and Virtual Hardware console comprising all displays to control • GSP2 – No. 2 Group Starter Panels;
fects of various combustion faults and make adjustments
and monitor the ship’s systems, units and mechanisms. to the process for the Main propulsion engines, and exam- • FP2 – MSB No. 2 Feeder AC440V upper and lower panels;
The bottom bar of the simulator screen contains buttons with ine generators engines cylinder parameters; • G3 – Generator 3 upper and lower panels;
page names. Pages consist of displays. Click a button to open • Displays of the page SYS contain mimics of the ship’s sys- • BUS – Bus Tie upper and lower panels;
the page submenu. The list of displays of a selected page tems. They model manual local control of the respective • SYN – MSB Synchro upper and lower panels;
opens in the drop-down (actually, pull-up) menu. Figures units and mechanisms.
• G2 – Generator 2 upper and lower panels;
shows the simulator Propulsion and Virtual Hardware consoles • The following pages model equipment control in the ship
button bars, and an example page menu. • G1 – Generator 1 upper and lower panels;
engine rooms:
• FP1 – MSB No. 1 Feeder AC440V upper and lower panels;
űű SG – Steering Gear room page;
4.1. Consoles Button Bars űű ER1 – Engine Room 1 page;
• GSP1 – No. 1 Group Starter Panels;
The pages (buttons on the button bar) of the Propulsion con- • ESB – Emergency Switchboard and Shore connection panels;
űű ER2 – Engine Room Deck 2 page;
sole are described in brief below: • EG – Emergency Generator LOP panel;
űű ER3 – Engine Room Upper Deck page;
• Displays of the page BCC model the Bridge control console űű ER4 – Engine Room Deck A page; • DM2 – Generator 2 DM controller panel;
panels; űű FF – Fire Fighting room page; • DM3 – Generator 3 DM controller panel;
• Displays of the page ECR model the Engine Control Room űű EmG – Emergency Generator room page. • DM1 – Generator 1 DM controller panel.
control console panels;
The displays of a page menu contain mimics of the Local
• Displays of the page MSB model the Electrical Power Plant Operating Panels (LOPs) of the units and mechanisms, switch-
Main Switchboard control panels; boards (SWBDs), power distribution boards (PDBs), group
• Displays of the page AMS model Alarm Monitoring System starter panels (GSP), etc. and the 3-D pictures of the engine
remote control displays on the ECR desk; rooms where applicable.
Example menu (EmG page)
Bottom bar of the Propulsion console
Bottom bar of the Virtual Hardware console

8
LCS Software
4.2. LCS Software

At the simulator start the Loading Control System (LCS) software
kit LCS TROITSKY BRIDGE starts automatically. The LCS is
designed for calculating and controlling the vessel’s loading,
trim and stability in the course of its operation, as well as for:
• Calculating the vessel loading by entering data on the
ship’s provisions, liquid cargoes, water ballast and cargoes
carried; saving the input loading data in the computer
memory; LCS help system allows the trainee to familiarize
with the system and its options;
• Estimating an intact vessel trim, stability and longitudinal
strength data, comparing it with the allowed values.
Note: The LCS and the task model would always both run on
the same computer.
During the execution of an exercise the simulator model com-
municates with the LCS and sends the information about the
volumes and density of the liquids in cargo and ballast tanks.
Using this data the LCS calculates the vessel loading, trim and
stability parameters. These values are displayed in the LCS
dedicated windows and are also displayed on the CMS panels
of the simulator.
LCS can be switched between Online and Standard modes.
• In Online mode, LCS constantly receives the actual values
of Volume, Density and Temperature for cargo tanks.
• In Standard mode the parameters of cargo tanks can be
To change the density of outside water during an exercise:
edited manually.
Note : When the simulator is running, the LCS must be in Online 1. Set the simulator to Pause.
Mode. Switch to Standard mode only when the exercise is paused. 2. Switch LCS to Standard mode.
Note : In Online mode, make sure, that the Product column in 3. Edit the parameter Water density in the
the Cargo Tanks window is empty for each of cargo tanks. This is Utilities/Voyage condition window.
required for correct displaying of actual values. 4. Switch back to Online mode and continue the exercise.

9
3D Visualization
4.3. 3D Visualization
Photographic pictures of the Bridge, Engine Control Room,
MSB Room, and Emergency Generator Room are displayed for
the background of respective pages to provide realistic view.
Engine room pages contain 3D simulation displays of the re-
spective location. The 3D displays are implemented for:
• Steering Gear room (SG page);
• Engine room 1 (ER1 page);
• Engine room Deck 2 (ER2 page);
• Engine room Upper Deck (ER3 page);
• Engine room Deck A (ER4 page).
Examples are presented on the figures below.
3D display of ER1 page 3D display of SG page
To give a look-over of the room click and hold the right mouse
button while moving it around: the 3D scene will rotate. Zoom
in and out the scene using the mouse wheel. Click and hold
the left mouse button to move the scene around the display.
To open a local control panel or push button box (e.g. to con-
trol a pump) double-click on the mechanism’s picture. These
panels are also called from the menu items of respective ER
pages. An example is presented on the figure.
Direct control from 3D displays is implemented for Main En-
gine manual control (see Chapter 1 for detailed description).
Example: PUSH BUTTON BOX for No. 1 FIRE & GS PUMP

10
Introduction . General Controls in the Simulator
Group Starter Panels
5. General Controls 5.2. Push Button Box

Push button boxes are used for local operating of
in the Simulator pumps, compressors, etc., comprising:
Pumps can be manually controlled from the starter • RUN indicator lamp;
panels located on the switchboards, and from the
• START push button;
push button boxes located on the pump itself.
• STOP button with a blocking ring. Click on the
button center (red) to simply stop the mecha-
5.1. Group Starter Panels nism. Click (or turn) on the button border (gray)
Group Starter Panels (GSP) on simulator displays vary to stop the mechanism and block its start; the
slightly for different types of mechanisms. The fig- button stays pressed. To unblock, click on the
ures present standard contents of such panels. The border; the button depresses;
description below covers the various parts of a panel
• Mechanism nameplate.
comprising:
• Label with the name of mechanism;
• Labels with the description of trip type (e.g. ES2)
and restart sequence condition;
• Power switch circuit breaker;
• Ammeter;
• Run hours counter;
• MOTOR CONTROLLER panel comprising:
űű LED indicators to illuminate when the mecha-
nism is in respective state (e.g. ABNORMAL ,
ST-BY, RUN);
űű STOP and START push buttons. The buttons on the MOTOR CONTROLLER panel (for the starters
• Alarm and state indicator lamps (e.g. SOURCE, of duty/standby pairs) are used to select:
RUN, HEATING);
• MAN – manual operation of the pump at the starter panel
• RESET push button; and/or push button box;
• STOP and START push buttons. • AUTO – operation of the pumps as duty/standby pair: start
Some of the panels contain a color label for indica- one of the pumps by the START button and press the AUTO
tion of the EM’CY shutdown and preferential trip button on the starter panel of this pump; then press the
stage (see the description in Chapter 3). For duty/ AUTO button on the starter panel of the second pump of
standby pairs SEQ. START time is indicated on a label. the pair, its ST-BY indicator illuminates.

11
Introduction . General Controls in the Simulator
Thermocontroller
5.3. Thermocontroller Mode #3 “Control Setting” 5.4. SET-DIFF Controllers

Thermocontrollers are used to setpoint the temperature val- Turn the switch lock–unlock into position unlock set the Controllers can set temperature, pressure.
ues for various systems’ automatics and to monitor the current Mode #3. The more and less buttons are enabled. The P button is
used to switch the screen into modes “P”, “I” and “D” in a round • Heater Controller contains:
temperatures.
robin way and change their parameters. űű The display °C to show the actual temperature;
The controller display outputs the Set Point in the upper line
• Press the P button. The screen changes the form to: űű The DIFF regulator to set the value controlling the
and the Current value in the lower line.
heater automatic stop – when the temperature is be-
low the RANGE-DIFF value;
űű The SET T illuminated latched button; press the button to
operate the RANGE regulator; the button illuminates, the
display shows the set value; press the button again to
lock the values; the button lights down;
űű The RANGE knob to set the temperature value upon
• Set the “P” proportional coefficient value in the lower line reaching which the heater will stop.
Controller LED Indicators using the more and less buttons. Press the P button to con- • Boiler Controller contains:
• The K1 indicator illuminates when the output Temperature firm the setting and change the screen to the form: űű The display BAR to show the actual temperature;
alarm occurs.
űű The DIFF regulator to set the value controlling the
• The K2 indicator illuminates when the Power failure alarm
boiler automatic stop – when the pressure is below the
occurs.
RANGE-DIFF value;
• The K3 indicator illuminates when the control valve triggers.
űű The SET P illuminated latched button; press the button to
Controller can operate in the following three modes: operate the RANGE regulator; the button illuminates, the
• Set the “I” integral coefficient value in the lower line using display shows the set value; press the button again to
Mode #1 “Job Controller” the more and less buttons. Press the P button to confirm the lock the values; the button lights down;
• The switch lock–unlock is in position lock. setting and change the screen to the form:
űű The RANGE knob to set the pressure value upon reach-
• The upper line displays the task regulator. ing which the boiler will stop.
• The lower line displays the current value of the adjustable
parameter.
Mode #2 “Set Value”

Press the P button to enable the more and less buttons. • Set the “D” coefficient value in the lower line using the more
and less buttons. Press the P button to confirm the setting
• The switch lock–unlock is in position lock.
and return the screen to the form with the “P” parameter.
• Use the more and less buttons to set the required value in
Turn the switch lock–unlock into position lock to turn the con-
the upper line.
troller into Mode #1.
Press the P button to confirm the setting and return to Mode # 1.

12
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant

This chapter contains the description of the simulator tools for
training the watch personnel of the vessel in skills of correct
operating the Product Tanker Propulsion Plant.

Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant

Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant

This chapter contains:
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5. Operating ME from 3-D Pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.1. Propulsion Plant Remote Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 5.1. ME Manual Control and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2. PP Remote Control from the Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5.1.1. Indicator Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.1. Bridge Control Console B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 5.1.2. FO Pump Adjustment Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.1.1. Control Position Change Over from Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 5.1.3. Lubricators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.1.2. Telegraph Transmitter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 5.2. TC Cleaning Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3. PP Remote Control from the ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5.2.1. TC Turbine Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
3.1. ECR Control Console A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 5.2.2. TC Compressor Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.2. ECR Control Console C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 5.2.3. Air Cooler Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.2.1. Remote Control System Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 5.3. ME Local Control Panel on 3D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.2.2. Safety System Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 6. ME Manoeuvring System Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.2.3. Governor Control Unit Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 7. Diagnostic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.2.4. TEN-KEY Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7.1. Cylinder Indicator Diagrams for ME & GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3. ECR Control Console D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 7.1.1. Analysing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.3.1. Operating ME Viscosity Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 7.1.2. Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.4. ECR Control Consoles G & H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 7.2. Exhaust Gases Emission Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
3.4.1. Operating Manoeuvring Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 7.3. Cylinder Combustion Diagnosis Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.4.2. ME Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 7.3.1. Modeling Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.4.3. Control Position Change Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
4. Main Diesel Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
4.2. ME Local Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
4.3. ME Turning Gear Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4.4. ME Aux Blower LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

14
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . Introduction
Propulsion Plant Remote Control System
1. Introduction 1.1. Propulsion Plant Remote

The propulsion system is designed to provide reliable, efficient Control System
and economical motive power for the Ship in automatic, semi- The main engine Remote Control System (RCS) provides
automatic or manual propulsion modes to meet the ship’s the following performance of the main engine with a micro- In addition, there is provided a safety system, which auto-
demands in motion and manoeuvring under standard and processor from the bridge by operating a single telegraph matically slows down or automatically shuts down the main
emergency conditions. transmitter: reversing, starting, and stopping electrically-pneu- engine under electric-pneumatic control at emergency such
The simulator models the Propulsion Plant of the Product matically; speed setting electrically. as abnormal condition of the main engine.
Tanker prototype ship. And in case of control room control, main engine is controlled A manually emergency shut down device is provided to be
The Propulsion Plant is a slow speed, two-stroke diesel en- by means of telegraph receiver for reversing, and by means of able to shut down the main engine under electric-pneumat-
gine and direct driven fixed pitch propeller (FPP). manoeuvring handle for starting, stopping and speed setting. ic control for emergency such as failure of the RCS.
The Ship Propulsion Plant simulation is designed for training An engine side control system is provided on the main engine Furthermore, in case of control room and engine side con-
the engine room watch personnel in skills required for the for the case of the emergency in failure of the remote control trol, telegraph transmitter on the bridge is used as normal
proper operation of the Propulsion Plant, including: system or the governor, etc. engine telegraph.
• Preparation of equipment/systems for operation, startup

and shutdown;
• Operating the PP when manoeuvring the ship; Manoeuvring Method
• Monitoring of operation using variable parameters;
Manoeuvring method Speed control method Safety system
• Trouble shooting.
Bridge Automatic control by means of telegraph transmit- Governor control by electric sig- Manual emergency shut down
In addition to training in practical skills, the simulator allows ter (Micro-computer-pneumatic control) nal from telegraph transmitter Automatic emergency shut down
the user to learn the basic principles of the arrangement, func- Automatic emergency slow down
tions and interaction of PP components and systems. Control Manual control by means of telegraph receiver and Governor control by electric sig- Manual emergency shut down
room manoeuvring handle (Electric-pneumatic control) nal from manoeuvring handle Automatic emergency shut down
The parameters and features of simulated mechanisms and
Engine side Manual control by means of fuel regulating wheel, Fuel regulation shaft control by Manual emergency shut down
systems correspond to the real life as the simulator models all
reversing lever and push button (Mechanical, fuel regulation wheel Automatic emergency shut down
main PP processes (heat, mechanical, gas- and hydrodynamic,
pneumatic control)
and electrical) in their interconnection.

15
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . PP Remote Control from the Bridge
Bridge Control Console B
2. PP Remote Control
from the Bridge
Displays of the page BCC contain the Bridge control consoles
section A (SG and Fire pumps control), and section B (alarm,
ME remote control system, safety system and governor control
unit) simulation. Fire station and emergency control and moni-
toring is also available from the Bridge, as well as Inert Gas
Generator monitoring.
2.1. Bridge Control Console B

Click the menu item BCC B of the page BCC to open the display
BRIDGE CONSOLE SECTION B.
The display contains:

• ALARM ACKN button to acknowledge alarms indicated by
the ALARM LAMPS below;
• M/E R.P.M. INDICATOR;
• E/R DEADMAN SYSTEM indicators, which highlight to signal
SYSTEM ON or E/R DEADMAN ALARM (see Chapter 4);
• SPEED LOG INDICATOR comprising: digital speed indicator,
green lamp, which illuminates when moving ahead (speed
positive), and red lamp, which illuminates when moving
astern (speed negative);
• M/E T/C R.P.M. INDICATOR;
• M/E STARTING AIR PRESS. INDICATOR;
• ALARM LAMPS panel (see the description below);
• AC220V NORMAL POWER ON indicator lamp, which illumi-
nates when 220V AC power supply is available from MSB;
• AC220V EM’CY POWER ON indicator lamp, which illumi-
nates when 220V AC power supply is available from ESB;
• DC24V POWER ON indicator lamp, which illuminates when
24V DC power supply is available;

16
• AC POWER CHANGE - OVER SW. switch to select power űű LIMITED SPEED attempt to exceed the speed limit set in űű BRIDGE SOURCE FAILURE ;
source manually between: MAN MAIN / MAN EM’CY; Safety system, see the paragraph 3.2 on page 20; űű CONTROL SOURCE FAILURE ;
or set AUTO selection by RCS; űű LOAD UP PROGRAM / LOAD DOWN PROGRAM at ahead űű SAFETY SOURCE FAILURE ;
• MAIN ENGINE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM panel (see remote speed control in the range of 80~MAX rpm ;
űű TELEG. SOURCE FAILURE ;
the description below); űű CRITICAL SPEED speed is in the range 45~55 rpm for > 5
űű BRIDGE MAIN AC SOURCE ;
• TELEGRAPH transmitter (see the description below). sec.;
űű CONTROL SOURCE ;
ALARM LAMPS on the panel illuminate to indicate the fol- űű PROGRAM BY-PASS – LOAD UP / LOAD DOWN programs
lowing power failure alarm conditions: are switched off by PROGRAM BY-PASS button; űű SAFETY SOURCE ;
űű PROGRAM BY-PASS button with protection cover. űű TELEG. SOURCE ;

• B.C.C. AC MAIN POWER FAIL;
• SAFETY FUNCTION panel lamps, which illuminate to űű BRIDGE EM’CY DC SOURCE ;
• B.C.C. AC EM’CY POWER FAIL;
indicate: űű REM.CON MAIN SOURCE ;
• N.I.D. PNL POWER FAIL – not modeled;
űű MANU EM’CY SH.DOWN manual ME EM’CY stop űű REM.CON EM’CY SOURCE ;
• B.C.C. DC POWER FAIL;
executed; űű MAN/EM’CY SOURCE FAILURE .
• AUTO TEL EXCHANGER POWER FAIL;
űű EM’CY SH.DOWN PREWARN shut down condition exists, • ALARM panel lamps, which illuminate to indicate the fol-
• P.A. SYS ABNORMAL; and timer is ON; lowing alarm conditions:
• E.C.C. AC MAIN POWER FAIL; űű EM’CY SL.DOWN PREWARN slow down condition exists, űű CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL / SAFETY SYSTEM ABNOR-
• E.C.C. AC EM’CY POWER FAIL; and timer is ON; MAL / GOVERN. SYSTEM ABNORMAL alarm in the respec-
• E.C.C. DC POWER FAIL . űű AUTO EM’CY SH.DOWN shut down is ON; tive system (see ECC C in the paragraph 3.2 on page 20);
The MAIN ENGINE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM űű SLOW DOWN REQUEST slow down override is set, or ME űű F.O. CAM POSITION ABNORMAL see indication on the
panel contains: is under local control, or slow down has been reset but local panel in the paragraph 4.2 on page 29;
the conditions were not cleared; űű WRONG WAY sailing direction on the Bridge and ECR (or
• STARTING AIR; and ACTUAL REVOLUTION indicators;
űű AUTO EM’CY SL.DOWN slow down is ON; local panel) do not coincide;
• START panel lamps, which illuminate to indicate:
űű EM’CY SH.DOWN OVERRIDE button EM’CY SHUT DOWN OVER- űű OVER SPEED;
űű READY TO START;
RIDE was pressed – emergency run function is ON; űű IMPERF. BRIDGE CONT. control from the Bridge is impos-
űű REPEATED START repeater start procedures, see in-
űű OVERRIDE AVAILABLE the slow down or shut down pre- sible: any power source alarm of the bridge consoles, or
dication on the diagram of ECC C the paragraph 3.2
warning, or condition can be by-passed; turning gear is engaged, or no starting air is available;
on page 20;
űű EM’CY SL.DOWN OVERRIDE button EM’CY SLOW DOWN OVER- • ACKN button to acknowledge RCS alarms;
űű START BLOCK at starting , when ready to start is off;
RIDE was pressed – emergency run function is ON; • CONTROL POSITION panel to indicate control position, re-
űű START FAILURE;
űű EM’CY SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE and EM’CY SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE quest and accept control change over (see the description
űű START AIR LOW PRESS. buttons with protection cover. below);
• CONTROL FUNCTION panel lamps, which illuminate to • ELECTRIC SOURCE panel lamps, which illuminate to indi- • MANU EM’CY SHUT DOWN button with protection cover. Click
indicate: cate the following power source state and failure alarm once to open the cover; click second time to push the but-
conditions: ton and shut down the ME.

17
2.1.1. Control Position Change Over from Bridge ENGINE SIDE indicator illuminates when control is executed TELEGRAPH transmitter contains:
from the engine side LOP; • Buttons:
Change over is performed on control consoles BCC B (see the
paragraph 2.1 on page 16) and ECC G-H (see the paragraph 3.4 HANDLE MATCH indicator illuminates when telegraph posi- űű BRIGHT – press and hold to increase brightness of the
on page 26). tions at the Bridge and ECR match. telegraph sectors;
1. Control is at the Bridge: űű DARK – press and hold to decrease brightness of the tele-
2.1.2. Telegraph Transmitter Operation graph sectors;
On BCC B console BRIDGE button is illuminated on CON-
Telegraph transmitter on the Bridge console is used for order- űű LAMPTEST – press to illuminate all indicator lamps on the
TROL POSITION panel;
ing the ME speed. scale for testing;
On ECC G-H console BRIDGE lamp is illuminated on M/E
INDICATOR PANEL . űű R/U – Ready For Use;
›› To request control change over from Bridge to ECR, press űű S/B – Stand-By;
the CONTROL ROOM button on BCC B console. The button űű F/E – Finishing with Engine.
light and CONTROL ROOM lamp on ECC G-H console M/E
• M/E ORDER REV. digital indicator of the ordered ME speed
INDICATOR PANEL start flashing.
in min-1 r.p.m.;
›› To accept control position change over on ECC G-H, set the
• Speed scale comprising following sectors & lamps:
M/E CONTROL POSITION CHANGE OVER switch to ECR.
űű NAV. FULL AHEAD – 89/128 (central/max pos.) rpm ;
CONTROL ROOM button on BCC B console, and CONTROL
űű FULL AHEAD – 76/80 rpm;
ROOM lamp on ECC G-H console M/E INDICATOR PANEL
turn to steady light to indicate the change over. űű HALF AHEAD – 68/71 rpm;
űű SLOW AHEAD – 56/58 rpm;
2. Control is at the ECR:
űű DEAD SLOW AHEAD – 32/43 rpm;
On BCC B console CONTROL ROOM button is illuminated CON-
TROL POSITION panel;
űű STOP – 0 rpm;
On ECC G-H console CONTROL ROOM lamp is illuminated űű DEAD SLOW ASTERN – -38 rpm;
on M/E INDICATOR PANEL . űű SLOW ASTERN – -58 rpm;
›› To request control change over from Bridge, press the űű HALF ASTERN – -75 rpm;
BRIDGE button on BCC B console. The button light and űű FULL ASTERN – -85 rpm (-90 max).
BRIDGE lamp on ECC G-H console M/E INDICATOR PANEL • Telegraph handle; drag the handle to required position
start flashing. using the mouse.
›› To accept control position change over on ECC G-H, set the The handle always sets to central position of a sector. Click
M/E CONTROL POSITION CHANGE OVER switch to BRIDGE. the small up or down arrows on the handle to adjust the
BRIDGE button on BCC B console, and BRIDGE lamp on ECC order by 1 rpm; actual value is displayed in the M/E ORDER
G-H console M/E INDICATOR PANEL turn to steady light to REV. box.
indicate the change over.

18
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . PP Remote Control from the ECR
ECR Control Console A
3. PP Remote Control from the ECR

Displays of the page ECR contain the Engine Room control con-
sole sections A, C, D, G and H simulation. Fire and emergency
control and monitoring is also available from the Bridge, as
well as Inert Gas Generator monitoring.
3.1. ECR Control Console A

Click the menu item ECC A of the page ECR to open the display.
The console contains:
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E L.O. INLET PRESS. IND. gauges;
• M/E OIL MIST DETECTION CONT.PANEL comprising:
űű Scales and digital indicators of oil mist content in each
ME cylinder, and AVERAGE value;
űű ALARM indicators for HIGH ALARM (value > 1.5 – slow
down condition) and PRE-ALARM (deviation > 0.4, or
value > 1.5) on any of the detectors);
űű SYSTEM indicator for RUN indication; SYS FAILURE indica-
tor is not modeled;
űű LCD screen with indication of the Level and Deviation
values in oil mist detectors;
űű INITIAL SET, TEST, MODE and right and left arrow buttons
are not modeled;
űű Arrow UP and Arrow DOWN buttons to browse the list of • Six ALARM LAMPS to illuminate when NO. ## CYL. SCAV.AIR • E.C.C. POWER ON LAMPS comprising:
detectors on LCD screen. LOW TEMP alarm occurs in a ME cylinder; űű AC220V NORMAL POWER ON – illuminates when 220V AC
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E VALVE POSITION IND. sets of con- • B.C.C. POWER FAIL LAMPS comprising: power supply is available from MSB;
trols; each set contains:
űű AC220V NORMAL POWER FAIL – illuminates when 220V űű AC220V EM’CY POWER ON – illuminates when 220V AC
űű INLET HFO, INLET MDO, OUTLET HFO, OUTLET MDO, indi- AC power supply from MSB fails; power supply is available from ESB;
cator lamps to show the FO flow through the valve;
űű AC220V EM’CY POWER FAIL – illuminates when 220V AC űű DC24V POWER ON – illuminates when 24V DC power
űű H.F.O. – M.D.O. two-position switch to select the FO power supply is from ESB fails; supply is available.
source for the generator engine.
űű DC24V POWER FAIL – illuminates when 24V DC power • AC POWER CH-OVER SW. switch to select power source
• M/E H.F.O. /D.O. IND. LAMP indicator lamps INLET HFO, IN- supply fails. manually: MAN MAIN / MAN EM’CY; or set AUTO
LET MDO to show the FO supply for ME; selection by RCS.

19
ECR Control Console C
3.2. ECR Control Console C • CONTROL POSITION indicator lamps: BRIDGE; CONTROL
ROOM; ENGINE SIDE;
Click the menu item ECC C of the page ECR to open the display
• MONITOR alarm lamps:
of the main engine Remote Control System (RCS).
űű CPU ABNORMAL / 15V SOURCE FAIL / TELEG. TRANS POT
The console contains: – faults by the instructor;
• RUDDER ANGLE IND. gauge; green – STBD, red – PORT; űű WIRING ABNORMAL any of the above alarms; on the
• M/E R.P.M. IND. gauge; BCC B the alarm lamp CONTROL SYSTEM ABNORMAL
illuminates.
• M/E T/C R.P.M. IND. digital gauge;
• START BLOCK CONDITION lamps illuminate to indicate start
• M/E RUNNING HOUR METER;
block conditions:
• M/E FUEL LOAD IND. gauge;
űű ENGINE READY;
• M/E CONTROL PANEL of the RCS comprising CONTROL SYS-
űű SHUT D. NOT WORK ;
TEM and SAFETY SYSTEM panels (described below);
űű F.O. OUT ;
• M/E GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT panel (described below).
űű START AIR P NOR .
In further descriptions not modeled controls are omitted.
• ENGINE READY CONDITION lamps illuminate to indicate
ready to start conditions:
űű MAIN START V. SERV. ;
űű TURN. G. DISENGAGED ;
űű START DIST.V. OPEN .
• ADDR | DESCRIPTION | UNIT table and TEN-KEY board (see
description in the paragraph 3.2.4 on page 23 below).
Addresses of RCS TEN-KEY board implemented in the simulator
3.2.1. Remote Control System Panel
ADDRESS DESCRIPTION
The CONTROL SYSTEM panel contains:
001 Max speed set
• System diagram with indicator lamps; 302 Handle order
• ELECTRIC SOURCE lamps illuminate when power 303 Speed order for governor
is available: 304 M/E revolution
űű MAIN SOURCE (AC) ;

Note: Click the button to start the movie, which demonstrates
űű EM’CY SOURCE (DC) ; the sensitivity of the Main engine Control system (part one) and
űű CONTROL SOURCE . Safety system (part two) to setpoint variations.
Demonstration

20
3.2.2. Safety System Panel űű OVERRIDE AVAIL. is available when any of slow down
conditions occur except A06, A07.
The SAFETY SYSTEM panel contains:
• MONITOR alarm lamps:
• ELECTRIC SOURCE indicator lamp SAFETY SOURCE – sys-
űű SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE on: BRIDGE; C/R; E/S – the over-
tem power ON;
ride button pressed at respective control place;
• MANU EM’CY SHUT DOWN indicator lamps to indicate the
űű SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE on: BRIDGE; C/R – the override
actual PP control place:
button pressed at respective control place;
űű BRIDGE / CONTROL ROOM / ENGINE SIDE .
űű FUEL CAM POSITION – is illuminated if any cylinder re-
• AUTO EM’CY SHUT DOWN indicator lamps: verse operation failed (introduced fault by instructor).
űű PREWARNING flashes during timer set; lights steadily • Buttons with protection cover (click once to open the
when shut down occurred; cover, click second time to push the button):
űű SD1 OVERSPEED – speed > 145 rpm; űű MANU SHUT DOWN;
űű SD2 MAIN L.O. L.P. – ME LO inlet pressure < 0.9 bar; űű SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE;
űű SD3 THRUST PAD H.T. – temperature > 90 °C; űű SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE.
űű SD4 T/C L.O. L.P. – TC LO inlet pressure < 0.6 bar; • TEN-KEY board (see description in the paragraph 3.2.4 on
űű OVERRIDE emergency run condition; page 23);
űű OVERRIDE AVAIL. is available for SD2, SD3. • CAUSE RESET button – not modeled.
• AUTO EM’CY SLOW DOWN indicator lamps: Addresses of SS TEN-KEY board implemented in the simulator
űű PREWARNING flashes during; Read “SH” for shut down; “SL” for slow down. Time delay is set
űű A01 JACKET CFW L.P. – inlet pressure < 1.5 bar; in seconds, other values units are RPM.
űű A02 JACKET CFW H.T. – outlet temperature > 95 °C;
ADDR DESCRIPTION
űű A03 SCAV.AIR H.T.&L.T. – temp. < 15 °C & temp. > 120 °C;
005 Over speed detect
űű A04 MAIN L.O. L.P. – ME LO inlet pressure < 1.1 bar; 010 Piston C.O. non-flow slow down cancel
űű A05 MAIN L.O. H.T. – ME LO inlet temperature > 60 °C; 011 Cyl. L.O. non-flow slow down cancel
űű A06 OIL MIST HIGH – crankcase oil mist high; 012 Exh. Gas H.T. slow down cancel
űű A07 THRUST PAD H.T. – temperature > 80 °C; 075 SH-1 Overspeed time delay
076 SH-2 ME LO inlet pressure low time delay
űű A08 PISTON C.O. H.T. – cooling oil temperature > 75 °C; űű A13 EXH.GAS T. DEV. H. – temp. deviation > 70 °C;
077 SH-3 Thrust pad temperature high time delay
űű A09 CYL.L.O. NON FLOW – cylinder LO non flow; űű A14 CAM.BEAR.L.O. H.T. FORE – temperature > 75 °C:
078 SH-4 TC LO inlet pressure low time delay
űű A10 PCO NON FLOW – piston cooling oil non flow; űű A14 CAM.BEAR.L.O. H.T. AFT – temperature > 75 °C: 081 SL-1 Jacket C.F.W. low pressure time delay
űű A11 AXIAL VIBR.H. – axial vibration high;; űű A16 INTER SH.BEAR H.T. – temperature > 80 °C; 082 SL-2 Jacket C.F.W. high temperature time delay
űű A12 EXH.GAS H.T. – outlet temperature > 450 °C; űű OVERRIDE emergency run condition; 083 SL-3 Scavenging air high & low temperature time delay

21
084 SL-4 Main L.O. low pressure time delay • CONDITION indicator lamps:
085 SL-5 Main L.O. high temperature time delay űű STOP ;
086 SL-6 Crankcase oil mist high time delay űű START ;
087 SL-7 Thrust pad high temperature time delay
űű FUEL RUN ;
088 SL-8 Piston C.O. high temperature time delay
űű SLOW DOWN ;
089 SL-9 Cylinder L.O. non flow time delay
090 SL-10 Piston C.O. non flow time delay űű SHUT DOWN ;
091 SL-11 Axial vibration high time delay űű MAX LIMIT when speed limit alarm is activated;
092 SL-12 Exh. gas high temperature time delay űű TORQUE LIMIT;
093 SL-13 Exh. gas temp. deviation high time delay
űű LIMIT CANCEL – LIMIT CANCEL button is pressed on
094 SL-14 Camshaft bearing L.O. high temp. (fore) time delay
ECC G_H (see the paragraph 3.4 on page 26).
095 SL-15 Camshaft bearing L.O. high temp. (aft) time delay
096 SL-16 Inter shaft bearing high temperature time delay Addresses of GCU TEN-KEY board implemented in the simulator
301 Revolution signal
ADDR DESCRIPTION
050 Actuator START set point (low level) in %, mm
3.2.3. Governor Control Unit Panel 112 PID-F.G. proportional gain
The GOVERNOR CONTROL UNIT panel contains: 117 PID-F.G. integral time (timing)
122 PID-F.G. differential time
• TEN-KEY board (see description in the paragraph 3.2.4 on
page 23);
• ABNORMAL alarm lamp: ACTUATOR – instructor fault;
Note: Click the button to start the movie, which demonstrates Note: Click the button to start the movie, which demonstrates
the sensitivity of the Main engine Control system (part one) and the sensitivity of the Main engine Governor Control unit to
Safety system (part two) to setpoint variations. setpoint variations.
Demonstration Demonstration

22
3.2.4. TEN-KEY Board űű 0 – 9 digits – to enter the value; buttons “.”, and “+/-” are
not modeled;
TEN-KEY boards are present on Remote Control System (RCS),
Safety System (SS) and Governor Control Unit (GCU) panels. The űű N (next) – go to next address number (addresses are
boards are used to setpoint ME control values in WRITE mode, taken from the respective table);
and to examine the current parameters values in READ mode. űű B (back) – go to previous address number;
In the simulator parameters input is implemented for quite a űű C (clear) – clear the value from DATA box before input;
few addresses. Most of the functionality allows to read data, űű R (read) – set READ mode; READ indicator illuminates;
e.g. when a slow/shut down occurs, it may be useful to review űű W (write) – set WRITE mode; WRITE indicator illuminates;
the critical value.
űű D (data) – data input command; this operation declares
On RCS and SS panels the boards are similar, on GCU panel it that the input figures are memorized data;
has slightly different arrangement. űű E (enter) – key to memorize input data.
The RCS and SS boards contain: The GCU board contains the following buttons:
• ADDRESS digital indicator to display the address, which is • Arrow Up – go to next address number;
listed in respective table, of parameter data; • Arrow Down – go to previous address number;
• DATA digital indicator to display the actual value; in WRITE • Arrow Left – cancel;
mode the border flashes when input is enabled (WRITE
• Arrow Right – data input command;
ENABLE indicator is illuminated);
• READ MODE, WRITE MODE – to set mode;
• READ, WRITE LED indicators to show the operating mode;
• ENT. – key to memorize input data.
• WRITE ENABLE LED indicator to show that input is allowed;
• Alpha-numeric pad comprising the buttons:

23
ECR Control Console D
3.3. ECR Control Console D

Click the menu item ECC D of the page ECR to open the display.
• Gauges to monitor pressure in ME systems:
űű M/E STARTING AIR PRESS IND.;
űű M/E L.O. INLET PRESS IND.;
űű M/E CONTROL AIR PRESS IND.;
űű M/E F.O. INLET PRESS IND.;
űű A/C C.W. INLET PRESS IND.;
űű M/E JACKET C.F.W. INLET PRESS IND..
• M/E VISCOSITY CONTROLLER panel (see the paragraph 3.3.1
on page 25);
• FIRE ALARM REPEATER PANEL (see the description in Chap-
ter 4, the paragraph 6.4 on page 171);
• DEAD MAN PANEL (see the description in Chapter 4, the
paragraph 7.1 on page 178);
• S/G MAN PANEL and S/G PUMP panel contains indicators of
the SG pumps state;
• AUX.BOILER DRUM LEVEL IND. digital gauge;
• AUX.BOILER STEAM PRESS. digital gauge;
• AUX.BOILER EM’CY STOP button is not modeled;
• AUX.BOILER RUN LAMP indicator BOILER RUN;
• FIRE ALARM button with protection cover; click once to
open the cover, click second time to push the button for
switching General Alarm on AMS and audible signal;
• MACHINERY RUN LAMPS to illuminate when respective
systems are running: űű NO.1 AIR COND.COMP. RUN; NO.2 AIR COND.COMP. RUN;
űű NO.1 H.F.O. PURIFIER RUN; NO.2 H.F.O. PURIFIER RUN; űű PROV.REF. PLANT 1 COMP. RUN;
űű NO.1 L.O. PURIFIER RUN; űű SEWAGE TREATMENT;
űű PURIFIER RM EXH.FAN RUN; űű OILY WATER SEPARATOR;
űű NO.1 A.H.U. FAN; NO.2 A.H.U. FAN; űű DECK SERVICE AIR COMP. RUN.

24
ECR Control Console D
3.3.1. Operating ME Viscosity Controller The first (main) screen displays: When the controlled parameter value falls out of range the
OP 1 indicator turns into red ALM.
Controller contains:
Switch to the Alarm Settings screen by the PAGE button. The
screen displays actual and limit values of the viscosity system
current strategy:
• Actual value and units of the parameter in large font (in

the figure above control strategy is set by viscosity, the
actual value equals 8 cSt);
• Lower lines display the current set point values of the sys-
tem in smaller font.
Click the PAGE button to switch to second screen where param-
The viscosity controller is powered 220 V from the Engine
eters can be modified:
Control console: AC220V FEEDER PANEL (menu item MSB 220v
Feeder of the page MSB) or AC220V FEEDER PANEL (menu item
ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
• POWER switch to turn power on/off;
(ECC AC 220V POWER DB) circuit breakers.
• OP 1 indicator, which flashes in white when power is on;
• Bar graph to indicate the open state of the Viscosity system
inlet valve, which is controlled by the viscosity system;
• Screen indicators of the mode and parameters values; the
buttons A/MAIN, PROG, RUN/HOLD are not modeled; ›› Use the SCROLL button to select the Contr. Strategy line.
• PAGE button to switch between screens; ›› Use any arrow button to change the units (cSt/deg C). Click
• SCROLL button to select parameters; ENTER button to confirm.
• ENTER button to confirm the setting; ›› Use the SCROLL button to select the respective SP (Viscos-
• Up and Down arrows to increase/decrease the chosen value. ity SP/Temperature SP).
In the simulator only the AUTO (Heating) mode of the viscosity ›› Use Up and Down arrow buttons to modify the value as
controlled is modeled. required. Click ENTER button to confirm.
Click the PAGE button to return to main screen. The set point
unit should change.

25
ECR Control Consoles G & H
3.4. ECR Control Consoles G & H 3.4.1. Operating Manoeuvring Handle

Click the menu item ECC G_H of the page ECR to open the display. Drag and drop the handle (slider) by the mouse to set it to
required position on the scale. 0 on the scale corresponds to
minimal stable rpm. 10 – max rpm for the sailing mode.
• E/R MACH. ALARM ACKN button;
Set value is displayed in the box on the handle.
• M/E R.P.M. IND. digital indicator of ME revolution speed;
Use the small up and down arrows on the handle to adjust the
• M/E T/C R.P.M. IND. digital indicator of TC revolution speed;
revolution speed by 1 rpm.
• M/E CONTROL POSITION CHANGE OVER switch to set con-
trol place BRIDGE or ECR; change over instructions are Two fixed positions are used:
given in the paragraph 3.4.3 on page 27; • START – to activate the ME start program;
• M/E TELEGRAPH RECEIVER; functions and operation are • STOP – to activate the ME stop program.
similar to telegraph transmitter on the Bridge console
BCC B (see the paragraph 2.1.2 on page 18); it is used to 3.4.2. ME Indicators
set the sailing direction when control is at ECR, and accept The M/E INDICATOR PANEL contains:
the Bridge orders when control is at the Bridge;
• Lamps illuminate to indicate:
• MANOEUVRING HANDLE; see the description below;
űű BRIDGE; CONTROL ROOM; ENGINE SIDE – ME control
• M/E INDICATOR PANEL; see the description below;
place;
• NO.1 (NO.2) MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR and SOOT BLOWER
űű AHEAD; ASTERN – sailing directions; when direction of
push button boxes (see the description in Chapter 4).
the telegraphs on Bridge and ECR do not match, the
WRONG WAY alarm lamp on the Bridge illuminates;
űű HANDLE MATCH – the telegraph receiver at ECR (or en-
gine side LOP) and telegraph transmitter at the Bridge
handles’ positions match;
űű TURNING GEAR DISENG.; TURNING GEAR ENGAGED;
űű LIMITED SPEED – speed limit is ON;
űű MAIN START VALVE SERVICE – control air availabe;
űű MAIN START VALVE BLOCKED – no control air available;
űű START AIR DISTR. BLOCKED – no control air available;
űű SHUT DOWN BACK UP SOURCE – not modeled;
űű EM’CY SHUT DOWN – any EMCY shut down occurred;

26
ECR Control Consoles G & H
űű LOAD UP PROGRAM; LOAD DOWN PROGRAM; PROGRAM 3.4.3. Control Position Change Over
BY-PASS – respective program is operating.
Change over is performed on control consoles BCC B (see the
• Buttons: paragraph 2.1 on page 16) and ECC G-H (see the paragraph 3.4
űű LIMIT CANCEL – to cancel all limitations; on page 26).
űű PROGR. BY-PASS – with protection cover to activate the 1. Control is at the ECR:
by-pass mode; click once to open the cover, click second
On ECC G-H console CONTROL ROOM lamp is illuminated
time to push the button;
on M/E INDICATOR PANEL .
űű BLOWER 1 RUN; BLOWER 2 RUN – to start respective blower On BCC B console CONTROL ROOM button is illuminated CON-
which is set to REMOTE mode on LOP; the button high- TROL POSITION panel.
lights when the blower is running;
›› To request control position change over from ECR to
űű BLOWER 1 STOP; BLOWER 2 STOP – to stop respective blower Bridge, set the M/E CONTROL POSITION CHANGE OVER
which is set to REMOTE mode on LOP; the button high- switch to BRIDGE position on ECC G-H console. The BRIDGE
lights when the blower is stopped; button on BCC B console, and BRIDGE lamp on ECC G-H
• AUX. BLOWER three-position switch to select between: console M/E INDICATOR PANEL start flashing.
űű AUTO – automatic operation according to charge air To accept control position change over on BCC B console,
pressure; press the BRIDGE button.
űű STOP – remote control is blocked; 2. Control is at the Bridge:
űű MAN – control by the buttons on this panel. On ECC G-H console BRIDGE lamp is illuminated on M/E
Blowers can be locally controlled from the LOP (use the menu INDICATOR PANEL .
item LOP Aux Blower 1, 2 of the page ER2). On BCC B console BRIDGE button is illuminated CONTROL
POSITION panel.
›› Request control change over from Bridge to ECR results in
the following: the button light and CONTROL ROOM lamp
on ECC G-H console M/E INDICATOR PANEL start flashing.
To accept control position change over on ECC G-H, set the
M/E CONTROL POSITION CHANGE OVER switch to ECR.
›› CONTROL ROOM button on BCC B console, and CONTROL
ROOM lamp on ECC G-H console M/E INDICATOR PANEL
turn to steady light to indicate the change over.

27
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . Main Diesel Engine
General Description
4. Main Diesel Engine Governor

The engine is provided with an electronic governor. The elec-
Engine Safety Shut-Down system (independent safety system)
In case of the following conditions the engine shall be stopped
4.1. General Description tronic governor consists of the following parts: Actuator, Elec-
tronic panel (located in ECR control console) and sensors. The
by this device:
Main Engine (ME) – Doosan-MAN B&W model 6S50 MC-C: two • Over speed;
actuator is connected to the fuel regulating shaft by means of
stroke, single acting, direct reversible, crosshead type marine a mechanical linkage. • Main Bearing LO inlet pressure low;
diesel engine with constant pressure turbocharging. • Thrust Pad temperature high;
Manoeuvring System
ME main characteristics • Turbocharger LO inlet pressure low.
The engine is provided with a pneumatic/electric manoeu-
vring and fuel oil regulating system. The system makes it pos- Engine Safety Slow-Down system
Тype MAN B&W model 6S50 MC-C
Number of cylinders 6 sible to start, stop and reverse the engine and to control the Automatic slow down shall be carried out by means of the
Cylinder bore 500 mm engine speed. The speed control handle gives a speed-setting Bridge Remote manoeuvring system.
Length of stroke 2 000 mm signal to the governor, dependent on the desired number
Function of Automatic emergency slow down is available in
Nominal MCR 8 600 kW at 127 RPM of revolutions. At a shut down function, the fuel injection is
both ahead and astern modes. In case under anyone of the
stopped by activating the puncture valves in the fuel pumps,
listed condition for a preset time, the ME is slowed down auto-
independent of the speed control handle’s position. Reversing
Fuel pumps matically to a preset speed (SLOW):
is effected by moving the telegraph handle from “Ahead| to
The engine is provided with one Fuel Pump for each cylinder. “Astern” position and the speed control handle from “Stop” to • Jacket C.F.W. low pressure
The pump is activated by the fuel cam, and the volume inject- “Start” position. Control air then moves the starting air distrib- • Jacket C.F.W. high temperature
ed is controlled by turning the plunger by means of a toothed utor and, through an air cylinder, the displaceable roller in the • Scavenging air high temperature & low temperature Main
rack connected to the regulating mechanism. The Fuel Pumps driving mechanism for fuel pump, to the “Astern” position. L.O. low pressure
incorporate Variable Injection Timing (VIT) for optimized fuel
economy at part load. The VIT principle uses the fuel regulat- Auxiliary Blower • Main L.O. high temperature
ing shaft position as the controlling parameter. The engine is provided with two electrically-driven blowers. • Crankcase oil mist high
The Aux. blowers will start operating before the engine is start- • Thrust pad high temperature
Exhaust Gas Turbocharger
ed and will ensure sufficient scavenge air pressure to obtain a • Piston C.O. high temperature
The engine is fitted with one turbocharger. The Turbocharger safe start. During operation of the engine, the Aux. Blowers
is provided with equipment for washing of the compressor • Cylinder L.O. non flow
will start automatically each time the engine load is reduced to
side and turbine side. about 30-40% and they will continue operating until the load • Piston C.O. non flow
again exceeds approx.. 40-50%. • Axial vibration high
Scavenge Air Cooler
• Exh. gas high temperature
The engine is fitted with an air cooler for a fresh water cooling Turning Gear
system. The cooler is provided with equipment for cleaning of • Exh. gas temp. deviation high
The turning gear is driven by an electric motor. The turning
air side – standard showering system. Cleaning is to be carried gear is equipped with a blocking device that prevents the • Camshaft bearing L.O. high temperature (fore)
out only when engine is stopped. main engine from starting when the turning gear is engaged. • Camshaft bearing L.O. high temperature (aft)
• Inter shaft bearing high temperature

28
ME Local Control Panel
4.2. ME Local Control Panel

Click on the menu item ME Local Panel of the page ER1 to open
the display with engine side control panels. These panels can
be accessed also from the 3D display of the page ER1 (see the
paragraph 5.3 on page 39).
The left panel contains:

• Gauges to monitor the ME state:
űű PCO INLET (Piston Cooling Oil) pressure;
űű FUEL OIL INLET pressure;
űű J.C.W. INLET (jacket Cooling Water) pressure;
űű SCAV. AIR INLET pressure;
űű STARTING AIR INLET pressure;
űű MAIN LUB. OIL INLET pressure.
• REMOTE – ENGINE SIDE switch to set the control mode;
• ASTERN – AHEAD switch to set the sailing direction in EN-
GINE SIDE control mode;
• START / STOP buttons to operate the ME in ENGINE SIDE
control mode;
• Manoeuvring handle; drag&drop the slider to required
position in ENGINE SIDE control mode;
• HANDWHEEL switch ENGINE SIDE/REMOTE; to enable
Manoeuvring handle operation at the LOP both switches
should be set to ENGINE SIDE position.
The right panel ENGINE SIDE TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX
contains:
• FUEL CAM AHEAD / FUEL CAM ASTERN set of lamps; green • ME REVOLUTION speed gauge;
lamp(s) illuminate to indicate the cylinder operation ac- • Telegraph repeater; indicators on the repeater illuminate
cording to ordered direction; red lamp(s) illuminate to according to the position of the main telegraph handle
indicate the alarm state condition (incorrect reversing of at the Bridge; click the REPLY button to confirm the order
a cylinder) – in the simulator it is invoked by the instructor when operating at engine side;
fault “ME Cyl.1 Fuel Cam. Fault“;

29
ME Local Control Panel
• Indicator and alarm lamps:

4.3. ME Turning Gear Panel
űű BRIDGE, CONTROL ROOM, ENGINE SIDE – indicate the
Click on the menu item ME Turning Gear of the page ER1 to open
control place;
the display for local control of the Turning Gear.
űű AHEAD, ASTERN – indicate sailing direction;
The panel TURNING GEAR STARTER contains:
űű WRONG WAY – illuminates when telegraph position or
the position of the sailing direction handles do not coin- • The ammeter to monitor the turning gear load;
cide with those at the Bridge; ME start is blocked; • HOUR METER indicator;
űű TURN’G GEAR DISENGAGED/ENGAGED; • SOURCE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the turn-
űű SLOW DOWN OVERRIDE, SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE – to in- ing gear unit is powered and ready for use;
dicate the override mode; • FORWARD and REVERSE buttons; press to set the turning di-
űű SLOW DOWN REQUEST, SHUT DOWN REQUEST – to indi- rection; the active button illuminates;
cate the override request. • OVERLOAD alarm lamp;
• SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE button with protection cover; click • DISENGAGE–ENGAGE two-position switch handle to oper-
once to open the cover, click second time to set shut down ate the gear; set the required position of the handle using
override mode; the mouse;
• MANUAL SHUT DOWN emergency button. • MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to turn power off/on.
Switch the power supply 440 V for:
• TURNING GEAR STARTER on the NO 1 POWER DISTRIBU-
TION BOARD 440V (use menu item No 1 Power Distr Board of
the page ER2) by the M/E TURNING GEAR circuit breaker.

30
ME Aux Blower LOP
4.4. ME Aux Blower LOP

Click on the menu item LOP Aux Blower of the page ER2 to open
the display with identical No. 1 AUX. BLOWER STARTER and No.
2 AUX. BLOWER STARTER panels.
The description given below is for No. 1 AUX. BLOWER STARTER

panel. The No. 2 AUX. BLOWER STARTER panel is similar to 1.
The panel No. 1 AUX. BLOWER STARTER contains:
• Ammeter;
• HOUR METER;
• MAIN CB power switch;
• SOURCE indicator lamp;
• START/RUN, STOP buttons to operate the blower in LOCAL
mode;
• OVERLOAD alarm lamp;
• HEATER ON indicator lamp;
• LOCAL– OFF–REMOTE three-position switch to set blower
control mode; in REMOTE mode the blowers are controlled
from the ECR console section G-H (see the paragraph 3.4 on
page 26);
• HEATER two-position switch to turn heater OFF/ON;
• No. 1 AUX. BLOWER STARTER on the No. 1 AC440V FEEDER
PANEL (use menu item MSB No 1,2 440v Feeder of the page
MSB) by the No 1 M/E AUX.BLOWER STARTER circuit
breaker;
• No. 2 AUX. BLOWER STARTER on the No. 2 AC440V FEEDER
PANEL (use menu item MSB No 1,2 440v Feeder of the page
MSB) by the No 2 M/E AUX.BLOWER STARTER circuit
breaker.

31
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . Operating ME from 3-D Pages
ME Manual Control and Adjustment
5. Operating ME from 3-D Pages 5.1. ME Manual Control and Adjustment

Manual control of the Main Engine is simulated on the 3-D pag- 5.1.1. Indicator Valve
es of the Engine Rooms (displays 3D of the pages ER1, ER2, ER3).
Indicator valve is used when ME is started manually. Cylinder
On 3-D diagrams the following actions are available: indicator diagrams are obtained by Indicator valve.
• Zoom in/out – by the mouse wheel;
• Pan – drag&drop by left mouse button;
5.1.2. FO Pump Adjustment Screws
Two FO Pump Adjustment screws are:
• Rotate – drag&drop by right mouse button;
• Toothed rack for timing;
• Left double-click a controlled object – open the LOP (open
the same panels as from the page menu); • Toothed rack for regulation.
• Directly operate a controlled object on 3-D display – only The screws and valves are operational on all six cylinders of
for ME regulation and cleaning mechanisms, as described the ME and available on the 3-D displays of the pages ER1 (see
in this section below. the figure ER1 cylinders side 3-D view on page 33), ER2 (see the
figure ER2 cylinders side 3-D view on page 34) and ER3 (see the
Controlled objects (e.g. wheel, handle, screw) on the display
figure ER3 cylinders side 3-D view on page 35).
are animated to simulate the action:
• Left-click to open a valve (unscrew);
Indicator valve.
• Right-click to close a valve (put the screw on).
Controlled gauges are animated to simulate performance and
present actual measured values.
Toothed rack for timing
Toothed rack for regulation

32
ER1 cylinders side 3-D view
Indicator Valve ME LOP panels
FO Pump Adjustment

33
Indicator Valve
FO Pump Adjustment

34
Indicator Valve FO Pump Adjustment

35
Lubricator Section 1 contains Cylinders 1 – 3 Lubricator Section 2 contains Cylinders 4 – 6
5.1.3. Lubricators
Lubricators are arranged in two sections. When the alarm “ME
Cyl Lubricator Section 1 Non Flow” or “ME Cyl Lubricator Sec-
tion 2 Non Flow” is generated in the system (see the display
L.O. SERVICE of AMS page in Chapter 2) the screws on respec-
tive section should be unscrewed to clear air lock condition,
and then put on again on 3-D display of the page ER1 (see the
figure ER1 turbine side 3-D view on page 38).

36
TC Cleaning Valves
5.2. TC Cleaning Valves

5.2.1. TC Turbine Cleaning
When any of the faults “ME Turbine Blades Fouling“ or “ME Tur-
bine Nozzle Fouling “ is introduced by the instructor, the ME
speed drop occurs, ME exhaust gas temperature grows (watch
on the display EXHAUST GASES of the page AMS). To clean the
blades and nozzle, the TC Turbine Cleaning Valve should be
unscrewed, and then put on again on 3D display of the page
ER1 (see the figure ER1 turbine side 3-D view on page 38).
5.2.2. TC Compressor Cleaning

When the fault “ME Compressor Blades Fouling“ is introduced
by the instructor, the ME speed drop occurs, ME exhaust gas
temperature grows (watch on the display EXHAUST GASES of
the page AMS). To clean the blades, the TC Compressor Clean- TC Turbine Cleaning Valve
ing Valve should be unscrewed, and then put on again on 3D
display of the page ER1 (see the figure ER1 turbine side 3-D view
on page 38). 5.2.3. Air Cooler Cleaning
When the fault “ME TC SA cooler Fouling (air side)“ is intro-
duced by the instructor, the Scavenge Air pressure and tem-
perature rise (watch on the display EXHAUST GASES of the
page AMS). On the 3D display of the page ER1 the Air Cooler
Cleaning sight glass water flow color changes to brown. Air Cooler Cleaning sight glass & discharge valves
To clean the cooler do the following:
1. Open one of the discharge valves to drain dirty
water on 3D display of the page ER1 (see the
figure ER1 turbine side 3-D view on page 38).
2. Start the ME AIR COOLER CLEANING PUMP from
either: push button box (use menu item LOP
Aux LO PP of the page ER1) or starter panel (use
menu item MSB No 1 GSP of the page MSB).
3. Wait till the water flow in the sight glass turns to blue color.
TC Compressor Cleaning Valve & Container 4. Stop the pump and close the discharge valve.

37
TC Cleaning Valves
ER1 turbine side 3-D view
TC Turbine Cleaning TC Compressor Clean-

Valve ing Valve & Container
Air Cooler Cleaning Lubricators

sight glass & discharge
valves

38
ME Local Control Panel on 3D
5.3. ME Local Control Panel on 3D On the bottom part of the LOP the buttons START and STOP can
be operated by double-click.
Engine side control is implemented on the 3D display of
the page ER1 (see the figure ER1 cylinders side 3-D view on Left-click to rotate the handles counterclockwise, and right-
page 33). Three LOP panels duplicate the ME Local Control click to rotate clockwise:
Panel opened by the menu item ME Local Panel of the page ER1 • REMOTE–ENGINE SIDE switch;
(see the description in the paragraph 4.2 on page 29).
• ASTERN–AHEAD switch;
All gauges and indicator lamps are functional on all three pan- • HANDWHEEL BLOCKING ARM switch: REMOTE – upper posi-
els of the LOP. tion; ENGINE SIDE – lower position.
The buttons REPLY, SHUT DOWN OVERRIDE and MANUAL SHUT DOWN Operate the MANOEUVRING HANDLE by the wheel: left-click
can be operated by double-click on the top part of the LOP click to raise the speed, right-click to lower the speed; watch
ENGINE SIDE TELEGRAPH & INDICATOR BOX. the slider on the scale for actual value.
Bottom panel (side view
Top panel Bottom panel (top view) Gauges (side panel)

39
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . ME Manoeuvring System Diagrams
6. ME
Manoeuvring
System Diagrams
The diagrams show the most
important signals in the ma-
noeuvring system during start,
stop, reversing, etc.
The symbols consist of one or
more square fields. The num-
ber of fields corresponds to the
number of valve positions. The
connecting lines are connected
to the field which represents
the valve position at a given
moment of the process.
Manoeuvring diagrams in the
simulator are stationary figures.
However active parts, pipelines,
connections are highlighted
according to the actual systems
state and manoeuvring handle
position. Objects on the dia-
grams are provided with de-
scriptive hints (the Hints Off/On
button should be pressed on
the top toolbar), which explain
the object behavior.
Stop Diagram

40
Start Ahead Diagram

41
Ahead Max Diagram

42
Start Astern Diagram

43
Astern Max Diagram

44
Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant . Diagnostic System
Cylinder Indicator Diagrams for ME & GE
7. Diagnostic System The diagram horizontal axis is the cylinder crankshaft

angle, vertical axis is pressure.
7.1. Cylinder Indicator Diagrams for ME & GE Three curves are output for each cylinder:
Analyzing comprises: • Indicator diagram curve;

• Injector needle value lift curve;
• Hand Unit for recording of pressure in each engine cylinder
(Indicator Diagram) – step by step; • Combustion rate curve;
• Data transfer to main unit for next analyzing and comparison. • Dynamics of fuel injection.
Comparison comprises: Injection ON/OFF handle in the simulator is used to

imitate raising of the booster pump roller over the drive
• Stationary device;
cam to prevent fuel injection into selected cylinder at
• Simultaneous analyzing and comparison of recorded indi- the pressure measurement time. When the handle is in
cator diagrams of different engine cylinders; OFF position, the resulting diagram presents the cylin-
• “P–φ” type and “P-V” type Indicator diagrams. der pressure curve as function of piston stroke without
fuel injection and, respectively, without combustion.
7.1.1. Analysing See the figures for diagrams difference.
Click on the menu item Analysing of the page Diag to open the
display for measurement of the cylinders’ pressure. How it Works
The display contains: 1. Click the I/O button to switch the
measuring device on.
• The hand measuring device simulation;
• Injection handle to set in ON/OFF position;
2. In the cylinder selection box choose
the required cylinder.
• The cylinder selection box; click on the down arrow sign
to open the drop-down list of cylinders and choose the re-
3. Click the MEASUREMENT button to start
measuring. The parameters of the cylinder
quired one for measurement.
will appear on the device screen.
Screen Content 4. Repeat the procedure for all required cylinders.
The following parameters are displayed: Use the UP and DOWN arrowed buttons to browse
• Pi – mean effective pressure; through the measurement slides sequence on the
• Pz – maximum combustion pressure; device screen.
Use the DATA TRANSFER button to send all collected data
• Pc – compression pressure;
to the Comparison unit (refer to the paragraph 7.1.2
• φpz – timing angle;
on page 46). After the data has been transferred it is
• φign – angle of combustion start; excluded from the slide sequence.
• Slide # – the measurement slide number; 5. Click the I/O button to switch the
• Total – total slides in the sequence. measuring device off.

45
Cylinder Indicator Diagrams for ME & GE
7.1.2. Comparison
Click on the menu item Comparison of the page Diag to open the
display for comparison of parameters in different cylinders.
The display contains:
• The Chart area with the legend on top of it;
• The Cylinders Selection panel;
• The Table area;
• The panel to set the diagram’s scaling and presentation.
How it Works
Provided you have measured the cylinders’ parameters and
transferred the data (refer to the paragraph 7.1.1 on page 45).
Open the cylinder trees in the selection panel on the right and
check the required measurement data for comparison. The
diagrams will be painted in the chart area using different col-
ors for convenience.
For each cylinder the three diagrams are output on the P–φ
chart using different line style as explained in the legend at the
top of the chart area. The P–V chart contains one diagram for
each of the selected cylinders.
The table area displays the selected cylinder parameters:
• Pz – maximum combustion pressure;
• Pc – compression pressure;
• Pi – mean effective pressure;
• Phi pz – timing angle; The Scale panel contains: • The φ fields to set the MIN and MAX values of the angle
• Phi ign – angle of combustion start. parameter (horizontal axis);
• The φ° field to move the vertical hairline pointer along
Use the P–φ button to compare the diagrams, where the hori- the horizontal axis with the up and down arrows to in- • The P fields to set the MIN and MAX values of the pres-
zontal axis is the cylinder crankshaft angle and the vertical axis crease/decrease the value; the pointer is handy to find sure parameter (vertical axis).
is pressure. the exact angle of a curve inflexion point, etc.; The scale panel is not used for the P–V chart presentation.
Use the P–V button to compare the diagrams, where the horizon- • The RESET button to clear the scale adjustment settings
tal axis is the cylinder volume and the vertical axis is pressure. to default;

46
Exhaust Gases Emission Panel
7.2. Exhaust Gases Emission Panel

Click on the menu item Exhaust Gases Emission of the page Diag
to open the display, which contains four panels with informa-
tion on current exhaust gases emission of:
• MAIN ENGINE;
• GE 1 ENGINE;
• GE 2 ENGINE;
• GE 3 ENGINE .

47
Cylinder Combustion Diagnosis Panel
7.3. Cylinder Combustion Diagnosis Panel

Click on the menu item Cylinder Combustion process of the page
Diag to open the interactive diagram of the main engine,
which allows to observe the effects of various combustion
2
faults. It is also possible to influence the combustion process
by making online adjustments or introducing faults directly. 3
The diagram contains:
• 1 six-position selector switch – to choose the required
cylinder;
4
• 2 MAIN ENGINE – ME exhaust gases indicators;
• 3 spin controls (sliders) – to set the specified parameter
values for introducing faults;
• Digital indicators to display the actual response of the ME 1
system parameters; 3
• 4 CID button – to open the indicator diagrams in the float-
ing window over the display (the diagrams are described in
the paragraph 7.1.1 on page 45).
3 3
Cylinder Indicator Diagrams (CID) panel

48
7.3.1. Modeling Faults 7.3.1.2. Air Cleaner Blockage Indications

All faults modeled on the display can be also introduced from This is one of the most common faults associated with ma- • Reduction in turbo charger RPM;
the instructor workplace. rine diesel engines. It should be the first item to check when • Loss of power, reduction in RPM;
an engine is under performing. The effect is to reduce the • Increased exhaust temperature on all cylinders;
7.3.1.1. Piston Ring Wear amount of combustion air entering the cylinder thus causing
• Increase in exhaust gas emissions;
Damaged or worn piston rings are difficult to diagnose in poor combustion.
• Black smoke from the exhaust;
2-stroke engines. Damage may not be apparent until it is severe.
Adjustment • Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi-
The variable inductance transducer located in the cylinder lin- The amount of blockage can be set by the Air Cleaner Blockage cator diagram).
er above the scavenge-air port generates the electrical signal spin control in the range 0–100%.
directly proportional to the piston ring gap. The signal is dis- 7.3.1.4. Air Side Scavenge Air Cooler Fouling
played on the LED screen oscillogram. For a new ring the gap is Indications A blockage of the scavenge air cooler (air side) will reduce the
minimal, and the peak on the oscillogram reaches MAX value. • Reduction in scavenge air pressure; amount of combustion air entering the cylinders leading to
• Loss of power, reduction in RPM; poor combustion. The reduced cooling effect of the cooler will
also affect the sea water cooling outlet temperature.
• Increased exhaust temperature on all cylinders;
• Increase in exhaust gas emissions; To repair, wash the Air Cooler on the air side.
• Increased filter ∆P; Adjustment
• Black smoke from the exhaust; The amount of fouling can be set by the Cooler Air Side Block-
Adjustment: • Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi- age spin control in the range 0–100%.
cator diagram);
Ring wear can be set for all rings simultaneously by the Piston Indications
Ring Wear spin control in the range 0–100%. • Stopped engine or engine will not start at high levels of
blockage. • Increased cooler ∆P;
Indication: • Loss of power, reduction in RPM;
• Low compression with injection switched off, CID (see cyl-
7.3.1.3. Turbo Charger Exhaust Turbine Fouling
• Reduction in scavenge air pressure;
inder indicator diagram); Increase of exhaust products building up on the exhaust tur-
bine blades. This will decrease the turbo charger RPM. Scav-
• Increase in piston cooling oil return temperature; • Increase in exhaust gas emissions;
enge air pressure will reduce causing a reduction of combus-
• Improper indication of an increase of cylinder pressure at tion air entering the cylinders. • Black smoke from the exhaust;
the bottom of the piston stroke indicated in the P–V CID
• Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi-
diagram; Adjustment
cator diagram);
• Increase in cylinder lubricating oil flow or combustion gas The amount of fouling can be set by the Turbine Fouling spin
• Decreased sea water cooling ∆t;
at the trunk drain. control in the range 0–100%.
• Increased NOx emission.

49
7.3.1.5. Scavenge Air Cooler Sea Water Flow 7.3.1.6. Scavenge Space Fire 7.3.1.8. Engine Room Humidity
A reduction of scavenge air flow will reduce the cooling effect A scavenge space fire is caused by the leakage of lubricating The amount of humidity entering the engine will cause some
of the air cooler and increase the temperature and decrease oil, or unburned fuel oil which accumulates in the scavenge slight changes to the combustion process. The major effect
density of the air entering the cylinder. This will cause poor space. It is ignited by a spark or flame passing the piston rings of an increase of humidity is an increase of condensate water
combustion. An increased sea water flow will cause the over into the scavenge space. The accumulation of these combusti- from the scavenge air cooler drain, and slight (2–3%) decrease
cooling of the scavenge air. ble materials can be caused by worn or damaged piston rings, of power due to lack of air.
poor fuel injection, low compression and a partially choked
Adjustment exhaust valve. The fire can start at any speed or load. Adjustment
The cooling flow rate can be adjusted by closing the sea water Adjust the engine room air humidity using the Ambient Air
In the simulator the fire conditions are modeled using the fault
cooling supply valve by the Cooler Tube Blockage spin control Humidity spin control in the range 0–100%. and Ambient Air
introduced by instructor “Clogging of Injection valve nozzle”
(tube fouling) and/or the Valve Control spin control (water Temperature spin control (-20 – +38 deg.C).
or by a set of: Piston Ring Wear > 20% & RPM > 90 (ME run-
flow) in the ranges 0–100%.
ning). After a certain delay time the fire starts. Indications
Indications Decreased flow • Increased condensate water flow from the scavenge air
Indications
• Increase of scavenge air temperature; cooler drain;
• Loss of power;
• Increase of scavenge air pressure;
• Irregular running of the engine;
• Loss of power, reduction in RPM;
• Surging turbocharger;
• Increased exhaust temperature in the effected units;
• Sparks and smoke emitted from the scavenge space drains;
• Black smoke from the exhaust;
• High temperature of the scavenge trunk.
• Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi-
To start extinguishing fire rotate the SA Fire Fighting wheel
cator diagram).
handle to position OPEN.
Indications Increased Flow
• Reduction of scavenge air temperature;
7.3.1.7. Engine Room Air Temperature In the field conditions ambient air humidity varies significantly.
An increase of engine room air temperature will reduce the When cylinders are charged with humid air, portion of dry
• Increase of condensate water flow at the scavenge air air and Oxygen in the cylinders decreases. If the FO supply
density of the air entering the engine.
cooler drain.; governors stay in constant position the air fuel ratio decreases
This will lead to poor combustion if the scavenge air cooler
• Increase in combustion pressure, CID (see cylinder indica- flow is not increased to compensate. directly proportional to the humid volume difference in the air.
tor diagram); As a result, the engine power decreases. Exhaust gases tem-
• Increase of engine power; Adjustment perature increases, which may cause engine overload.
• Increase of exhaust temperatures Impact the engine room temperature by adjusting the ambi-
ent air temperature with the Ambient Air Temperature spin
control. Engine room temperature depends also on the selec-
tion and quantity of the running fans, and the power of run-
ning machinery.

50
7.3.1.9. Poor Exhaust Valve Air Spring

Compressed air is used to shut the exhaust valve. Should the
air pressure be low or the piston damaged the valve may not
close properly or quickly. This will reduce compression as air
escapes through the valve during the compression stroke. If
the valve stays permanently open the cylinder will not fire.
Adjustment
Adjust the exhaust valve air spring force using the Poor Air
Spring spin control in the range 0–100%. The valve stays fully
open at 100% value.
Indications
• The cylinder power decreases;
• Increased exhaust gases temperature;
• Modification of right end on the P-V diagram (see the figure
Poor Exh. v. Air Spring CID P-V diagrams on page 51):
7.3.1.10. Damaged Exhaust Valve

Damage to the exhaust valve will cause a loss of power due to
escaping combustion gases and poor compression.
Adjustment
Adjust the exhaust valve air spring force using the Damaged
Exh. Valve spin control in the range 0–100%.
Indications
• Low compression indication in the, CID (see cylinder indi-
cator diagram) with injection off; Poor Exh. v. Air Spring CID P-V diagrams
• Poor combustion due to lower compression;
• Increase in exhaust cylinder temperature.

51
7.3.1.11. Reaction on HT Cooling Supply and Return • Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi- Indications
cator diagram);
The cylinder HT return temperature should increase and de- • Loss of power;
crease in relation to engine power and performance. • Increased NOx emission.
• Decreased combustion pressure;
Indication Late Injection • Reduced exhaust temperature;
Adjustment
• Late injection pump lift indication, CID (see cylinder indi- • Knocking noise (not modeled in the simulator) emanat-
Adjust the HT return temperature using the HT Cooling Block-
cator diagram); ing from the fuel injection pump. Noise increases with the
age spin control in the range 0–100%.
• Late change in cylinder pressure at point of injection.; amount of blockage.
Indications • Poor combustion as the fuel is not vaporised sufficiently
• Increased return HT temperature.
7.3.1.15. Cracked Injection Nozzle
due to low compression temperature. ;
Cracked injector nozzles cause poor atomization of the fuel
7.3.1.12. Late or Early Injection Timing • Loss of power, reduction in RPM;
injected into the cylinder. Combustion is incomplete and fuel
Injection timing may change due to poor adjustments or wear • Increased exhaust temperature on affected cylinder; is still burning as it leaves the cylinder. Over time the hosing of
in the fuel pump operating mechanisms. Early and late injec- • Increase in exhaust gas emissions; the liquid fuel onto the cylinder liner will wash the lubricating
tion have different indications and effects on engine perfor- • Black smoke from the exhaust; oil from the liner causing increased cylinder wear.
mance. The handle Cyl. Injection position Off closes FO supply • Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi-
to the cylinder. Adjustment
cator diagram)
Adjust the severity of damage using the Cracked Nozzle spin
Adjustment; • Decreased NOx emission. control in the range 0–100%.
Adjust the injection timing using the Fuel Timing Injection spin 7.3.1.13. Fuel Delivery Rate Adjustment Indications
control in the range -5 – +5. When the slider is in the central
The fuel delivery “Fuel Rack” position has a direct correlation • Loss of power, reduction in RPM;
position the point of injection is correct.
with cylinder power.
Controls to adjust FO supply to cylinders are available also on • Increased exhaust temperature on affected cylinder;
the 3-D displays (see the paragraph 5.1.2 on page 32). Adjustment; • Increase in exhaust gas emissions СО and СН;
Adjust the fuel injection using the Fuel Portion spin control in • Black smoke from the exhaust;
Indication Early Injection the range 0–100%. • Reduced combustion peak pressure, CID (see cylinder indi-
• Early injection pump lift indication, CID (see cylinder indi-
Controls to adjust FO supply to cylinders are available also on cator diagram);
cator diagram);
the 3-D displays (see the paragraph 5.1.2 on page 32). • Reduced combustion indication, CID (see cylinder indica-
• Early change in cylinder pressure at point of injection;
tor diagram);
• Poor combustion as the fuel is not vaporized sufficiently 7.3.1.14. Blocked Injector Nozzle • At high levels of damage fuel may pass the piston rings.
due to low compression temperature; Blocked spray holes in an injection nozzle will reduce cylinder There may be an increase of waste oil flow in the trunk drain.
• Loss of power, reduction in RPM; power. When totally blocked the cylinder will not fire.
• Increased exhaust temperature on affected cylinder;
Adjustment
Adjust the blockage amount using the Blocked Nozzle spin
• Black smoke from the exhaust; control in the range 0–100%.

52
Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems

This chapter contains the description of the remote automatic
control systems for training the watch personnel of the vessel
in skills of correct operating the Vessel AMS and BMCS.

Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems . Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems

Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems

1. Alarm Monitoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 2. Boiler Monitoring & Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.1. AMS Description and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 2.1. BMCS General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.2. Operating the AMS Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 2.2. BMCS Displays in Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
1.2.1. Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 2.2.1. Burner Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
1.3. AMS Displays in Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 2.2.2. Feed Water Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
1.3.1. Main Engine Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 2.2.3. Steam Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1.3.2. Generator Engines Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 2.2.4. Pump Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1.3.3. Fuel Oil Service System for ME & GE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.3.4. Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.3.5. Fuel Oil Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1.3.6. Lube Oil Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.3.7. Lube Oil Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.3.8. LT Fresh Water Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.3.9. Exhaust Gases System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
1.3.10. Sea Water Cooling & Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.3.11. Bilge & Fire General Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
1.3.12. Lube Oil for Stern Tube Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
1.3.13. Compressed Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
1.3.14. AUX Boiler Feed Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
1.3.15. Electric System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
1.3.16. Alarm Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
1.3.17. Alarm History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
1.3.18. Event List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.3.19. Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

54
Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems . Alarm Monitoring System
AMS Description and Functions
1. Alarm Monitoring System 1.2. Operating the AMS Displays The top part of each display of the AMS page contains the panel,
where information is displayed: The panel contains:
Operating the AMS displays requires the general knowledge
1.1. AMS Description and Functions of the layout and graphical representation of the information • Time indicator – the actual time of exercise execution;
The AMS prototype is a distributed network system based on on screen including the objects’ construction and color. The
• The output box, where the latest current alarm is dis-
the Operator Station modules. Two Operator Stations located guidelines are described in the sections below. AMS displays
played; the box occupies most part of the panel;
in the Engine Rooms are intended for viewing of display and provide monitoring functions only.
• TOTAL UNАCK – digital indicator displaying the total num-
alarm/event lists.
1.2.1. Layout ber of unacknowledged alarms in the system;
The AMS includes the following type of screens: • ALL ALARMS indicator displays the number of all existing
The layout of the display areas is applicable for all AMS displays.
• Process Displays, e.g. a system diagram; Three independent areas, described below are available. alarms in the ship systems;
• Object Displays, e.g. D/E Overview screen; • Date indicator – displays the actual date of the exercise
The central part of the display is occupied by the application
• Trend Curve Displays; execution.
area, which contains the selected process display or list.
• Alarm & Event Displays. The bottom part of the displays is occupied by the two-row
The pipelines and figures of pumps, compressors, etc. are bottom panel with the system menu and functional buttons:
The AMS displays include: displayed with the color respective to the flowing matter. The
state of electrical chains and equipment is designated by color • MAIN– button to jump to the display with the ship image;
• Main Engine Overview;
too. The following colors are used: • Buttons with the names of the systems controlled by AMS;
• Generator Engines Overview;
click a button to open the respective display;
• Fuel Oil Service system for ME & GE; • Light blue color for the fresh water pipes;
• ALARM SUMMARY, ALARM HISTORY, EVENT LIST, TREND – buttons
• Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer system; • Green color for the sea water pipes;
to jump to the displays Alarm List, Alarm History List, Event
• Fuel Oil Purifying system; • Orange color for the hydraulic and thermal oil pipes; List, and Trend;
• Light brown color for the MDO pipes;
• Main Engine Service Lube Oil system; • SINGLE/ALL ACK SWITCH button; when the button is pressed
• Dark brown color for the HFO pipes; clicking the ALARM ACK button acknowledges only last
• Lube Oil Storage & Transfer system;
• Grey color for compressed air system; alarm, which is displayed in the output box of the top pan-
• Low Temperature Cooling Fresh Water system;
• Green color for electrical chains free of load; el; otherwise it acknowledges all AMS alarms at once;
• Exhaust Gases system;
• Magenta color for electrical chains under load. • ALARM ACK button.
• Sea Water Cooling & Service system;
• Bilge & Fire General Service system;
• Stern Tube Lube Oil system;
• Compressed Air system; Top panel of the AMS display
• Aux. Boiler and Feed Water system;
• Electric Plant;
• Alarms and Events.
Bottom panel of the AMS display

55
AMS Displays in Simulator
1.3. AMS Displays in Simulator

1.3.1. Main Engine Overview
Click on the M/E OVERVIEW button in the AMS bottom menu to
open the display MAIN ENGINE OVERVIEW.
Abnormal conditions can occur to a unit breakage, failure,
alarm or a fault introduced by the instructor.
The mimic contains:
• The list of ME and supply system parameters;
• ME figure with run indicator ;
• Diagram of ME cooling system comprising:
űű M.E. H.T. J.W. EXPANSION TK with NORM indicator label,
which turns to ABNORM red when a tank alarm occurs;
űű M.E. HT JACKET C.F.W. PUMPS №2 & №1 run indicators
and NORM indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red
when a pump breakage occurs;
űű HT C.F.W. INLET PRESS digital indicator.
• Diagram of FO service system comprising:
űű Tanks: H.F.O. SERV. TK , L.S.H.F.O. SERV. TK , M.D.O. SERV.
TK , with level and temperature indicators;
űű M.E. F.O. SUPPLY P/PS №2 & №1 run indicators and NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a
pump breakage occurs;
űű M.E. F.O. CIRC. P/PS №2 & №1 run indicators and NORM • Diagram of LO service system comprising: űű L.O. FILTER indicators and NORM indicator label, which
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a űű MAIN L.O. SUMP TK and Cyl. Oil MEAS TK – each with turns to ABNORM red when a filter fouling occurs (by
pump breakage occurs; NORM indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when introducing instructor fault);
űű F.O. FILTER indicators and NORM indicator label, which a tank alarm occurs; űű L.O. INLET PRESS and TEMP; THR. PAD temperature digi-
turns to ABNORM red when a filter fouling occurs (by űű CYL. OIL TRANS PUMP run indicator; tal indicators.
introducing instructor fault); űű CYL. CRANKCASE OIL MIST HIGH / ABNORMAL – NORM
űű M.E. L.O. PUMP №2 & №1 run indicators and NORM indi-
űű F.O. INLET PRESS and TEMP digital indicators. cator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump indicator labels, which turns to ABNORM red when the
breakage occurs; respective alarm occurs.

56
1.3.2. Generator Engines Overview

Click on the G/E OVERVIEW button in the AMS bottom menu to
open the display GENERATOR ENGINE OVERVIEW.
The mimic contains a list of G/E SYSTEM parameters and safety
system indicators for each of the generator engines №1, №2, №3.
Abnormal conditions can occur to a unit (system, mechanism)
breakage, failure, alarm or a fault introduced by the instructor.
Then NORM indicator label turns to ABNORM red, or alarmed
parameter box highlights in red.

57
1.3.3. Fuel Oil Service System for ME & GE

Click on the F.O. SERVICE button in the AMS bottom menu to
open the display F.O. SERVICE SYSTEM FOR M/E & G/E .
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• GE EMCY M.D.O. P/P run indicator;
• H.F.O. SUPPLY P/P FOR ME & GE №2, №1 run indicators;
NORM indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a
• №1 G/E, №2 G/E, №3 G/E with run indicators;
• H.F.O. CIRC. P/P FOR ME & GE №2, №1 run indicators; NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump
breakage occurs;
• №1, №2 HFO FOR ME & heater units;
• Automatic HFO filter units;
• VISCOSITY SYSTEM unit;
• ME cross-section with FO USE indicator of fuel;
• The pipelines with valves (EM – electric-mechanical, M –
mechanical), gauges (FM – flow meter), and connections to
ship systems.
NORM indicator label below the viscosimeter turns to ABNORM
red when FO viscosity is out of range;

58
1.3.4. Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer System

Click the F.O. TRANSFER SYSTEM button on the bottom bar of
any AMS page to open the display F.O. FILLING & TRANSFER
SYSTEM.

The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• M.D.O. SETT. TK;
• M.D.O. SERV. TK;
• L.S.H.F.O. SETT. TK; L.S.H.F.O. SERV. TK;
• H.F.O. SETT. TK; H.F.O. SERV. TK;
• H.F.O. and M.D.O. bunker stations on UPPER DECK;
• M.D.O. TRANS PP run indicator and filter; NORM indicator
label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump breakage
occurs;
• H.F.O. TRANS PP run indicator and filter; NORM indicator
label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump breakage
or filter fouling occurs;
• №2, №1 H.F.O. STOR. TK (P);
• №1, №2 H.F.O. STOR. TK (P);
• №1, №2 M.D.O. STOR. TK (S);
• №3 LS M.D.O. STOR. TK (S);
• The pipelines with valves, and connections to ship systems.
Each tank is fitted with the tank level bar graph and digital in-
dicator. Each H.F.O. tank is fitted with fuel temperature digital
indicator. Each storage tank is fitted with QCV.
The pumps are controlled from the starter panels and push but-
ton boxes (see Chapter 4, the paragraph 3.1.4 on page 128 ).

59
1.3.5. Fuel Oil Purifying System

Click the F.O. PURIFYING SYSTEM button on the bottom bar of any
AMS page to open the display F.O. PURIFYING SYSTEM.

The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• L.S.H.F.O. SETT. TK , L.S.H.F.O. SERV. TK , H.F.O. SERV. TK ,
H.F.O. SETT. TK , each tank with level bar graph and digital
indicators of level and temperature;
• M.D.O. SETT. TK , M.D.O. SERV. TK , each tank with level bar
graph and digital indicator;
• № 2 HFO HEATER and № 1 HFO HEATER units;
• № 2 HFO PURIFIER and № 1 HFO PURIFIER units with run
indicators; digital indicators of FO temperature; NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a purifier
breakage occurs;
• SLUDGE TANK with NORM indicator label, which turns to
ABNORM red when tank level alarm occurs.
Purifiers are operated from their LOP (see Chapter 4, the para-
graph 3.2.4 on page 131).

60
1.3.6. Lube Oil Service System

Click on the L.O. SERVICE SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display LUBE OIL SYSTEM (ME SERVICE).
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• Table of ME cylinders’ lubrication and temperature; NORM
indicator labels turn to ABNORM red in a column when the
respective alarm occurs;
űű CYL. P.C.O. NON-FLOW – when fouling of LO pipes
causes rise of bearings temperature; each cylinder alarm
is displayed separately;
űű LEVEL – when lubricator tank level is low; (lubricators are
operated from 3D display of the page ER1);
űű CYL. LUBRICATOR NON-FLOW – when lubricators fouling
occurs (by Instructor fault).
• LOW SULPFUR CYL. OIL SERV TK (5 m3);
• CYL. OIL STOR TK (33.3 m3);
• CYL OIL TRANSFER PP run indicator and filter;
• CYL. OIL MEASUR’G TK (0.9 m3);
• M.E. L.O. AUTOFILTER with NORM indicator label, which
turns to ABNORM red when filter fouling occurs;
• ME cross-section with digital indicators of the engine lubri-
cating parameters actual values;
• M.E. SCAV. AIR BOX;
• M.E. L.O. COOLER; • The pipelines with valves and connections to ship systems.
• M.E. L.O. P/P №1, №2 run indicators; Tanks are provided with NORM alarm indicators, which turn to
• M.E. L.O. SUMP TK (27.1 m3); ABNORM red when the level alarm occurs.

61
1.3.7. Lube Oil Transfer System

Click on the L.O. TRANSFER SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display LUBE OIL SYSTEM (TRANSFER).
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• №1, №2 L.O. PURIFIER; each with run indicator, and NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a purifier
breakage occurs;
• №1, №2, №3 G/E units; each with run indicator; digital indi-
cators of pressure and temperature;
• G.E. L.O. SETT. TK 12.8 m3;
• G.E. L.O. STOR. TK 12.8 m3;
• M.E. L.O. SETT. TK 19.2 m3;
• M.E. L.O. STOR. TK 27.3 m3;
• L.O. TRANS P/P run indicator; the filter and NORM indi-
cator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump
breakage occurs; the pump is controlled from the starter
panel and push button box (see Chapter 4, the paragraph
4.1.4 on page 146);
• L.O. DRAIN TK (3.4 m3);
• M.E. L.O. SUMP TK (27.1 m3);
• HYD. OIL STORAGE TK (20 m3);
All tanks are provided with NORM alarm indicators, which turn
to ABNORM red when the level alarm occurs.

62
1.3.8. LT Fresh Water Cooling System

Click on the L/T COOLING F.W. SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display LT COOLING F.W. SYSTEM.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• №1 AIR COND. and №2 AIR COND. cooling units;
• №1 and №2 REF. PROV. PLANT cooling units;
• ER C. AIR COND. Cond. cooling unit;
• L.T. F.W. Exp. TK for G/E & AUX Mach. tank;
• L.T. C. F.W. P/P №1 and №2 pumps run indicators and NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump
breakage occurs;
• COOLER FOR HYD. POWER PAC. unit;
• №1 and №2 H.P.P ENGINE;
• ME L.O. COOLER unit;
• ME H.T. COOLER unit;
• №1 and №2 L.T. F.W. COOLER units;
• INTERMEDIATE SHAFT BEARING with digital temperature
indicator;
• ME AIR COOLER unit;
ton boxes (see Chapter 4, the paragraph 2.3.4 on page 124).

63
1.3.9. Exhaust Gases System

Click on the EXHAUST GAS button in the AMS bottom menu to
open the display EXHAUST GASES SYSTEM.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• FRAME SCREEN indicator is not modeled;
• INCINERATOR with run indicator; NORM indicator label,
which turns to ABNORM red when any incinerator alarm
occurs;
• №3 G/E, №2 G/E, №1 G/E, №2 D/E FOR HYD. POWER PACK,
№1 D/E FOR HYD. POWER PACK with run indicators; each
engine is connected to SILENCER WITH SPARK ARRESTER;
• EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER with temperature digital indicator;
• AUX BOILER with temperature digital indicator; NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when boiler
breakage occurs;
• EXHAUST GAS table with temperature digital indicators;
• ME CYL. SCAV. AIR FIRE DETECTION table with pressure and
temperature digital indicators;
• SOOT COLLECTING TK; SOOT BLOWER ABNR NORM alarm
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when;
• MAIN ENGINE cross section with exhaust gases tempera-
ture digital indicator.

64
1.3.10. Sea Water Cooling & Service System

Click on the S.W. COOLING SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display S.W. COOLING & SERVICE SYSTEM.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• ATM. CONDENSER unit;
• №2, №1 CENTRAL COOLER units;
• F.W. GENERATOR; top NORM alarm indicator, which turns to
ABNORM red when salinity high alarm is indicated; bottom
NORM alarm indicator, which turns to ABNORM red when
any of 3 alarms occurs on FWG panel;
• F.W. GENERATOR S.W. EJECTOR PP run indicator;
• SCRUBBER C.S.W. PP; №2, №1 C.S.W. PP run indicators;
NORM indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when a
• HIGH SEA CHEST (P) with M.G.P.S. unit;
• №1, №2 DECK WATER SEAL PP run indicators; NORM indica-
tor label, which turns to ABNORM red when a pump break-
age occurs;
• LOW SEA CHEST (S) with M.G.P.S. unit;
The pumps are controlled from the starter panels and push
button boxes; M.G.P.S. anti-fouling panels are opened from ER1
page menu (see Chapter 4, the paragraph 2.1.4 on page 119).

65
1.3.11. Bilge & Fire General Service System

Click on the BILGE & FIRE SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display BILGE & FIRE G/S SYSTEM.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM table of alarm indicators in
protected ship spaces; NORM indicator labels, which turn
to ABNORM red when fire alarm occurs in the space;
• E/R FLOODING ALARM NORM indicator, which turns to AB-
NORM red when flooding occurs;
• OILY WATER SEPARATOR with run indicator; NORM indica-
tor label, which turns to ABNORM red when separator
breakage occurs;
• SAO ADNORMAL indicator is not modeled;
• BILGE TRANSFER PUMP;
• FIRE & G/S PP; FIRE & BILGE PP run indicators; NORM indica-
tor labels, which turn to ABNORM red when a pump break-
age occurs;
• BW (PORT) and BW (STBD) with NORM indicator labels,
which turn to ABNORM red when a well level > 90%;
• BILGE HOLD TK with temperature digital indicator; NORM
indicator label, which turns to ABNORM red when tank
level alarm occurs;
• B.W. AFT tank and OILY BILGE TK with NORM indicator labels,
which turn to ABNORM red when a tank level alarm occurs;
• COFFERDAM;
• MAIN C.S.W. P/P run indicator; NORM indicator label, which
turns to ABNORM red when pump breakage occurs.
ton boxes (see Chapter 4, the paragraph 7.8.4 on page 202).

66
1.3.12. Lube Oil for Stern Tube Service System

Click on the S/T L.O. SERVICE SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display LUBE OIL SYSTEM (STERN TUBE).
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• Digital indicators of L.O. temperature in STERN TUBE sys-
tem parts;
• STERN TUBE SHAFT;
• S/T GRAV. TK (0.1m3);
• AFT SEAL (30L );
• PAD S/T SEAL TK;
• S/T L.O. DRAIN TK (1.4m3);

67
1.3.13. Compressed Air System

Click on the COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• DECK SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR ABNR alarm indicator, la-
bel, which turns to ABNORM red when compressor break-
age occurs;
• DECK SERVICE AIR RECEIVER pressure digital indicator,
• №2, №1 MAIN AIR RESERVOIR with pressure indicators;
• №1, №2, №3 G/E with run indicators and STARTING AIR
pressure digital indicators;
• №2, №1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR with run indicators; NORM
indicator labels, which turn to ABNORM red when com-
pressor breakage occurs;
• MAIN ENGINE cross-section with STARTING AIR digital pres-
sure indicator;
• EM’CY AIR COMPRESSOR with run indicator;
• AUX AIR RESERVOIR;
The compressors are controlled from the starter panels and push
button boxes (see Chapter 4, the paragraph 7.2.4 on page 180).

68
1.3.14. AUX Boiler Feed Water System

Click on the AUX BOILER F.W. SYSTEM button in the AMS bottom
menu to open the display AUX BOILER & FEED WATER SYSTEM.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• AUX BOILER with run indicator; NORM indicator label,
which turns to ABNORM red when boiler breakage occurs;
• EXH. GAS ECONOMIZER; NORM indicator label, which turns
to ABNORM red when economizer breakage occurs;
• №2, №1 CIRC WATER PP ECONOMIZER pumps indicators;
NORM indicator labels, which turn to ABNORM red when a
• №2, №1 MAIN FEED WATER PP FOR AUX BOILER pumps indi-
cators; NORM indicator labels, which turn to ABNORM red
when a pump breakage occurs;
• OBSER. TK;
• CASCADE TK; NORM indicator labels, which turn to AB-
NORM red when level alarm occurs;;
The boiler is controlled from the local panel, and pumps are
controlled from the starter panels and push button boxes (see
Chapter 4, the paragraph 5.5 on page 159).
Remote control of the pumps is provided from the Boiler Man-
agement & Control System (see the paragraph 2.2.4 on page 78).

69
1.3.15. Electric System

Click on the ELECTRIC button in the AMS bottom menu to open
the display ELECTRIC.
The mimic contains:
• System diagram;
• Main Switch Board alarm NORM indicator label, which
turns to ABNORM red when frequency or voltage < 95% or
> 105% of rating value;
• A list of electric system alarms for generators; NORM indi-
cator labels, which turn to ABNORM red when a parameter
is out of range, or trip condition occurs;
• GEN No.3, GEN No.2, GEN No.1, each with POWER FAIL
(generator ACB trip), AUTO SYNC. (synchronization is not
performed in 1 min) alarm indicators; STATOR “R”, “S”, “T”
TEMP digital indicators;
• ESBD ABNORMAL alarm NORM indicator label, which turns
to ABNORM red when frequency or voltage < 95% or >
105% of rating value;
• EM’CY DG ABNORMAL alarm NORM indicator label, which
turns to ABNORM red when frequency, current or voltage
is out of range;
• Lists of system alarms and digital indicators.

70
1.3.16. Alarm Summary 1.3.17. Alarm History

Click the ALARM SUMMARY button on the bottom bar of Click the ALARM HISTORY button on the bottom bar of any
any AMS page to open the display. AMS page to open the display ALARM HISTORY.
The mimic contains the list of current alarms in the ship’s The mimic contains the list of all alarms in the ship’s
systems with their corresponding attributes: systems with their corresponding attributes:
Each table row displays: • N – the number of an alarm;
• Point-ID Description – the ID and brief description of • Description – the ID and brief description of alarm;
alarm; • Status – the alarm state;
• Value – parameter value that caused alarm state; • Date – the date of alarm;
• Unit – parameter units; • Time – the time of alarm (starting from the exercise
• Limit 1 and Limit 2 – parameter range; start).
• Status – alarm state of types: Alarm records are colored according to the alarm status:
unacknowledged alarms are red; acknowledged but not
űű LOW – parameter fell out of the range by Limit 1;
cleared alarms are light magenta; acknowledged and
űű HIGH – parameter fell out of the range by Limit 2; cleared alarms are gray.
űű ALARM – any failure of normal operation of a pa-
rameter that is not measured.
Status of an unacknowledged alarm flashes, status of
an acknowledged alarm is on colored in red. When the
alarm cause has been removed the alarm line is deleted
from the list.

71
1.3.18. Event List 1.3.19. Trend

Click the EVENT LIST button on the bottom bar of any AMS page to open the display EVENT LIST. Click the TREND button on the bottom bar of any AMS page to
open the display TREND.
The mimic contains the list of all events in the ship’s systems with their corresponding attributes:
The Trend application allows outputting time curves of work-
• Description – the ID and brief description of event;
ing parameter changes for devices and mechanisms of the
• Value – the state of appropriate parameter; ship systems. With this application Trainee is able to select
• Date – the date of event; parameters for monitoring, adjust required setting to display
• Time – the time of event (starting from the exercise start). the curves on screen, review the current state of certain aggre-
gates and mechanisms, and forecast changes in order to take
appropriate actions.
Description of the available options and functionality is given
in the section Application ‘Trends’ of the manual TechSim/ERS-
5000_General_Trainee_Manual.pdf.

72
Chapter 2. Remote Supervision Systems . Boiler Monitoring & Control System
BMCS General Description
2. Boiler Monitoring & Control System • ALARM ACKN button; when the SINGLE/ALL ACK SWITCH button is
pressed clicking the ALARM ACKN button acknowledges only one
2.1. BMCS General Description last alarm; otherwise it acknowledges all Boiler system alarms
at once;
The Boiler Monitoring & Control System (BMCS) is the integrated
PC-based system for remote supervision of the ship’s Aux Boiler and • EVENT LIST, ALARM LIST to switch to respective displays, where
related systems. alarms and events of the Boiler system are listed.
OVERVIEW displays of BMCS contain the BOILER state information
Layout of each display is similar to the layout of AMS displays (see the
box with the following information:
paragraph 1.2.1 on page 55). In the simulator only Boiler System menu
function of the BMCS is modeled. • Water level mm bar graph provided with max and min values,
and level digital indicator; red color of the bar indicates alarm
Top panel contains: condition;
• BURNER OVERVIEW, FEED WATER OVERVIEW, STEAM OVERVIEW, PUMP OVER- • Boiler press Bar bar graph provided with max and min values,
VIEW buttons to switch between the displays; and pressure digital indicator; red color of the bar indicates
• ALARMS box to present the number of unacknowledged alarms in alarm condition;
the Boiler system; • Load % digital indicator;
• TIME indicators of actual date and time; • Operation text indicator of the Boiler system state: Ready; Shut-
• OVERVIEW PICTURE and USER fields are not modeled. down; Stopped; Purge (the burner is purged with air); Ignition;
Low Firing (low FO supply at low steam pressure); Rising (the
Bottom panel contains:
steam pressure); Mod. Free (mode of constant steam pressure);
• Text box to output the last of unacknowledged alarms in • Control mode text indicator: Auto/Manual/Stopped; in
the Boiler system; Stopped mode (control mode Stopped selected) the boiler
• SINGLE/ALL ACK SWITCH button; cannot be started.
Top panel of the BMCS display
Bottom panel of the BMCS display

73
BMCS Displays in Simulator
2.2. BMCS Displays in Simulator

2.2.1. Burner Overview
Click the BURNER OVERVIEW button on the top menu bar of any
BMCS page to open the display with the burner diagram.
The mimic contains:

• Boiler, Boil. Press, Oil Flow buttons to open the control panels
for remote operation (see the description below);
• Temp uptake, O2 monitor, Smk density, Atm. stm prs,
FO flow, Air flow digital indicators and bar graphs;
• Smoke blower ON, Flame Scan 1 OFF, Flame Scan 2 OFF,
Ignition Scan OFF indicator lamps;
• BOILER state information box (see the paragraph 2.1 on
page 73);
• Boiler Combustion Air Fan run indicator and Air Damper
bar graph showing the damper open state;
• Boiler FO system diagram comprising:
űű FO temp, FO press digital indicators and bar graphs;
űű Oil Heater unit;
űű FO pump 1, FO pump 2 run and state indicators; pumps
are controlled from the PUMP OVERVIEW display (see the
paragraph 2.2.4 on page 78) and/or Boiler Control and
Boiler Power panels (see Chapter 4, the paragraph 5.5 on
page 159);
űű Three-way valve to switch FO supply.
On the control panels described below actions are selected by
clicking on required buttons (button is then “pressed”). Click

74
OK to confirm the selected actions, or CANCEL to cancel selec- Click on the Boiler Press. button to open the panel comprising:
tions (depress buttons); then close the panel.
Click on the Boiler button to open the panel comprising:
• Actual value pressure indicator;

• High shut down, High alarm, Low alarm indicator lamps
• Boiler contr. mode buttons: State and digital indicators Limit.
űű In Auto mode the Boiler is controlled by BMCS; Click on the Oil Flow button to open the panel comprising:
űű In Manual mode the Boiler is controlled from this panel;

the Manu indicator highlights;
űű In Stopped mode the Boiler is stopped and blocked;
űű Manual start and Manual stop buttons are used to operate
the Boiler in Manu mode.
• Boiler setpoint hi/lo buttons:
űű High – FO valve open state is not limited;
űű Low – to limit FO valve open state. • Actual value flow % indicator;
• Max flow digital indicator;
• Oil Pressure Set spin control to set the FO inlet pressure;
• Oil Temp Set spin control to set the FO inlet temperature.

75
2.2.2. Feed Water Overview

Click the FEED WATER OVERVIEW button on the top menu bar of
any BMCS page to open the feed water system diagram.
The mimic contains:
• Reg water lev button to control the system;
• Salinity mScm digital indicator and bar graph;
• Water Level reg. valve with open state bar graph;
• BOILER state information box (see the paragraph 2.1 on
page 73);
• Exhaust gas boiler connections.
On the control panels described below actions are selected by
clicking on required buttons (button is then “pressed”). Click
OK to confirm the selected actions, or CANCEL to cancel selec-
tions (depress buttons) and close the panel.
Click on the Reg water lev button to open the panel comprising:
• Digital indicators:
űű Actual set point – water level in the boiler;
űű High set point – water level in the boiler;
űű Process value – actual water level;
űű Set point – water level in the boiler;
űű Regulator output – position of the water supply PID
regulator, which controllers the water supply valve in
Automatic mode.

76
• Controller state buttons: 2.2.3. Steam Overview

űű In Auto mode the water supply valve is controlled by the Click the STEAM OVERVIEW button on the top menu bar of any
regulator; BMCS page to open the service steam system diagram.
űű In Manual mode the water supply valve is controlled
The mimic contains:
by Increase and Decrease buttons; the Manu indicator
highlights; • The dump valve open state bar graph;
űű Increase and Decrease buttons to adjust the open state of • Service condenser and connections From cooling system;
the water supply valve. • BOILER state information box (see the paragraph 2.1 on
• Parameters button to open the Reg water lev (parameters) page 73).
window:
Digital indicators correspond to PID regulator parameters (see

the description of the regulators in Introduction). The param-
eters are set by the Instructor.

77
2.2.4. Pump Remote Control

Click the PUMP OVERVIEW button on the top menu bar of any
BMCS page to open the display with panels for remote control
of the pumps: Chemical pump 1, Circulation pump 1, Circulation
pump 2, Fuel oil pump 1, Fuel oil pump 2, Feed water pump 1 ,
Feed water pump 2.
Each panel contains:

• The button to open the pump control panel;
• The pump state indicator, which highlights when the Chemical Pump Control Panel Fuel Oil Pump Control Panel
pump is running;
• The pump Mode text indicator.
Remote control of the Feed water pump 1,2 and Circulation
pump 1,2 is enabled only if the AUTO buttons are pressed on the
starter panels of respective pumps on the No. 1 GROUP START-
ER PANEL (use menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB) and No.
2 GROUP STARTER PANEL (use menu item MSB No2 GSP of the Circulation Pump Control Panel
page MSB). In MAN mode control from this display is disabled.
Feed Water Pump Control Panel
Remote control of Chemical pump and Fuel oil pump 1, 2 is en-
abled only if both – the AUTO MANUAL switches on the BOILER
LOCAL CONTROL PANEL and BOILER POWER PANEL are set to
AUTO position. If any of the switches is in MANUAL position
the remote control is disabled.
On the control panels below actions are selected by clicking
on required buttons (button is then “pressed”). Click OK to
confirm the selected actions, or CANCEL to cancel selections (de-
press buttons) and close the panel. Use Auto button to set the pump automatic operation con-
Alarm lamps illuminate to indicate the pump Overload alarm trolled by the water level sensor in the Boiler.
and No feedback alarm circumstances.
Use St-By button to set a pump operation in Stand-by mode
(for Circulation pumps, FO pumps and Feed Water pumps
duty/standby pairs).

78
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant

This chapter contains the description of the simulator module
for training the watch personnel of the tanker in skills of cor-
rect operating the Ship Electrical Power Plant.

Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant

Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant

1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 5.3. Synchronization Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
1.1. Plant Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 5.3.1. Automatic Operation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2. Power Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 5.3.2. Synchroscope Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 5.3.3. Light Synchroscope Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.2. Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 5.3.4. Synchronizing in SWBD & PMS Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.3. Load Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 5.4. Group Starter Panel No 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3. Power Generation Control in the Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5.5. Group Starter Panel No 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.1. Diesel Engine LOPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 5.6. MSB Feeder Panels 440 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.2. Generator Engine Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 5.6.1. MSB 440v Feeder Panel No. 1 Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.2.1. LO Priming Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 5.6.2. MSB 440v Feeder Panel No. 2 Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
4. Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 5.7. MSB Feeder Panels 220 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.7.1. MSB 220v Feeder Panel Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
4.2. Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.8. Local Group Starter Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4.2.1. Air Circuit Breakers (ACB) Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
5.9. Power Distribution Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
4.2.2. ACB Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
6. Emergency Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.2.3. Consumers’ CB Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.2.4. ACB Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 6.2. EMCY and Preferential Tripping Legend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
4.2.5. Preferential Tripping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 7. EMCY Power Supply Control in the Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.3. DM4 System and PMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 7.1. EMCY Diesel Engine Local Operating Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.4. Main Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 7.2. EMCY Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5. Power Distribution Control in the Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 7.3. ESB Consumers & EM’CY GSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.1. Generator 1, 2 Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 7.3.1. ESB 440v Feeder Panel Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.1.1. Operating DM4 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 7.3.2. ESB 220v Feeder Panel Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.2. Generator 3 & Bus Tie Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 7.4. Battery Charging & Discharging Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
7.4.1. EMCY 24V DC Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

80
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Introduction
Plant Specification
1. Introduction 1.1. Plant Specification

The Ship Electrical Power System is designed to meet the vessel’s The Electric Power Plant consists of three sets of diesel driven
electrical power demands in standard and emergency conditions. generators located in “B” deck, Stbd; and one set of emer-
gency generator located in separate room. The main diesel
The Ship Electrical Power System simulator module is designed generators can be operated in parallel with each other. The
for training the Engine Room watch personnel of the tanker emergency generator is not capable of running in parallel with
in skills of correct operating the vessel’s Electrical Power Plant the main diesel generators and is not capable of feeding to
(EPP), including: main switchboard with its source. The emergency diesel gen-
• Preparation of equipment/systems for their operation, erator shall be automatically started by battery starting device
start-up, and shutdown; and the event of failure of main power and fed to emergency
switchboard, and will be stopped automatically.
• Monitoring of operation using variable parameters;
The ship’s EPP comprises:
• Troubleshooting.
• 3 x Diesel Generator (DG) – AC 450 V, 3 phase, 60 Hz,
In addition to training in practical skills, the simulator allows
1125 kVA (900 kW), 900 RPM; cooling air to air;
the Trainee to learn the basic principles of the structure, func-
tions, and interaction of EPP components and systems. • 1 x Emergency Generator (EM’CY Gen, EG) – AC 450 V,
3 phase, 60 Hz, 118 kVA (150 kW), 250 kW, 1800 RPM;
Electrical Power system consists of the ship electrical power
• Main Switch Board (MSB) comprising:
plant (EPP), ship electrical network and power consumers. The
ship electrical network in turn consists of switchboards (MSB, űű 3 x Generator panel;
ESB) and electric cables (feeders). űű 1 x Bus-Tie Circuit Breaker panel – on/off function only;
The simulator composition corresponds to EPP standard setup, űű 1 x Synchronizing panel.
parameters and performance of the simulated mechanisms űű 2 x Group Starter panel;
and systems, corresponds to the systems onboard ship. űű 2 x 440V Feeder panel;
The simulator module architecture comprises a set a displays űű 1 x 220V Feeder panel.
for monitoring of the EPP only. There are two displays in AMS • 24V DC Batteries and Charger;
(described in Chapter 2): G/E OVERVIEW and ELECTRIC. A set of
• Power Distribution: 440 V AC/60 Hz, 220 V AC/60 Hz, 24 V
displays of the pages MSB, EmG and in ER pages simulate the
DC Customers with ACBs, CBs and starters;
Switchboard panels, Group Starter panels and Local Operating
Panels of the generator engines. • Local panels and starters in engine rooms.
The displays described in this chapter are opened from the

bottom menu page MSB, EmG and some of the ER pages of the
simulator Propulsion Console.
Virtual Hardware console duplicates the EPP displays, which can
be distributed on a set of screens to provide realistic performance.

81
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Power Generation
General Description
2. Power Generation
2.1. General Description
The main bus of the main switchboard is served by genera- The main diesel generators shall be served as follows:
tors, driven by their respective diesel engines. When the ship
is at sea one generator is usually in single operation. When the Service condition DG in use
ship is during the loading/unloading operation, or entering/ Normal sea going One (1)
leaving port, one or two of the diesel generators (DG) will be • With tank cleaning Two (2)
paralleled to main to cover the increased power demand. • With I.G.S Two (2)
Maneuvering Two (2)
The DGs may be set as stand-by to automatically start in emer-
Cargo handling Two (2)
gency case.
Harbour One (1)
2.2. Major Components

The ship’s main power generation equipment comprises: 2.3. Load Sharing
Normally, as soon as two DGs are put on line, the automatic
• 3 x Diesel Generator – AC 450 V, 3 phase, 60 Hz, 1125 kVA
load sharing control function starts to control their governor
(900 kW), 900 RPM; cooling air to air;
motors, so that each generator will be loaded to the same per-
Automatic voltage regulator (AVR) is used to control generator centage in reference to their rated kW output values and that
voltage. the bus frequency will be maintained at the rated value.
The AVR type, includes all basic features necessary for auto-
matic control of the generator voltage:
• Voltage regulation;
• Reactive load compensation (voltage drop) for operation
in parallel with other generators or utility network;
The circuit breakers have a gear motor spring operating
mechanism, powered at 110 V DC. The closing springs are au-
tomatically charged by gear motor immediately following the
closing command; in case of emergency, they can be charged
manually using the lever.
Shore power rating: 440 V, 60 Hz, 500 A.

82
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Power Generation Control in the Simulator
Diesel Engine LOPs
3. Power Generation
Control in the Simulator
3.1. Diesel Engine LOPs
Click on the menu item LOP GE 1, 2, 3 of the page ER2 to open the
display with three identical LOPs of the diesel engines.
The description given is for the LOP GE 1; other DG Engine
LOPs are similar to LOP GE 1.
The top part of the LOP contains the gauges to control:
• FO BOOST PRESSURE;
• RPM;
• LO PRESSURE;
• HT CW PRESSURE;
• HT CW PRESSURE .
The bottom part of the LOP contains:
• CONTROL KNOB to regulate the engine rpm;
• START button to start the engine in ENGINE mode; if the
handle is set to RUN position the engine starts; if the han-
dle is set to STOP position the engine turns on air;
• Two-position switch to select the control mode between
ENGINE / REMOTE;
• Handle to STOP and RUN the engine; in STOP position start
is blocked.

83
Generator Engine Control Panels
3.2. Generator Engine Control Panels • OPERATION:

űű READY TO START – when control & safety power exists,
Click on the menu item GE Control Panel of the page ER2 to open
and no active shut down conditions exist;
the display with three identical panels of generator engines.
űű ENGINE RUN – when engine is running;
The description given is for the No.1 GENERATOR ENGINE CON-
űű START FAILURE – when required rpm has not been
TROL PANEL; Generator Engine No. 3 and No. 2 control panels
reached during a set starting time;
are similar to No. 1 GE control panel.
űű MANUAL EMCY STOP – if the EMERGENCY STOP button has
The ENGINE CONTROL / SAFETY UNIT contains groups of indica- been pressed.
tor lamps for information of the generator set state. The lamps
• SAFETY SHUTDOWN;
illuminate under the following conditions:
űű OVER SPEED – speed > 1035 rpm;
• POWER & INDICATION:
űű LO LOW PRESSURE – pressure < 3 bar;
űű CONTROL/SAFETY POWER – power is available;
űű HT CW HIGH TEMP – temp. > 99 °C;
űű REMOTE/AUTO – when both switches: ENGINE–REMOTE
on the engine LOP and LOCAL – REMOTE&AUTO on this űű EXH.GAS TEMP ABNORMAL – temp. > 750 °C.
panel are in remote/auto position; • CPU RUN:
űű LOCAL – when switches ENGINE–REMOTE on the engine űű CONTROL and SAFETY – when CONTROL & SAFETY
LOP is in REMOTE position, and LOCAL – REMOTE&AUTO POWER supply in ON.
on this panel is in LOCAL position. • SHUTDOWN SYSTEM FAILURE alarm lamps – not modeled.
The central part of the panel contains:
• ENGINE STOP, ENGINE START buttons ;
• LOCAL–REMOTE&AUTO switch to set control mode;
• AC 220V POWER, DC 24V POWER indicators of the panel
power source, which is provided from ECR console and
from BCD = 24 V DC;
• AC/DC POWER two-position switch to turn CONTROL &
SAFETY POWER supply OFF/ON ;
• EMERGENCY STOP button.
Cylinder indicator diagrams of the generator engines and the
exhaust gases content can be obtained using the page CID of
the simulator (see Chapter 1).

84
Generator Engine Control Panels
3.2.1. LO Priming Pump

The lower part of the GENERATOR ENGINE CONTROL PANEL
contains controls for the GE LO Priming Pump:
• No. 1 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP circuit breaker;
• ABNORMAL alarm indicator – illuminates when the pump
breakage/failure occurs;
• RUN, SOURCE indicators to display the pump state and
power supply;
• L/P RESET button to reset the pump after trip condition;
• STOP, START buttons to operate the pump in LOCAL mode.
Automatic operation Power supply
For automatic operation of the Priming pump, both switches: Switch power supply 440 V for:
ENGINE–REMOTE on the engine LOP and • No. 1 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP on No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
LOCAL – REMOTE&AUTO on this panel should be (use menu item MSB No 1,2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) by
set to remote/auto position. the No 1 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER circuit breaker;
The pump will start automatically at engine start The pump • No. 2 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP on No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL
will automatically stop when engine LO driven pump starts. If (use menu item MSB No 1,2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) by
the engine is in standby mode the pump operates in intervals the No 2 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER circuit breaker;
to keep the engine in ready to start condition. • No. 3 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP on AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by the No 3 G/E
Local control
LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER circuit breaker.
Local operation by STOP, START buttons is possible when LO-
CAL–REMOTE&AUTO switch is set to LOCAL position.
Start the pump before engine start. Stop the pump manually
after having started the engine.

85
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Power Distribution
General Description
4. Power Distribution 4.2.1. Air Circuit Breakers (ACB) Components • Signalling device mechanically connected to the spring
(below the O pushbutton). The condition of the ACB is indi-
The air circuit breaker consists of:
cated by a tag which displays either a white I closed ACB,
4.1. General Description • Electric motor module to automatically change the spring. or light blue O opened ACB indicator;
The ship electrical network is designed for delivering electrical When the ACB opens, the geared motor recharges the stored • RESET pushbutton to reset ACB after tripping and re-enable
power from the ship EPP to the consumers. The ship electrical energy system allowing for a closing/opening operation so the protection mechanism; the pushbutton is pulled out
network supplies consumers with 3-phase, 440V, 60 Hz gener- that by charging the closing spring, sufficient energy is stored when ACB trips;
ated by the generators. to ensure that the opening spring is also charged.
• The lever to manually charge the spring. In electrical fault
• Electromagnetic tripping device operating at overcurrent, circumstances such as a blackout condition, the motor
4.2. Major Components over/under voltage and overload; mechanism will be unable to recharge the stored energy
The ship’s power distribution system comprises: • Springs to open/close the ACB; system for any ACB’s that tripped, subsequently these
• I pushbutton to manually close the ACB; it is active only ACB’s will require resetting and recharging using the
• Main Switch Board (MSB) consists of:
when the spring is changed; manual charging lever. In the simulator the lever needs
űű 2 x Group Starter Panel 1, 2 – 440 V; to be dragged one time down and up using the mouse to
• Signalling device mechanically connected to the spring
űű 2 x Feeder Panel 1, 2 – 440 V; achieve the yellow “charged” indicator being displayed to
(below the I pushbutton). The condition of the stored en-
űű Feeder Panel 230 V; confirm successful charging.
ergy mechanism is indicated by a tag which displays either
űű Bus bar with Bus-Tie Circuit Breaker. a white “discharged” or yellow “charged” indicator; The left-most control panel located on the ACB front below the
RESET pushbutton, if present, is used to change the inputs. It is
• Emergency Switch Board (ESB) consists of: • O pushbutton to manually open the ACB;
not implemented in the simulator.
űű Group Starter Panel 440 V;
ACB controls are located on the appropriate SWBD panels.
űű Bus bar 440 V;
űű Bus bar 230 V. 4.2.2. ACB Principle of Operation
• Power Distribution boards: 440V, 230V, 24V DC Consumers The ACB will not close unless the closing spring is fully
with CBs and starter panels; charged. In automatic operation (including under/over voltage
• Local panels and starter panels in engine rooms. tripping, where used) the closing/opening springs are charged
automatically by the motor mechanism. When the ACB opens,
the geared motor recharges the stored energy system allow-
ing for a closing/opening operation so that by charging the
closing spring, sufficient energy is stored to ensure that the
opening spring is also charged. In electrical fault circumstanc-
es such as a blackout condition, the motor mechanism will be
unable to recharge the stored energy system for any ACB(s)
that tripped, subsequently these ACB(s) will require resetting
and recharging using the manual charging lever.

86
General Description
ACB can be opened either by remote tripping mechanism or The automatic CBs located on the distribution boards and 4.2.5. Preferential Tripping
manually. To open the ACB manually it is sufficient to click the switchboard panels. Associated consumers’ names are dis-
button O. Spring energy is not required for opening. played on the nameplates above the switch: 4.2.5.1. Purpose
To close the ACB manually the operator needs to ensure that When the generators on line are overloaded, relatively non-
springs are charged. The RESET pushbutton on the front panel essential load is tripped from the system by the preferential
or ACB TROUBLE RESET button should be clicked. To close the ACB tripping system, to reduce the load.
it is sufficient to click the I button. At that the spring closes the
Thus the operation of generator continues and the feeding to
ACB. If the motor mechanism module is powered, then the
essential load circuits continues.
motor re-charges the spring, and in 4 sec it is again in charged
state. The spring state is indicated by the tag indicator. CB is closed CB is tripped CB is open The preferential tripping system of this ship has two kinds of
“Tripping”, namely, one by overload of the generator, and the
4.2.3. Consumers’ CB Principle of Operation 4.2.4. ACB Protection
other by abnormal AСВ trip of the generator during parallel
Circuit Breakers of the consumers are three-position automatic operation of generators.
ACBs are installed on the main and EM’CY Generators; bus tie
power switches having the following positions: For the consumers’ CB designated for non-essential load, a thin
connection.
• 0 – power is switched off; black plate with the label PT1 (1st tripping) and PT2 (2nd trip-
ACB trips after delay time or instantaneously. ping) is inserted above its nameplate specifying its application
• TRIP – CB is tripped; the CB opens and the operating lever
rotates to the tripped position; to reset the CB the opera- purposes. This indicates the preferential breaking designation.
4.2.4.1. Generator ACB Protection
tor needs to manually switch the lever into 0 position, and
only after that CB can be closed manually;
A GCB protection has the following characteristics: 4.2.5.2. Operation
• Time delayed generator overcurrent trip. Delay time depends 1. Separation of non-essential load due to overload PT1.
• 1 – power from the bus is supplied to the consumer.
on the current value: at I = 1.21 IR GCB trips after 30 sec.; If the current or power of generator on line:
CBs have inbuilt short circuit and thermal protection.
• Instantaneous short circuit trip: I = 3 IR; > 100% during 10 seconds, or
Switching a CB in the simulator is done by the double-click, or > 110% during 5 seconds, or
by dragging the lever into desired position with the mouse. • Time delayed under voltage trip: U0 = 0.9 UR, 3 sec;
> 120 % during 1 second,
• Time delayed reverse power trip: P < -0.1 PR, 5 sec;
Closing of a CB (the lever in position 1) means that the power PREFERENTIAL TRIP 1 function operates to trip the CBs for
is supplied to the specified consumer(s). For operation the After the preferential tripping (as described in 4.2.5 below), non-essential consumers.
consumer(s) need to be switched on either remotely or on when the generator is further overloaded. Long Time Delay
2. Separation of non-essential load by abnormal tripping of
their local panels. TRIP (LTD) function among the functions of overcurrent trip-
the generator ACB takes place when the ACB trip occurs of
ping device of ACB operates to trip ACB of generator to pre-
The automatic CBs located on the local panels and starters. one of the generators in parallel operation.
vent damage in the generator.
4.2.4.2. Main Bus Tie ACB Protection

A BTCB protection has the following characteristics:
• Instantaneous short circuit trip: I = 3 IR.

87
DM4 System and PMS
4.3. DM4 System and PMS The PMS interface forms a bidirectional communication link
between the PMS software unit and the generator set control
Load-dependent start/stop function
The load-dependent start/stop function is active, when the
Purpose software units. The PMS software unit transmits e.g. PMS start/ AUTO plant mode is selected and the shore connection is not
The DELOMATIC system (DM4) is designed for control and pro- stop commands and selected plant mode via the PMS inter- closed. The start/stop function transmits PMS start and stop
tection of up to parallel running generators and can also carry face. The generator set control software unit(s) transmits sig- commands, which are based on a calculation of how many
out engine control and protection. The DELOMATIC system nals such as the operational status of the generator sets (e.g. generator sets are needed in order to meet the actual power
performs a wide variety of the functions needed on board a running or stand-by), relevant measured and calculated values demand at the busbar. The PMS start/stop commands cause
ship or in power stations. and status of the selected control mode (PMS control or SWBD the individual generator sets to carry out start and stop re-
control) for the generator set. spectively according to the programmed start/stop priority.
• Power Management System (PMS) functions;
• Control of generator set(s); Display Unit (DU) In SEMI-AUTO mode, the load-depending start/stop function
• An extensive number of integrated protective functions; The DU is a slave unit, which receives information from its cor- will only allow a push-button initiated SEMI-AUTO disconnec-
responding DGU. Measured values and programmed system tion of a generator breaker, if the generator set is surplus at the
• Measurement of all relevant AC values;
setup are all stored in the corresponding DGU. busbar (the predicted available power > the nominal power
• System logic; of the generator set). Calculation of the load-depending PMS
The DU offers: start/stop commands is based on a comparison of the pro-
• Serial communication interface.
The application software consists of two main software units: • Display and control of the DELOMATIC menu structure; grammed start and stop limits and a special DELOMATIC value
called the predicted available power.
• Access to system selections;
• Generator control software unit;
• Read-out of measured and calculated values; Predicted available power
• Power Management System (PMS) software unit
• System status; In order to ensure sufficient available power at the busbar at all
Generator control software unit
• Operator alarm handling interface; times, the DELOMATIC system uses a value called the predicted
The generator set control software unit controls and supervis- available power. Calculation of the predicted available power is
• Display of alarm messages;
es all local operations of the generator set. The received PMS based on a summation of the available power at each running
commands may initiate e.g. start and stop of the generator set, • Status indication with LEDs.
generator set. The result of the summation is the total mea-
but the generator set control software unit carries out the ac- The PMS in the DELOMATIC system operates as an integrated sured available power at the busbar.
tual control, protection and supervision of the generator set. unit in the Main PMS DGU.
The predicted available power is subsequently calculated
PMS software unit The PMS interface in each Generator Engine carries out distrib- with consideration to the following events (all the below-
uted control of the generator sets according to the received mentioned events may be handled by the DELOMATIC system):
The PMS software unit controls and supervises all common
PMS commands and PMS status feedback signals.
PMS functions in the DELOMATIC system according to the • The extra available power at the busbar during SECURED
functionalism of the selected plant mode, e.g. the SEMI-AUTO Only generator sets (GE’s) selected to be under PMS control are plant mode;
or the AUTOMATIC plant modes. Common PMS functions may included in the automatic PMS functions.
• The nominal load of a running generator set which is
be functions such as the load depending start/stop function about to be stopped due to a safety stop alarm sequence
and selection of start/stop priority. (expected stop);
• Conditional connection of heavy consumers.

88
DM4 System and PMS
Programming the load-dependent stop limit Automatic starting of diesel generators • Programmable OFF time for the “START” output
The PMS stop command is generated by comparing the pro- The three diesel generators (No. 1 D/G, No.2 D/G, and No.3 • Programmable activation of the stop output during OFF time
grammed stop limit value with the result of the following D/G) can be set as stand-by when one or two generator is in • Programmable number of start attempts
calculation: The predicted available power deducted from the service. • Detection of start failure
nominal load of the generator set designated with the highest
If a bus trouble is detected when one generator is in service, • Supervision of generator voltage and frequency during
stop priority.
then the stand-by D/G will be automatically started and one idle run
The programmable stop limit represents the desired remain- generator in service will be replaced by this one generator to • Transfer of the PMS start command to the next stand-by
ing available power at the busbar, after the load-dependent restore the bus conditions to normal. generator set in case of:
PMS stop of the generator set has been carried out.
Should the 1st stand-by fail to start or its ACB fail to close, then űű Start failure
Transfer of the PMS start command the 2nd stand-by will be automatically controlled to replace űű Generator voltage or frequency failure
1st stand-by.
A PMS start command is automatically transmitted to the next The automatic start sequence is considered to be normally
stand-by generator set, if any of the below-mentioned alarm The stand-by will also be automatically started when two completed, if both below-mentioned conditions are fulfilled:
sequences become active at a running generator set: generators in service is one generator ACB abnormal trip or • An active RUNNING status signal at the generator set;
• The “SAFETY STOP” alarm sequences; generator in service is overloaded, in which case the started
• Normal generator voltage is measured;
stand-by is automatically paralleled to service generator.
• The “TRIP OF GB” alarm sequences; • RUN LED turning green.
• The “SHUTDOWN” alarm sequence. Automatic start sequence
The automatic start sequence starts the corresponding engine
GB ON sequence
Programming of the start/stop priority sequence and detects, if the start is completed successfully. A success- The GB ON sequence is automatically initiated (except during
Programming and read-out of the start/stop priority sequence fully completed start sequence initiates the GB ON sequence. SEMI-AUTO mode), when the automatic start sequence has
are carried out for all generator sets. been completed successfully.
The automatic start sequence is carried out, when a DGU (DEIF
The DELOMATIC system will not accept the start/stop priority Generator Unit – hardware) receives a PMS start command. The automatic GB ON sequence includes:
sequence if: The PMS start command may be generated e.g. by the load • Detection of “ready for PMS synchronisation” status for the
• Two or more generator sets are programmed to the same depending start/stop or by the blackout function. generator set
start/stop priority number, or a generator set is pro- An operator dependent initiation (push-button) of the auto- • Programmable dynamic synchronisation
grammed to have several start/stop priority numbers. matic start sequence may take place in SEMI-AUTO mode (this • Generator breaker ON control
• The priority has been changed manually by the 1 Prior but- will not initiate the GB ON sequence).
• Transfer of the PMS start command to the next stand-by
ton on the system control panel.
Each DGU in the DELOMATIC system is able to carry out the generator set in case of
automatic start sequence, which includes: űű a failed synchronisation
• Continuous supervision of “ready for PMS start” status űű a generator breaker ON failure
• Programmable time for the “START PREPARE” output When the GB ON sequence is entered, it is indicated at the DU
• Programmable ON time for the “START” output (DGU DG) by a yellow ON LED.

89
DM4 System and PMS
During SEMI-AUTO mode the operator may initiate the GB ON Deloading

sequence by clicking the CB ON push-button. This will initiate The automatic GB OFF deloads the generator set before allow-
closing of the generator breaker. ing the generator breaker to be opened. The DGU will reduce
A SEMI-AUTO stop or GB OFF command will interrupt an ongo- the generator load by changing the load reference for the load
ing GB ON sequence. regulator. When the measured generator load (real power)
goes below the programmable limit, the generator breaker is
GB OFF sequence opened.
The GB OFF sequence is initiated, when the DGU receives a
PMS stop command from the Main PMS DGU (or a SEMI-AUTO Automatic stop sequence
initiated GB OFF). The PMS stop command is only accepted by The automatic stop sequence is carried out, when the DGU has
the DGU, if the generator set is “ready for PMS stop”. successfully completed the GB OFF sequence.
The GB OFF sequence is automatically initiated, when the DGU Automatic stop sequence includes:
receives a PMS stop command. • Programmable cooling down time
During SEMI-AUTO plant mode the operator may initiate the • “STOP” output with programmable extended ON time.
GB OFF sequence by clicking the CB OFF push-button on the DU SEMI-AUTO stop of engine includes:
(DGU DG).
• Programmable cooling down time
The DGU will only accept the SEMI-AUTO stop command, if
• “STOP” output with programmable extended ON time.
the generator set is not alone on the busbar, and the avail-
able power on the busbar exceeds the nominal power of the Provided that SEMI-AUTO plant mode is selected, the operator
DG in question. may initiate a SEMI-AUTO stop of the engine by clicking the
STOP push-button at the DU (DGU DG).
A SEMI-AUTO GB ON command will interrupt an ongoing GB
Off sequence. A SEMI-AUTO GB ON or Start command will interrupt an ongo-
ing stop sequence.

90
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Power Distribution Control in the Simulator
Main Circuit Diagram
5. Power Distribution Control in the Simulator

4.4. Main Circuit Diagram
Click the menu item MCD of the page
MSB to open the Main Circuit Diagram
(MCD) display.
Active (powered) elements of the
diagram, such as generators, buses,
transformers, closed CBs are painted
in magenta. Digital indicators display
the actual values of appropriate elec-
trical parameters: voltage, current,
power, frequency.
Non-active (not powered) elements
are painted on the diagram in green.
Tripped CBs are painted in red.
Circuit breakers can be operated from
this diagram except Generator ACBs.
Double-click a required CB to open/
close it on the MCD display. In the
event when a CB is blocked by the bus
or generator automatics, then opera-
tion is not possible. It should be carried
out from the local panel or respective
switchboard section.
Zoom in/out MCD display using the
mouse wheel to read consumers
names on the switch boards.

91
Generator 1, 2 Panels
5.1. Generator 1, 2 Panels

Click the menu item MSB Gen 1, 2 panel of the page MSB to open the
display with two generator panels.
The description given is for generator 1. Generator 2 panel is similar
to generator 1 panel.
The No 1 GENERATOR PANEL (AC450V 3P 60 Hz 1125 kVA) contains:
• SPACE HEATER , GEN RUN, ACB OPEN, ACB CLOSED – indicator
lamps, which illuminate when the respective condition is active;
• GEN1 AMMETER, POWER FACTOR, VOLTMETER – gauges to moni-
tor the generator parameters; (SHORE AMMETER – gauge is
placed only on the gen. 2 panel);
• DM4 display (see the operating description in the paragraph 5.1.1
on page 93);
• THERMO METER – digital indicators of the phases “R”, “S” and “T”
temperatures;
• AMMETER – four-position switch to select the measurement on
phases R, S, T, or switch OFF;
• SPACE HEATER – switch to turn heating OFF/ON;
• ACB TROUBLE RESET – button to reset ACB after trip condition;
• VOLTMETER – four-position switch to select the measurement
between phases R-S, S-T, T-R, or switch OFF;
• VR % – voltage regulator; turn the knob to manually adjust gen-
erator voltage value according to the bus voltage value (watch on
the DM4 panel LCD main screen or on the voltmeter);
• No1 GENERATOR ACB – see the operating description in the para-
graph 4.2.2 on page 86.

92
Generator 1, 2 Panels
5.1.1. Operating DM4 System • Deload – generator is deloading before opening ACB; The following buttons are modeled:
DELOMATIC system DM4 is installed on each main generator • On – indicates generator ACB: green light – ACB closed; • Start I and Stop O to start/stop the diesel engine;
panel for automatic control and protection of the generator. light off – ACB open; yellow light – synchronizing;
• I/O to close/open generator ACB;
The system panel contains a set of buttons for operation, sta- • 1st Standby – the generator has highest priority in auto-
• Arrows UP, DOWN to switch screens;
tus indication with LEDs and LCD screen for presentation of matic starting sequence;
the generator parameters. • 1 Prior to set first priority for this generator;
• Baseload – indicates asymmetric load sharing (Cyclic and Op-
timal): light off – asymmetric mode is not set for this genera- • ack to acknowledge alarms.
The Display Unit DU is a slave unit, which receives information
from its corresponding DGU (DEIF Generator Unit hardware). tor; yellow light – the mode is set but canceled by automatics LCD screen is off when the device power is off.
Measured values and programmed system setup are all stored (too low or too high load of generators running is parallel);
LCD main screen displays generator set and bus parameters.
in the corresponding DGU. green – asymmetric mode is active for this generator;
• 1st Prior – this generator starting priority was changed by LCD second screen displays actual generators Start Sequence
Note: Buttons provide control only in PMS Semi-Auto mode. and contains the buttons to set the starting priority.
clicking the button 1 Prior;
DU indicator lamps illuminate when: • PMS Control – light off – no control power is available for LCD third screen contains alarms information: TIME, ALARM
• Alarm – flashes when an unacknowledged generator alarm the panel; yellow light – SWBD mode is set on SYNCHRO description, ACKN state.
occurs; turns to steady light when alarm is acknowledged; PANEL; green light – PMS modes set (Semi-Auto or PMS Programming the generators starting sequence is described in
Auto) on AOP; the paragraph 4.3 on page 88.
• Alarm Inh. – not modeled;
• Power – control power is available;
• Cool Down – DE slows down before stop; Example
• Regulator On – indicates active automatic load sharing
• Run – DE is running at RPM speed about nominal; Diesel generator No 1 is under load; required starting se-
mode (PMS Semi-Auto or PMS Auto);
• Ready – DE is ready for start; quence is: diesel No 3 is planned to be 1st standby, diesel No 2
• Self check OK – control power is available for the device.
is planned to be 2nd standby.
›› Click SEMI-AUTO button on AOP in Synchronization panel
(see the paragraph 5.3.1 on page 96); SEMI-AUTO lamp
illuminates, and the system gets in semi-auto mode.
›› Click 1 Prior button on DM4 of No 3 GENERATOR PANEL .
Indicator lamp 1st Standby illuminates.
›› Click 1 Prior button on DM4 of No 1 GENERATOR PANEL .
During automatic start sequence the No 1 diesel will start
first for duty operation.
›› System automatically selects No 2 diesel as 2nd standby.

93
Generator 3 & Bus Tie Panels
5.2. Generator 3 & Bus Tie Panels

Click the menu item MSB Gen 3 Bus Tie panel of the page MSB to
open the display with two panels.
The No 3 GENERATOR PANEL (AC450V 3P 60 Hz 1125 kVA) is
similar to the panel of generator 1; the description is given in
the paragraph 5.1 on page 92.
The BUS TIE PANEL contains:

• Insulation monitor;
• EARTH LAMP (440V BUS) set: R, S, T – indicator lamps; in the
circumstances, when insulation is low on a phase/phases,
the respective lamp light fades, or lights down; insulation
monitor then points to the yellow or red sector on the scale;
• EARTH TEST – button for testing if EARTH LAMP(s) are
burned out; click the button, all lamps should illuminate;
• BUS TIE ACB – see the operating description in the para-
graph 4.2.2 on page 86;
• Automatic CBs:
űű WASTE OIL INCINERATOR CONTROL PANEL;
űű E.C.R. PACKAGE AIR COND. UNIT;
űű G/E HT G.W. PREHEATER UNIT;
űű CARGO HOSE HANDING CRANE STARTER;
űű DECK SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR STARTER .
Thin red, yellow and black labels on top of the CBs nameplates
designate their consumers EMCY stop and tripping conditions
(see the designation legend in the paragraph 6.2 on page 103).

94
Synchronization Panel
5.3. Synchronization Panel • Gauges to display generator G3, G2, G1 power;

• S, R, T – light synchroscope lamps; operation is
Click the menu item MSB Synchro panel of the page
described in the paragraph 5.3.3 on page 97;
MSB to open the display with two panels.
Note: Synchronized lamp status is R on, S off, T on;
The SYNCHRO PANEL contains: • Automatic Operation Panel (AOP) (see the de-
• G3, G2, G1 – three identical indicator lamps pan- scription in the paragraph 5.3.1 on page 96);
els to display the state of generators and alarm • CHECK SYNC two-position switch – used only
conditions; each set comprises: when SYNCHRO & POWER CONTROL switch is set
űű ACB NON CLOSE; to PMS control mode (see the functional descrip-
űű ACB ABNORMAL TRIP; tion in the paragraph 5.3.4 on page 97);
űű LOCAL; • G3 ACB CONTROL impulse handle to OPEN or
űű 1ST STANDBY; CLOSE the ACB manually: turn and hold for op-
űű 2ND STANDBY; eration; G2 ACB CONTROL and G1 ACB CONTROL
űű G/E STOP; handles are similar;
űű READY TO START; • G3 GOVERNOR CONTROL impulse handle to LOW-
űű PMS ABNORMAL; ER or RAISE the voltage; G2 GOVERNOR CONTROL
űű G/E START FAIL; and G1 GOVERNOR CONTROL handles operate
űű OVERCURRENT TRIP; similar for generators 1 and 2;
űű REVERSE POWER TRIP; • FREQ.&VOLTMETER – four-position switch to se-
űű G/E SHUT DOWN. lect the generator set for measurement between
• Indicator lamps panel to display the EPP state OFF/G3/G2/G1;
and alarm condition: • SYNCHROSCOPE – four-position switch to select
űű MSB 440V LOW INSUL.; the generator set for synchronization;
űű MSB 220V LOW INSUL.; • SYNCHRO & POWER CONTROL – switch to select
űű MSB SAF. SOURCE FAIL; the control mode:
űű PMS ALARM; űű SWBD – from generator panel on MSB;
űű BUS SHORT CIRCUIT;
űű PMS – from PMS.
űű DC24v SOURCE ON; űű BCD DC LOW INSUL.; űű E/G ST’BY;
• SHARING AUTO MODE – four-position switch to
űű 24V SOURCE FAIL; űű EM’CY GEN ABNORMAL; űű E/G RUN.
select automatic load sharing mode:
űű PREF. TRIP (PT1); űű ESBD ABNORMAL; • I–BUS II GEN – double-voltage and
űű PREF. TRIP (PT2); 1. EQUAL – equal load on running generators;
űű BCD ABNORMAL; double-frequency gauges to monitor
űű ESB 440V LOW INSUL.; űű E/G BCD ABNORMAL; synchronization process; 2. CYCLIC – the generators are loaded just like
űű ESB 220V LOW INSUL.; űű SHORE POWER AVAILABLE; they are in the OPTIMAL mode, the generator
• Synchroscope (see the description in
űű ESB SAF. SOURCE FAIL; űű SHORE POWER ACB ON; priority, however, changes cyclically according to
the paragraph 5.3.2 on page 97);
the set time period;

95
3. OPTIMAL – the higher-priority generator is loaded more 5.3.1. Automatic Operation Panel
than the other one; this is the best DG operating mode;
AOP contains:
4. CONST. FREQ – the load is divided between the DCs in
equal parts with a more accurate stabilization of the cur- • SEMI-AUTO – button and indicator lamp; lamp illuminates
rent frequency within 49-50 Hz limits. In this mode the when “PMS Semi-auto” mode is active;
RPM governor of the higher-priority DG ensures the fre- • AUTO – button and indicator lamp; lamp illuminates when
quency stabilization, whilst the RPM governor of the other “PMS Auto” mode is active;
DG ensures the load distribution. • LED indicators, which illuminate when:
The right panel on the display contains: űű PMS BLOCKED – Auto mode is blocked (Bus Tie is open,
• ENGINE CONTROL impulse handles for G3, G2 and G1 to or shore power is ON);
operate the diesel engine: STOP, OFF, START – only when űű LD STOP BLOCK – automatic stop of the generators on
SYNCHRO & POWER CONTROL switch is in SWBD position; low load is blocked with HPP units online;
• ALARM RESET button to reset active alarms on SYNCHRO űű SCB POS ON – shore power CB is closed;
PANEL; űű BC POS ON – ACB Bus Tie is closed;
• SHORT CIRCUIT TROUBLE RESET – button to reset trip condition űű LOAD DEP START – time delay before standby generator
of the EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD ACB; automatic start at high load;
• EMERGENCY SWITCHBOARD – to operate MSB-ESB ACB. űű LOAD DEP STOP – time delay before standby generator
automatic stop at low load;
űű HC REQUEST – request for standby generator start at
insufficient reserve power for HPP units to run;
űű HC CONNECTED – HPP units are operating;
űű BUS VOLT. HIGH – alarm: voltage > 105% during 5 sec;
űű BUS VOLT. LOW – alarm: voltage < 95% during 5 sec;
űű BUS FREQ. HIGH – alarm: frequency > 105% during 5 sec;
űű BUS FREQ. LOW – alarm: frequency < 95% during 5 sec.

96
5.3.2. Synchroscope Operation 5.3.4. Synchronizing in SWBD & PMS Modes

The “rotation” of the red LED circle indicates the frequency dif- 1. SYNCHRO & POWER CONTROL switch
ference. The circle can rotate clockwise and counterclockwise. is set to SWBD control mode.
If the generator is synchronized with the bus (it is safe to con- Manually start, synchronize, connect generators.
nect the generator to the bus), then only the upper LED indica- AOP buttons are disabled. SEMI-AUTO and AUTO lamps are
tor is illuminated (12 o’clock position). not illuminated. Other lamps indicate EPP state.
If the generator frequency is less than the bus frequency the 2. SYNCHRO & POWER CONTROL switch
circle rotates counterclockwise (TOO SLOW). If generator fre- is set to PMS control mode.
quency is greater than the bus frequency the circle rotates Note: One generator should be running and connected to the bus.
clockwise (TOO FAST).
• By default the system switches to SEMI-AUTO mode, and
Exact frequency values should be checked using the voltage
the lamp illuminates. Synchronizing of generators is con-
and frequency gauges. Frequency adjustment is done using
trolled as follows:
the potentiometer of the appropriate generator.
űű CHECK SYNC switch is set to ON position – from DM4: use
the I/O button only.
5.3.3. Light Synchroscope Operation
űű CHECK SYNC switch is set to OFF position – manually.
The lamps S, R, T – light synchroscope, illuminate in round
robin way: For manual synchronization perform the steps:
›› Start the diesel of the generator number that needs
• The sequence S -> R -> T indicates that the generator fre-
to be connected in parallel (using ENGINE CONTROL
quency is greater than the bus frequency;
impulse handle, or manually from the LOP).
• The sequence T -> R -> S indicates that the generator fre-
›› Set FREQ.&VOLTMETER switch to the generator
quency is less than the bus frequency.
number.
Synchronized generator and bus are indicated by the lamp
›› Synchronize manually (using GOVERNOR CONTROL
state: R on, S off, T on. Then the generator ACB can be closed.
impulse handle).
›› Close generator ACB manually (using ACB CONTROL
impulse handle).
• Click the AUTO button on AOP; the lamp AUTO illuminates.
Synchronization is performed automatically by PMS.
CHECK SYNC switch position is ignored.

97
Group Starter Panel No 1
5.4. Group Starter Panel No 1

Click the menu item MSB No 1 GSP panel of the page MSB to open
the display with starter panels of the units and mechanisms.
Starter panels for the mechanisms are described in their re-
spective paragraphs
Thin red and yellow labels on top of the CBs nameplates desig-
nate their EMCY stop group (see the designation legend in the
White labels (SEQ. START) indicate the starting time

delay after blackout.
Starter panels:
• FIRE & GS PUMP
• M/E AIR COOLER CLEANING PUMP
• M/E HT J.W. HEATER CIRC. PUMP
• M/E HT J.W. DRAIN TRANS. PUMP
• No 1 E/R SUPPLY FAN
• No 1 BOILER WATER CIRC. PUMP FOR E/G ECO
• No 1 M/E & G/E F.O. CIRC. PUMP
• No 1 M/E & G/E F.O. SUP. PUMP
• No 1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR
• No 3 E/R SUP/EXH FAN
• No 1 AUX.BOILER FEED WATER PUMP
• No 1 M/E HT J.W. PUMP
• H.F.O. TRANS. PUMP
• No 1 L.T. C.F.W. PUMP
• No 1 MAIN C.S.W. PUMP
• No 1 MAIN L.O. PUMP
• No 1 DECK WATER SEAL PUMP

98
Group Starter Panel No 2
5.5. Group Starter Panel No 2

Click the menu item MSB No 2 GSP panel of the page MSB to open
the display with starter panels of the units and mechanisms.
Starter panels for the mechanisms are described in their re-
spective paragraphs
Thin red and yellow labels on top of the CBs nameplates desig-
nate their EMCY stop group (see the designation legend in the
White labels (SEQ. START) indicate the starting time

delay after blackout.
Starter panels:
• M.G.O. SHIFTING PUMP
• EM’CY AIR COMPRESSOR
• SCRUBBER C.S.W. PUMP FOR I.G.G.
• CYL. OIL TRANS. PUMP
• G/E EM’CY M.D.O. PUMP
• No 2 BOILER WATER CIRC. PUMP FOR E/G ECO
• No 2 M/E & G/E F.O. CIRC. PUMP
• No 2 M/E & G/E F.O. SUP. PUMP
• No 2 DECK WATER SEAL PUMP
• No 2 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR
• M.D.O. TRANS. PUMP
• No 2 AUX.BOILER FEED WATER PUMP
• No 2 M/E HT J.W. PUMP
• No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN
• REMOTE CONTROL FOR No 2 E/R SUP/EXH FAN
• No 2 L.T. C.F.W. PUMP
• No 2 MAIN C.S.W. PUMP
• No 2 MAIN L.O. PUMP
• FIRE & BILGE PUMP

99
MSB Feeder Panels 440 V
5.6. MSB Feeder Panels 440 V

Click the menu item MSB No 1, 2 440v Feeder of the page MSB to
open the display with the circuit breakers of the MSB feeder
panels 440 V consumers.
Preferential and ESD tripping of non-essential consumers leg-
end (see the paragraph 6.2 on page 103) is provided on each
panel. Black, orange and yellow labels on top of the name-
plates designate the tripping conditions.
5.6.1. MSB 440v Feeder Panel No. 1 Consumers 5.6.2. MSB 440v Feeder Panel No. 2 Consumers
• AIR HANDLING UNIT SWITCH BOARD • NO.2 STEERING GEAR STARTER
• No.4 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL • AUX BOILER POWER PANEL
• G.E. 1 L.O. PRIMING PUMP STARTER • LOW PRESS. PUMP FOR LOCAL FI-FI SYS STATRER
• No.2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL • SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL
• No.1 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL • No. 2 G/E. L.O. PRIMING PUMP STARTER
• No2. POWER DISTR. BOARD (ER WORKSHOP) • No. 5 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL
• No1. POWER DISTR. BOARD (ER AC440V CONS) • No. 3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL
• No.3 HYD. OIL FEED. PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS. STARTER • No. 2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL
• No. 1 HYD. OIL FEED PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER • No. 1 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL
• No. 1 M.E. AUX BLOWER STARTER • HYD OIL TRANS PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER
• AUX BOILER POWER PANEL • No. 3 HYD. OIL FEED. PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER
• No. 1 SECONDARY I.G.G. BLOWER STARTER • No. 2 HYD. OIL FEED PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER
• ACCOM. AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR CONTROL PANEL • No. 2 M.E. AUX BLOWER STARTER
• No. 1 MAIN TRANSFORMER (AC440/230V 3P, 60HZ, • No. 4 POWER DISTR. BOARD (GALLEY & LAUNDRY 440V)
120 kVA) • No. 3 POWER DISTR. BOARD (ACCOM. CONSUMER 440V)
• NO. 1 HYD. POWER PACK FOR CARGO OIL PUMP STARTER • No. 1 MAIN TRANSFORMER (AC440/230V 3P, 60HZ, 120 kVA)
• No. 2 HYD. POWER PACK FOR CARGO OIL PUMP STARTER

100
MSB Feeder Panels 220 V
5.7. MSB Feeder Panels 220 V 5.7.1. MSB 220v Feeder Panel Consumers
Click the menu item MSB 220v Feeder of the page MSB to open • NAV. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ON B.C.C.
the AC220v FEEDER PANEL with the circuit breakers of the MSB • NO. 1 LIGHTING DISTRIB. BOARD IN B.C.C.
220 V consumers. • NO. 1 NAV. INSTRUMENT DISTR. BOARD IN B.C.C.
The pane;l contains: • NO. 2 LIGHTING DISTRIB. BOARD
• R, S, T lamps; normally the lamps are illuminated; in the cir- • NO. 3 LIGHTING DISTRIB. BOARD
cumstances, when insulation is low on a phase/phases, the • NO. 6 LIGHTING DISTRIB. BOARD
respective lamp light fades, or lights down; insulation mon- • NO. 6 POWER DISTRIB. BOARD (GALLEY)
itor then points to the yellow or red sector on the scale;
• BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE (B.C.C. AC 220V POWER D.B.)
• Ammeter gauge and four-position switch to select the
• I.G.G. MAIN CONTROL PANEL
measurement phase between OFF/R/S/T;
• NO. 4 LIGHTING DISTRIB. BOARD
• NO. 5 LIGHTING DISTRIB. BOARD
• Voltmeter gauge and four-position switch to select the
measurement phase between OFF/R-S/S-T/T-R; • NO. 5 POWER DISTRIB. BOARD (ER AC220V )
• EARTH TEST button for testing if R, S, T lamps are burned out; • ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE (ECC AC 220V POWER DB)
click the button, all lamps should illuminate; • EMCY SHOWER & EYE WASH SYSTEM
• A set of circuit breakers to power 220 V consumers. • WINDOW DEFROSTING SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
• No. 2 MAIN TRANSFORMER 440/230V 120 kVA
• No. 1 MAIN TRANSFORMER 440/230V 120 kVA
• FIRE MAIN CONTROL PANEL
• LOCAL FF MAIN CONTROL PANEL
• CO2 ALARM PANEL

101
Local Group Starter Panels
5.8. Local Group Starter Panels No 4 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL contains: No 2 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD 440V consumers:
In the simulator the following LGSPs are modeled: • HOSPITAL EXH. FAN • LATHE CONTROL PANEL
• DECK STORE EXH. FAN • DRILLING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL
• No. 2 LGSP – menu item No 2 LGSP of the page ER2;
• CHEMICAL STORE EXH. FAN • GRINDING MACHINE CONTROL PANEL
• DRY PROVISION STORE EXH. FAN • M/E EXH. GAS VV GRIND. MACHINE CONTROL PANEL
• FOAM ROOM EXH. FAN • ELECTRIC ARC WELDER (E/R)
• No. 5 LGSP – menu item No 5 LGSP of the page ER4.
• GALLEY EXH. FAN • E/R WORKSHOP EXH. FAN
No 2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL contains:
• GALLEY SUP. FAN • E/R CRANE POWER SWITCH BOX
• No 2 L.O. PURIFIER SUP. PUMP
• SANITARY SPACE EXH. FAN • ELECTRIC TEST PANEL
• No 2 L.O. PURIFIER
No 5 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL contains: No 5 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD 440V contains:
• PURIFIER ROOM EXH. FAN
• FOR ELECTRIC ARC WELDER • CONTROL AIR DRYER
• No 2 HFO PURIFIER
• BOSUN STORE EXH. FAN • STERILIZER
• No 1 HFO PURIFIER
• PAINT STORE EXH. FAN • MGPS CONTROL PANEL
• No 1 L.O. PURIFIER SUP. PUMP
• CARGO HANDLING SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL
• No 1 L.O. PURIFIER
5.9. Power Distribution Boards • No. 1 HYD. D/E CONTROL PANEL
No 3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL contains:
In the simulator the following PDBs are modeled:
• No. 2 HYD. D/E CONTROL PANEL
• L.O. TRANS. PUMP
• No. 1 PDB – menu item No 1 Power Dist Board of the page ER2; • H.F.O. AUTO FILTER FOR M/E & G/E
• SLUDGE PUMP
• No. 2 PDB – menu item No 2 Power Dist Board of the page ER3;
• OILY WATER SEPARATOR
• No. 5 PDB – menu item No 5 Power Dist Board of the page ER3.
• BILGE TRANS. PUMP
No 1 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD 440V consumers:
• I.C.C.P. POWER UNIT AFT

• FRESH WATER GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL
• M/E TURNING GEAR
• SEWAGE TREATMENT CONTROL PANEL
• WASTE OIL TANK CONTROL PANEL
• HYD. POWER PACK ROOM EXH. FAN
• M/E L.O. AUTO FILTER

102
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . Emergency Power Supply
General Description
6. Emergency Power Supply Emergency DG is switched off automatically when/if the MSB is
powered, taking the following steps:
6.2. EMCY and Preferential
Tripping Legend
6.1. General Description ›› Opening ACB EMCY GEN.
Tripping of non-essential consumers is done according to the
During normal operation a bus tie connects the ESB with the ›› Closing the MSB–ESB BUS TIE breaker.
stages presented on the figure.
MSB, power from the MSB is fed through the ESB to supply ›› Stopping the Emergency DG.
essential services (refer to Main Circuit Diagram). The bus tie is The ESB–MSB BUS TIE breaker protection is identical to the
fitted with two ACB: MSB–ESB BUS TIE manual control from the protection of the MSB–ESB BUS TIE breaker.
MSB side and ESB side, and ESB–MSB BUS TIE control from the
ESB side. ESB-MSB BUS TIE breaker closes automatically when The ACB EMCY GEN protection is identical to the protection of
MSB is powered and ACB MSB-ESB is closed. The MSB–ESB BUS the main generator CB (refer to GCB Protection).
TIE breaker trips when ACB EMCY GEN is closed. The controls of ACB EMCY GEN are located on the ESB panel
In the event of a power failure from the MSB, the ESB is dis- (refer to Emergency Switchboard).
connected from the MSB. In Automatic control mode the The emergency generator is, normally, intended for fully auto-
Emergency DG starts under automated control, runs the matic operation. Manual operations described in this section Circuit breakers on PDBs and Feeder panels that are marked by
EMCY GEN up to a state ready to be loaded, and then closes are therefore primarily for inspection and maintenance pur- tripping labels will be tripped in the reverse order of the given
the ACB EMCY GEN to instigate the source changeover to poses as well as giving general idea what can be done in the table: i.e. PT2 will be the first and ES1 will be the last to trip.
continue supplying the essential services. The ESB is also con- event of an automatic control circuit failure.
figured to provide the ability for this process to be performed
manually if necessary.

103
Chapter 3. Electrical Power Plant . EMCY Power Supply Control in the Simulator
EMCY Diesel Engine Local Operating Panel
7. EMCY Power Supply

Control in the Simulator
7.1. EMCY Diesel Engine
Local Operating Panel
Click on the menu item EM’CY DE LOP of the page EmG to open
the display with two panels.
The EMERGENCY GENERATOR SET AUTO START CONTROL
PANEL contains:
• State and alarm indicator lamps, which illuminate when:

űű SOURCE – power supply from EMCY GEN SET BATTERY
CHARGER exists, and POWER switch is ON;
űű AUTO START ST-BY – generator engine;
űű RUNNING – generator engine is running;
űű START FAIL – generator engine has not started;
űű OVER SPEED TRIP – engine speed > 2160 rpm;
űű CFW HIGH TEMP ALARM – temperature > 102 °C;
űű LO LOW PRESSURE ALARM – pressure < 1.27 bar;
űű LO HIGH TEMP ALARM – temperature > 117 °C;
űű BATTERY CHARGER FAIL – power 220 V supply failure of
EMCY GEN SET BATTERY CHARGER;
űű TACHO FAIL ALARM – fault from instructor;
űű FO LEAKAGE ALARM – fault from instructor;
• LUB OIL PRESS, LUB OIL TEMP – gauges to monitor the LO pressure and temperature;
űű SPRING STARTER ENGAGED – ACB ;
• START, STOP, RESET buttons to operate the EMCY Gen set in MANU mode;
űű PLC ERROR – controller error.
• EMERGENCY STOP button with a protection cover; click the button once to open the cov-
• DC VOLT – battery voltage meter; er; click the opened button to immediately stop the engine; the attention label below
• TACHO-HOUR – combined gauge; contains the instructions;
• WATER TEMP – cooling fresh water temperature; • POWER – two-position switch to switch power OFF/ON;

104
EMCY Diesel Engine Local Operating Panel
• MODE – two-position switch to select the MANU (manual)

or AUTO control mode.
The EM’CY GEN SET BATTERY CHARGER panel contains:
• SOURCE – indicator, which illuminates when the charger is
powered;
• BATTERY LOW VOLTAGE ALARM – indicator, which illumi-
nates when voltage < 20 V;
• AMMETER – gauge to monitor the charging current;
• LOW VOLTAGE TEST MODE (UP FOR 5 sec) / NORMAL MODE
– switch is not modeled;
• VOLTMETER – gauge to monitor the battery voltage;
• EQUAL, FLOAT – indicators which illuminate when the re-
spective mode is in operation;
• EQUAL / FLOAT – switch to select charging mode (see the
description in the paragraph 7.4 on page 110);
• POWER SOURCE – switch; when the switch is in up position
power is ON.

105
EMCY Generator Panel
7.2. EMCY Generator Panel

Click on the menu item EM’CY Gen panel of the page EmG to open
the display with three panels.
The left panel of the EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL (AC 450V
3 PH 60 Hz 187.5 kVA) contains:
• GEN & SHORE – ammeter;

• GEN – power gauge;
• GEN RUN, ACB OPEN, ACB CLOSED – indicator lamps, which
illuminate when the respective condition is active;
• E/G STANDBY – indicator lamp, which illuminates when the
generator is in stand-by mode;
• SPACE HEATER – indicator lamp, which illuminates when
the heater is on to keep the set in ready state;
• AMMETER – five-position switch to select between:
űű OFF – gauge is off;
űű R / S / T – generator current;
űű SHORE – shore supply current.
• SPACE HEATER – switch to switch the heater OFF/ON;
• ACB CONTROL – switch handle to manually OPEN or CLOSE
the generator ACB;
• VR % – voltage regulator; turn the knob to adjust voltage;
• EG ACB ABNORMAL TRIP RESET – button;
• EM’CY GEN (AC 450V 3 PH 60 Hz 187.5 kVA) – generator
ACB; see the operating description in the paragraph 4.2.2
on page 86.

106
EMCY Generator Panel
The right panel of the EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL (AC The SHORE CONNECTION PANEL contains:
450V 3 PH 60 Hz 187.5 kVA) contains: • The gauge to control the shore connection phase sequence:
• Gauges to monitor the frequency (Hz) and voltage (V) of űű PHASE SEQUENCE LED indicators of shore supply voltage on
the generator set; three phases; indicators are illuminated if power is available;
• MSB POWER SUPPLY, BUS TIE CLOSED, BUS TIE OPEN, űű INCORRECT LED indicator is illuminated if phase sequence
DC 24V SOURCE – indicator lamps, which illuminate when is incorrect;
the respective condition is active; űű CORRECT LED indicator is illuminated if phase sequence
• FREQ & VOLT – five-position switch to select between: is correct.
űű OFF – gauges are off; Note: Indicators are illuminated when the instructor introduces the faults:
űű R-S / S-T / T-R – gauges display generator parameters; ‘Shore Supply Wrong Phase Sequence’ and ‘Shore Supply Phase Break’.
űű SHORE – gauges display shore supply parameters.
• SHORE SOURCE, SHORE MCCB
• ALARM RESET button to reset alarm indicators; OPEN, SHORE MCCB CLOSED
• Alarm indicators, which illuminate when respective alarm – indicator lamps, which il-
condition occurs on ESB and EM’CY Generator: luminate when the respective
űű EM’CY Stop Source Fail – no control power for EMG LOP; condition is active;
űű EM’CY Overcurrent – current > 288 A; • WATT HOURS METER;
űű EM’CY Gen Abnormal – high/low voltage; high/low fre- • PHASE SEQUENCE TEST – button;
quency; high current; overcurrent’ or short circuit trip; click the button to operate the
phase sequence gauge;
űű ESB 440V Low Insul. – on 440 V consumers board;
• SHORE CONNECTION BOX –
űű ESB 220V Low Insul. – on 220 V consumers board.
power switch 500 A.
• BUS TIE ACB TROUBLE RESET button;
Attention! Generator ACBs closing is
• TEST – switch to select the test mode between: blocked when shore supply is ON.
űű ENGINE – to initiate the engine starting test: starting
EMCY gen only without blackout of EMCY SWBD);
űű NORM – normal EMG start after blackout;
űű ENGINE & ACB – to initiate the EMCY Gen blackout se-
quence with ESB–MSB disconnection.
• MAIN SWBD SOURCE ACB to manually operate the
ESB-MSB bus tie (see operation description in the para-
graph 4.2.2 on page 86).

107
ESB Consumers & EM’CY GSP
7.3. ESB Consumers & EM’CY GSP

Click on the menu item ESB consumers of the page EmG to open
the display with three panels.
The AC220V FEEDER PANEL contains:
• AMMETER gauge and four-position switch to select the
measurement phase between OFF/R/S/T;
• EARTH LAMP (220V BUS) lamps: R, S, T; normally the lamps
are illuminated; in the circumstances, when insulation is
low on a phase/phases, the respective lamp light fades, or
lights down; insulation monitor then points to the yellow
or red sector on the scale;
• VOLTMETER gauge and four-position switch to select the
measurement phase between OFF/R-S/S-T/T-R;
• No.1 EM’CY TRANSFORMER and No.2 EM’CY TRANSFORMER
circuit breakers 225 A to power transformers;
• EARTH TEST button for testing if EARTH LAMP(s) are burned
out; click the button, all lamps should illuminate;
• A set of circuit breakers to power 220 V consumers.
The AC440V FEEDER PANEL contains:
• EARTH LAMP (440V BUS) lamps: R, S, T; normally the lamps
are illuminated; in the circumstances, when insulation is
low on a phase/phases, the respective lamp light fades, or
lights down; insulation monitor then points to the yellow
or red sector on the scale;
The EM’CY GROUP STARTER PANEL contains panels for: • S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN;
• SHORE POWER RECEIVING indicator lamp, which illumi-
• No 2 E/R SUP/EXH FAN; the buttons: • CO2 ROOM EXH. FAN.
nates when power is received from shore;
űű FWD START/RUN is used to operate supply fan; Starter panels description is given in Introduction, the sec-
• EARTH TEST button for testing if EARTH LAMP(s) are burned
tion 5 on page 11.
out; press the button, all lamps should illuminate; űű REV. START/RUN is used to operate exhaust fan.
• Emergency stop legend; • EM’CY GEN.ROOM SUPPLY FAN – starts automatically when
• A set of circuit breakers to power 440 V consumers. EMG starts if the switch is set to position AUTO;

108
ESB Consumers & EM’CY GSP
7.3.1. ESB 440v Feeder Panel Consumers 7.3.2. ESB 220v Feeder Panel Consumers
• No 1 EMERGENCY TRANSFORMER (440/230V 45 • NO.1 EM’CY TRANSFORMER
kVA/59/113A) • NO.2 EM’CY TRANSFORMER
• No 2 EMERGENCY TRANSFORMER (440/230V 45 • NAV. LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL ON BCC
kVA/59/113A)
• NO. 1 NAV. INSTRUMENT DISTR. BOARD IN BCC
• G.E. 3 L.O. PRIMING PUMP STARTER
• NO. 2 NAV. INSTRUMENT DISTR. BOARD IN BCC
• No 1 STEERING GEAR STARTER
• NO. 1 EMCY LIGHTING DISTRIB BOARD
• EMCY FIRE PUMP STARTER
• NO. 2 EMCY LIGHTING DISTRIB BOARD
• EMCY AIR COMPRESSOR STARTER
• BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE (BCC AC 220V POWER DB)
• BATTERY CHARGING & DISCHARGING BOARD
• ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE (ECC AC 220V POWER DB)
• WHISTLE RELAY BOX
• FIRE MAIN CONTROL PANEL
• HYD. POWER PACK FOR VALVE REMOTE CONTROL
• EMCY GEN. BATTERY CHARGER
• G/E EMCY MDO PUMP STARTER
• CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE (CCC AC 220V POWER DB)
• FOAM TANK UNIT PUMP
• LIFE BOAT BATTERY
• No 2 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR STARTER
• LIFE & RESCUE BOAT BATTERY
• PROVISION REF. PLANT COMPRESSOR SWITCH BOARD
• GMDSS CONSOLE
• PROVISION REF. PLANT FAN SWITCH BOARD
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING MAIN CONTROL PANEL
• CARGO HANDING SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL (R1)
• E/G ENGINE COOLANT HEATER
• CO2 ALARM PANEL
• INTERFACE UNIT FOR SIGNAL LIGHT COLUMN
• PA MAIN AMPLIFIER UNIT
• FOAM ROOM EXH. FAN STARTER ON LGSP 4

109
Battery Charging & Discharging Board
7.4. Battery Charging & Discharging Board 7.4.1. EMCY 24V

Click on the menu item Battery Charger & 24v DB of the page EmG DC Consumers
to open the display with two panels. • BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE
The left panel contains: • CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE
• The diagram of the charging/discharging process with the • ENGINE CONTROL CONSOLE
indicator lamps, which illuminate corresponding to the • EM’CY LIGHTING WHEEL
current circuit; HOUSE
• UNDER VOLTAGE, OVER VOLTAGE, EARTH (LOW INSULA- • EM’CY LIGHTING A-DECK
TION) – alarm indicator lamps, which illuminate when re- • EM’CY LIGHTING B-DECK
spective condition occurs;
• IGG MAIN CONTROL PANEL
• CHARGE MODE – two groups of controls to operate in float- ON BCC
ing or boosting modes:
• NAV IGATION LIGHTING
űű FLOATING CHARGE – button and lamp; click to start charg- CONTROL PANEL
ing in floating mode; use the potentiometer to adjust
• EM’CY NAVIGATION IN-
the battery charger voltage;
STRUMENT DIST.BOARD IN
űű BOOSTING TIME – the value displays the boosting mode BCC
time countdown; when time =0 charging is automati-
• EM’CY LIGHTING C-DECK
cally continued in floating mode;
• EM’CY LIGHTING ENGINE
űű BOOSTING CHARGE – button and lamp; click to start charg-
ROOM
ing in boosting mode; use the potentiometer to adjust
the battery charger voltage; • EM’CY LIGHTING UPPER
DECK
In each of the charge modes the following controls are used:
• MSB SYNCHRONIZING
űű VOLTAGE ADJUSTABLE – potentiometer;
PANEL
űű RECTIFIER/BATTERY 1,2/LOAD VOLTAGE METER and REC-
• P.A. MAIN AMPLIFIER UNIT
TIFIER/BATTERY 1,2/LOAD AMMETER – digital indicators;
űű RECT. V, BATT. V, LOAD V – button and lamp; click a button
to measure respective voltage and read the voltmeter;
• MAIN SWITCH – circuit breaker to power this board; in ON
position the rectifier is powering consumers;
• EARTH TEST – button to start the earth test; insulation moni-
tor then indicates 500 kOm.

110
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms

This chapter contains the description of the simulator tools for training
the watch personnel of a tanker ship in skills of correct operating the
Product Tanker Systems and Mechanisms.

Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms

Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms

1. Systems General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 2.4. Fresh Water Generator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 3.5. FO Service for AUX Boiler System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.1. How to Select a Mimic or a Local Operating Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 2.4.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 3.5.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.2. Operating SYS Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 2.4.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 3.5.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.2.1. Local Panels for Valves Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 2.4.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 3.5.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
1.2.2. Operating Duty/Standby Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 2.4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 3.5.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
1.2.3. Operating Pressostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 2.4.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 3.5.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
2. Water Cooling Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 3. Fuel Oil Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 3.6. FO Service for IGG, HPP, EMCY G/E System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
2.1. Sea Water Cooling & Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 3.1. FO Filling & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 3.6.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
2.1.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 3.1.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 3.6.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
2.1.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 3.1.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 3.6.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
2.1.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 3.1.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 3.6.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
2.1.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 3.1.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 3.6.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
2.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 3.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 3.7. FO Service For Incinerator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
2.2. HT Jacket Water Cooling FW System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 3.2. FO Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 3.7.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
2.2.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 3.2.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 3.7.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
2.2.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .121 3.2.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 3.7.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
2.2.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 3.2.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 3.7.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
2.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 3.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 3.7.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
2.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 3.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 4. Lube Oil Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
2.3. LT Cooling Fresh Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 3.3. Fuel Oil Service Systems General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 4.1. LO Filling & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.3.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 3.3.1. FOS Tanks Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 4.1.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.3.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 3.4. FO Service for ME & GE System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 4.1.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.3.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 3.4.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 4.1.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
2.3.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 3.4.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 4.1.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
2.3.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124 3.4.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 4.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.4.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

112

4.2. LO Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 5.3.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 6.9. Fixed CO2 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
4.2.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 5.3.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 6.9.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
4.2.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147 5.4. Boiler Condensate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 6.9.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
4.2.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 5.4.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 6.9.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
4.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 5.4.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 6.9.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
4.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 5.4.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 7. Auxiliary Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
4.3. ME LO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 5.4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 7.1. Deadman System at ECR and ER Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
4.3.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 5.4.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 7.2. Compressed Air Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4.3.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 5.5. Steam Plant Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 7.2.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4.3.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 5.5.1. Boiler Local Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 7.2.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
4.3.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 5.5.2. Boiler Power Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 7.2.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
4.3.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 5.5.3. Boiler Water Pumps Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 7.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
4.4. Stern Tube LO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 5.5.4. Soot Blowers Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 7.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
4.4.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 5.5.5. Soot Blower Push Button Box at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 7.3. Inert Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4.4.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 5.5.6. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 7.3.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4.4.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 6. Fire Fighting & ESD Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 7.3.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4.4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 6.1. Fire Detection and Emergency Shutdown Panel at the Bridge . . . . 167 7.3.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
4.4.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 6.2. Emergency Stop Switch Box at Fire Fighting Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 7.3.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
5. Steam Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 6.3. Local Fire Fighting Main Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 7.3.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
5.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 6.4. Fire Alarm Repeater Panel at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 7.4. Ballast System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
5.2. Boiler Feed Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 6.5. Local Fire Fighting Repeat Panel at the Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 7.4.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
5.2.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 6.6. Shut-off Box at Fire Fighting Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 7.4.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
5.2.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 6.7. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 7.4.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
5.2.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 6.8. Fire, Wash Deck & Foam Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 7.4.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
5.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 6.8.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 7.4.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
5.3. Boiler Steam Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 6.8.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 7.5. Hydraulic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
5.3.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 6.8.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 7.5.1. Purpose & Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
5.3.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 6.8.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 7.5.2. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
5.3.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 7.5.3. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

113

7.6. Air Conditioning Plant System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 7.10. Incinerator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
7.6.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 7.10.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
7.6.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 7.10.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
7.6.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 7.10.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
7.6.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 7.10.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7.6.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 7.10.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
7.7. Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 7.11. Provision Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7.7.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 7.11.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7.7.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 7.11.2. Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
7.7.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 7.11.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.7.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 7.11.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.8. Bilge & Fire G/S System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 7.11.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.8.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 7.12. Steering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.8.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 7.12.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.8.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 7.12.2. Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.8.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 7.12.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.8.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 7.12.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212
7.9. Soil & Sewage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 7.12.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
7.9.1. Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
7.9.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
7.9.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
7.9.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
7.9.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

114
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Systems General
How to Select a Mimic or a Local Operating Panel
1. Systems General The change of state of units and mechanisms is displayed si-
multaneously on the SYS and AMS displays.
The following valves are used on the mimics:
Locally controlled closed valve

1.1. How to Select a Mimic or The pumps, fans and compressors can be remotely controlled
from AMS displays. Some of the pumps and valves can be
a Local Operating Panel controlled remotely from the Wall Mimic Consoles or by the
The page SYS corresponding to the button SYS in the bottom simulator models. Local control panels (LOP) can be used for Locally controlled open valve
bar of the simulator Propulsion console contains a set of dis- local control of the mechanisms. The valves can be controlled
plays listed in its drop-down menu. The set of SYS displays is locally from the displays of the SYS page.
designed to provide general information about the systems on Digital and color indication is used to display the following
the mimic and to simulate local manual control of the systems’ Locally controlled 3-position valve
parameters on the pipelines of the SYS page displays: flows,
elements, such as valves, compressors etc. temperature and pressure.
Along with the page SYS, more pages are implemented in When the units and mechanisms run, their state (run) indica-
the simulator, which contain displays modelling local operat- tor body is highlighted by color; otherwise, only the indicator Locally and remotely controlled valve
ing (control) panels located in appropriate ship rooms. These border is highlighted. (motorized)
pages are accessed by pressing the bottom bar buttons:
Press the Hints ON /OFF button on the simulator toolbar to
• ER1 (Engine Room 1), ER2 (Deck 2), ER3 (Upper Deck), ER4 enable the simulator mode, in which a balloon hint appears on Locally and remotely controlled valve
(Deck A) – Engine rooms pages; the display when the mouse hovers an object: (hydraulic)
• FF – Fire fighting room page;
• SG – Steering gear room page.
When ME revolution speed reaches critical value, the hull shak-
Locally and remotely controlled quick
ing is modeled in the simulator by shaking the ER panels, ECR The flow indicators are presented by sight glasses and by ar-
closing valve; the QCV is remotely
and BCC consoles. rows; an arrow body is filled by the substance color when the
closed from the Fire Fighting Room, and
flow is present; no flow is indicated by an empty arrow.
opened locally when required
1.2. Operating SYS Displays
Operating the SYS displays requires the general knowledge Remotely controlled safety valve
of the layout and graphical representation of the information
on screen including the objects’ construction and color. The
guidelines are described below. On the mimics of the page SYS the manually controlled valves
Remotely controlled thermostatic valve
To zoom in/out he mimic of SYS displays in the simulator use can be switched by double-click.
the mouse wheel; the mouse cursor should point to the centre The mouse pointer changes its form from the “arrow” to the
of a zoomed area. Press and hold the mouse wheel to drag a “hand” for the objects that are controlled from a SYS display. Thermoregulator 3-position valve
zoomed-in mimic for navigation to a required area.
The open valves’ body is filled in green color; closed valves
have a green border only.

115
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Systems General
Operating SYS Displays
1.2.1. Local Panels for Valves Control Click the highlighted OPEN button to close the valve; the light If the motor is overloaded for some cause (e.g. fault from in-
goes down. Click X . The valve picture starts fading color imitat- structor “No. 1 (2) Main LO Pump electric motor failure”), motor
The manually controlled 0-100 valves can be operated using
ing the closing progress. Operation time reflects the actual is stopped indicator RUN goes off.
the panel with the wheel simulating the valve handle. The
valve operation time.
panel is opened by clicking a valve sign on some displays of Outputting an abnormal alarm (No. 1 (2) Main LO Pump ST-BY
the page SYS: started) and red color indicator ABNORMAL is illuminated.
1.2.2. Operating Duty/Standby Pumps
At this time another pump is started immediately. Overloading
For remote pumps operation press buttons AUTO on both MSB
pump is placed in a ST-BY mode automatically when it is recov-
GSP, yellow color indicators are illuminated.
ered from the overload.
Start one of the pumps from MSB GSP. Launched pump be-
comes the primary, and another pump automatically sets to 1.2.3. Operating Pressostats
ST-BY state, orange color indicator ST-BY is illuminated.
Pressostats are used to setpoint the automatic starting (pres-
sure ≤ RANGE-DIFF value) and stopping (pressure ≥ RANGE
value) the compressors, fans, etc..
Rotate the wheel counterclockwise to open the valve. The digital
indicator above the wheel shows the open percentage. Click X.
Rotate the wheel clockwise to close the valve. Rotate the wheel
clockwise or counterclockwise to change the valve state. The
digital indicator shows the open percentage. Click X.
On releasing the mouse button the valve picture on the SYS
display immediately reflects the set state.
The manually controlled 0-1 valves can be operated using the Drag the sliders using the mouse to required positions.
panel with the wheel simulating the valve handle. The panel is
opened by clicking a valve sign on Ballast system display of the
page SYS:
Click the OPEN button to open the valve; it lights up with green.
Click X . The valve picture starts filling with green color imitat- Click the STOP button to stop the pump. The lamp indicator
ing the opening progress. Operation time reflects the actual RUN goes off, and another pump is reset automatically from
valve operation time. ST-BY state.

116
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Water Cooling Systems
Operating SYS Displays
2. Water Cooling Systems

Water cooling systems include:
• Sea water cooling and service system;
• HT Cooling of the Main Engine Jacket Water,
• LT Cooling of the Intermediate Shaft Bearing,
• LT Cooling of the Main Engine LO, HT circuit;
• LT Cooling of the Generator Engines;
• LT Cooling of the HPP and HPP Engines;
• LT Cooling Circuit of the AC system and Provision Plant;
• Fresh Water Generator system.
Water Quality
Only treated fresh water containing approved corrosion inhibi-
tors may be circulated through the engines. The fresh water in
the cooling water system of the engine must fulfil the follow-
ing requirements:
űű pH min. 6.5;
űű Hardness max. 10 °dH;
űű Chlorides max. 80 mg/l;
űű Sulfates max. 150 mg/l.

117
Sea Water Cooling & Service System
2.1. Sea Water Cooling & Service System

2.1.1. Purpose
The system is designed for suction and transfer of sea water for
cooling of the fresh water coolers. 5
Click on the menu item Sea Water Cooling & Service System of the
page SYS to open the system diagram.
2.1.2. Content
• Pumps:
6
űű Main C.S.W. Pump 1 (2) 1 – 600 m3/h x 25 mth;
űű Scrubber C.S.W. Pump 2 – 330 m3/h x 40 mth;
űű FW Generator S.W. Ejector Pump 3 – 60 m3/h x 50 mth;
űű Deck Water Seal Pump 1 (2) 4 – 5 m3/h x 25 mth; 2 3
• High and Low Sea Chests with Marine Growth Protection
System (M.G.P.S.) each;
• Atm. Condenser cooling circuit 5 ;
• L.T. F.W. Cooler 1 (2) circuits 6 ;
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges.
1
2.1.3. Connections
• From/To Fire & Bilge System;
• To Fire & GS Pump Suction;
4
• To I.G.G. System;
• To Deck Water Seal;
• EMCY Bilge Suction;
• To Sewage Treatment Plant;
• To Fresh Water Generator.

118
2.1.4. Control 2.1.4.2. Anti-Fouling System

Click the menu item Anti-fouling Panel of the page ER1 to open the
2.1.4.1. Main Cooling SW Pumps Control panel ANTI-FOULING SYSTEM (M.G.P.S.).
The general description of a starter panel and a push button box
controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11. Marine Growth Prevention System (M.G.P.S.) panel contains:
Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open the • SUPPLY indicator lamp;
display with the No 1 MAIN C.S.W. PUMP starter panel. • MAIN SWITCH power circuit breaker;
Click the menu item MSB No2 GSP of the page MSB to open the • Two sets of digital indicators for Sea chest 1 and 2; each set
display with the No 2 MAIN C.S.W. PUMP starter panel. comprises:
űű CU – electric current of anode (Cuprum);
Click the menu item LOP Main CSW PP of the page ER1 to open
the MAIN C.S.W. PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX. űű AL – electric current of cathode (Aluminium).
Indicators always display default values (system operation is
not modeled). Arrow buttons are not modeled.

119
2.1.4.3. Deck Water Seal & Scrubber Pumps Control 2.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
The general description of a starter panel and a push button box Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.6.5 on
controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11. page 239, and in other respective paragraphs.
Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open the
display with the No 1 DECK WATER SEAL PUMP starter panel.
display with the No 2 DECK WATER SEAL PUMP and SCRUBBER
C.S.W. PUMP FOR I.G.G. starter panels.
Click the menu item LOP Fire & ScrubberPP of the page ER1 to
open the FIRE PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX with the SCRUBBER
C.S.W. PUMP FOR I.G.G. panel.
Click the menu item LOP Deck Seal PP of the page ER1 to open the
DECK WATER SEAL PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX.

120
HT Jacket Water Cooling FW System
2.2. HT Jacket Water Cooling FW System

2.2.1. Purpose
The system is designed for cooling cylinder jackets, cylinder
heads and the 1st stage of the charge air cooler.
Click on the menu item ME HT Cooling FW System of the page SYS
to open the system diagram.
2.2.2. Content
• Main Engine with run indicator and digital indicators of
temperature on the cylinders’ outlet;
• Pumps:
űű ME HT JW Preheater Circ. Pump 1 – 7.9 m3/h x 20 mth;
űű ME HT JW Pump 1 (2) 2 – 79 m3/h x 30 mth;
űű ME HT JW Drain Transfer P/P 3 – 1 m3/h x 25 mth.
• Tanks:
űű HT JW Exp TK For ME – 1 m3;
4
űű ME JW Drain TK – 6.5 m3;
5 1 3
• ME HT JW Preheater unit 4 ;
• ME HT JW Cooler unit 5 ;
• FW Generator with run indicator;
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. 2
2.2.3. Connections
• From FW HYD. Unit;
• Compressed Control Air;
• From/To Circ. Water P/P For Economizer; 2.2.4. Control
• From/To LT Cooling System; The FW generator is controlled from the panel (see the para-
• From/o Steam Service System. graph 2.4.4.1 on page 126).

121
HT Jacket Water Cooling FW System
2.2.4.1. HT Fresh Water Pumps Control Click the menu item LOP JW CFW PP of the page ER2 to open the
L.T. C.F.W. HT JW PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX.
The general description of a starter panel and a push
button box controls is given in Introduction the section 5 Use ME LT C.F.W. SYS and ME HT C.F.W. SYS thermocontrollers
on page 11. to set operation of the Thermostatic and Shut-Off valves in
the generator engines’ cooling system (see ). Thermocon-
Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open
trollers operation is described in Introduction, the section 5 on
the display with the No 1 M/E HT J.W. PUMP, M/E HT J.W.
page 11.
HEATER CIRC. PUMP (Preheater pump) and M/E HT J.W.
DRAIN TRANS PUMP starter panels. Switch power supply 440 V for the pumps on their starter
panels. Starter panels for LT pumps are described in the para-
graph 2.3.4.1 on page 124.
the display with the No 2 M/E HT J.W. PUMP starter panel.
2.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor

No faults are introduced.

122
LT Cooling Fresh Water System
2.3. LT Cooling Fresh Water System

2.3.1. Purpose 3
The system is designed for cooling of: ME Air Cooler, Generator
Engines, HPP Engines, coolers of Provision Ref. plant, etc.
Click on the menu item LT Cooling FW System of the page SYS to
open the system diagram. 10
LT water lines are light blue, HT water lines are dark blue. 11
2.3.2. Content 1
• G/E №1, G/E №2, G/E №3; each engine is fitted with: 4
űű Air Cooler;
űű Lub Oil Cooler;
űű HT cooling circuit for bearings. 2
• Pumps:
űű G/E №1 (№2, №3) Cooling Driven Pump 1 –
16 m3/h x 2.2 kg/cm2; 5
űű №1 (№2) LT Cooling Fresh Water P/P 2 –
500 m3/h x 3 0mth;
űű FW P/P for Wheel House Air Cond. 10 – 6 7
10 m3/h x 2 kg/cm2;
8
űű Pre-heating Pump 11 – 43 m3/h x 1.0 kg/cm2;
• Tanks: LT FW EXP TK – 1 m3;
• №1 Air Cond. and №2 Air Cond. cooling units 3 ;
• №1 (№2) Ref. Prov. Plant cooling units 4 ; 9
• Cooler for Hyd. Power Pack cooling unit 5 ;
• №1 (№2) HPP Engine coolers 6 ;
• ME LO Cooler, ME HT Cooler units 7 ;
• №1 (№2) LT Fresh Water Cooler units 8 ;
• Intermediate Shaft bearing; ME Air Cooler units 9 ;
• HT Pre-Heater Unit;

123
LT Cooling Fresh Water System
2.3.3. Connections 2.3.4. Control The panel contains:
• From/To Main Air Compressor; • Indicator lamps of the preheater state and alarm
2.3.4.1. LT Cooling FW Pumps Control conditions:
• From/To Deck Service Air Compressor;
• From/To Wheel House Air Cond.; űű POWER SOURCE;
controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
• From FW. Hyd. TK; űű HEATER 1 ON;
• From/To SG Oil Coolers; űű HEATER 2 ON;
display with the No 1 L.T. C.F.W. PUMP starter panel.
• From GE Vent; űű PUMP RUN;
• Compressed Control Air; űű HEATER 1 OVERLOAD;
display with the No 2 L.T. C.F.W. PUMP starter panel.
• From/To SW Cooling System; űű HEATER 2 OVERLOAD;
Click the menu item LOP JW CFW PP of the page ER2 to open
• Drain. űű PUMP OVERLOAD;
the L.T. C.F.W. HT JW PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX (see the para-
graph 2.2.4.1 on page 122), where also the thermocontroller űű ABNORM.
can be setup for LT automatic pumps operation. • Four-position switch to select the heater for op-
eration: OFF/HEATER 1/HEATER 2/BOTH;
2.3.4.2. HT Pre-Heater Unit Control Panel • Two-position switch to set the MANU (manual,
Click the menu item JW GE Preheat Unit of the page ER2 to open from this panel) or AUTO (automatic) operation of
the GE HT JACKET WATER PREHEATER UNIT control panel. the heater unit;
• START and STOP buttons to operate the heater unit
in MANU mode;
• HIGH TEMP (RESET) button to reset the unit after
heater overload trip.
It is recommended to start BOTH pre-heaters in AUTO
mode for generator engines starting and changeover
to HFO.

Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the para-
graph 2.6.1 on page 238, and in other respective
paragraphs.

124
Fresh Water Generator System
2.4. Fresh Water Generator System

2.4.1. Purpose
The system is designed for generating of fresh water for differ-
ent ship purposes (different salinity).
Click on the menu item Fresh Water Generator System of the page
SYS to open the display.
2.4.2. Content
• Fresh Water Generator with Cooler and Heater;
• Heater;
• Distillate Pump – 1.2 m3/h x 3 bar;
• Water Ejector;
• Steam Injector;
• Chemical Injection Unit;
2.4.3. Connections
• To Feed Water TK;
• To Fresh Water TK (P); To Fresh Water TK (S)
• From Steam Line;
• Priming Water;
• Steam Drain Outlet;
• From/To HT Cooling System;
• Drain To Bilge;
• From Bilge, Fire G\S Pumps;
• From SW Ejector Pump .

125
2.4.4. Control FWG Salinometer Operation

Fresh water quality is continuously checked using a salinom-
2.4.4.1. Fresh Water Generator Panel eter with an electrode unit fitted on the freshwater pump de-
Click on the menu item FW Generator of the page ER2 to open livery side. If the salinity of the fresh water produced exceeds
the FRESH WATER GENERATOR PANEL . the chosen maximum value, the dump valve and alarm are
activated to automatically dump the fresh water overboard.
The panel includes:
The SALINOMETER unit contains:
• POWER SOURCE indicator lamp;
• SALINOMETER panel; • 20~0 LED indicators, which highlight to show the ppm;
• Alarm indicator lamps: • ALARM double indicator, which illuminates when salinity is
űű VACUUM FAILURE higher than the set point;
űű DISTILLATE LEVEL HIGH • ON and OFF indicator lamps;
űű FEED WATER LEVEL LOW/HIGH • SEC. ALARM ON/OFF button to switch on/off alarm;
• AUT–MAN two-position switch to set the FWG control • TEST 10 PPM button to test the device; when the button is
mode; pressed the LED indicators should show 10 ppm;
• MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to turn power for the pumps; • ALARM SET buttons Up and Down to setpoint the salinom-
• S.W. EJECTOR PUMP push button box to operate the pump eter alarm value.
in MAN mode;
• DISTILLATE PUMP push button box to operate the pump in
MAN mode.
The general description of a push button box controls is given in
Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
Power the FWG panel from the No 1 POWER DISTRIBUTION
BOARD 440V (use menu item No1 Power Dist Board of the page
ER2) by the FRESH WATER GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL cir-
cuit breaker.

126
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Fuel Oil Systems
3. Fuel Oil Systems

The FO systems include:
• Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer system
• Fuel Oil Purifying system;
• Fuel Oil Service for ME & GE system;
• Fuel Oil Service for Aux. Boiler system;
• Fuel Oil Service for Incinerator system;
• Fuel Oil Service for IGG system;
• Fuel Oil Service for HPP system;
• Fuel Oil Service for EMCY GE system.

127
FO Filling & Transfer System
3.1. FO Filling & Transfer System

3.1.1. Purpose
The system is designed for fuel bunkering from the shore, fuel
storage and transfer to FO service systems. Low Sulfur HFO
and MDO are also modeled.
Click on the menu item FO Filling & Transfer System of the page
SYS to open the system diagram.
3.1.2. Content
• Cargo Manifold HFO and MDO bunker stations;
Tank Volume m3
№1 HFO Storage Tank P 372.1
№1 HFO Storage Tank S 470
№2 HFO Storage Tank P 126.7
№2 LSHFO Storage Tank S 213.2
HFO Settling Tank 45.6
LSHFO Settling Tank 21.7
LSHFO Service Tank 32.6
HFO Service Tank 45.6
№1 MDO Storage Tank S 17.5
№2 MDO Storage Tank S 28.6
№3 LSMDO Storage Tank S 27.6
MDO Settling Tank 11
MDO Service Tank 29.9
FO Overflow Tank 17.5
• HFO Transfer Pump – 10 m3/h x 3 kg/cm2;

• MDO Transfer Pump – 10 m3/h x 3 kg/cm2;
3.1.4. Control
3.1.3. Connections 3.1.4.1. Controls on Diagram
• From FO Drain Tank;
Some of the tanks are fitted with Temp Set spin box to set
• From Main Engine; temperature for the FO heater. Click on the spin box up/down
• From FO ME & DG Auto Filter. arrows to adjust the setpoint value.

128
FO Filling & Transfer System
3.1.4.2. FO Transfer Pumps Control

controls is given in Introduction, the section 5 on page 11.
display with the H.F.O. TRANS. PUMP starter panel.
The three-position switch on the panel is used to select:
• 1. MANUAL – manual selection of the settling tank and
opening respective valves on the display (see the para-
graph 3.1 on page 128); manual operation of the pump at
the push button box;
• 2. HFO SETT TANK – automatic operation of the valves to
discharge HFO to the HFO Settling TK; pump is controlled
by STOP and START buttons;
• 3. LOW SULFUR HFO SETT TANK – automatic operation of
the valves to discharge LSHFO to the LSHFO Settling TK;
pump is controlled by STOP and START buttons.
display with the M.D.O. TRANS. PUMP starter panel.
The two-position switch on the panel is used to select:
• 1. MANUAL – manual selection of the settling tank and
opening respective valves on the display (see the para-
graph 3.1 on page 128); manual operation of the pump at
the push button box;
• 2. MDO SETT TANK – automatic operation of the valves to
Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.6.12
discharge MDO to the MDO Settling TK; pump is controlled
on page 240, and in other respective paragraphs.
by STOP and START buttons.
Click the menu item LOP HFO, MDO Transfer PP of the page ER1 to
open the F.O. TRANSFER PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX:

129
FO Purifying System
3.2. FO Purifying System

3.2.1. Purpose
The system is designed for purifying of HFO and MDO.
Purifier No.1 is used to process HFO (LSHFO) or MDO. Purifier
No.2 is used to process HFO (LSHFO). Fuel can be processed
from Settling (or Service) to Service tanks. Operate Supply Unit
and Filling valves to set required flow direction. 1 2
Two SELFJECTOR Mineral Oil Separators are installed in the
HFO FOT system. Separator data: capacity: 3 300 litres/h; mo-
tor: 440 V, 18.5 kW at 3 600 rpm; bowl speed: 8 200 rpm. 3
Click on the menu item FO Purifying System of the page SYS to
open the system diagram.
3.2.2. Content
• No 2 (No 1) HFO Purifier units; each unit comprises:
űű Purifier run indicator and purifier open indicator;
űű HFO Purifier Supply (driven) Pump –
2.5 m3/h x 2 kg/cm2;
űű HFO Purifier Heater;
űű HFO Purifier Suction Filter.
• Tanks: 4
Tank Volume m3
HFO Settling Tank 45.6
LSHFO Settling Tank 21.7
LSHFO Service Tank 32.6
HFO Service Tank 45.6
MDO Settling Tank 11.0 3.2.3. Connections • To MDO Supply P/P For AUX Boiler • From IGG
MDO Service Tank 29.9 • Control Water To Purifier • To MDO Supply Unit For ME & GE • From GE MDO Return
Sludge Tank 14.5
• Compressed Control Air • To AUX Boiler MDO Ignition P/P • From Incinerator DO Return
• Digital indicators of water and impurity content in HFO; • To/From FO Supply Unit For ME • To Incinerator • To Sludge P/P
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. • To HFO Supply P/P For AUX Boiler • To MDO Supply P/P for IGG • To/From Steam Distribution System

130
FO Purifying System
3.2.4. Control Multi-Monitor; when the switch is in OFF position the sig-
nal is not outputted even if the SELFJECTOR is on feeding;
3.2.4.1. Controls on Diagram • CONT. SOURCE OFF–ON two-position switch to power the
Temp Set spin box in Sludge Tank is used to set temperature auto control panel.
for the FO heater. The bottom panel of the purifier LOP contains:
LSHFO Service TK Quick-closing Valve 1 and HFO Service TK • MULTI-MONITOR MM-1 unit comprising:
Quick-closing Valve 2 are used for manual FO supply shut-off
űű Pressuse adjustment LED indicator; flashes when adjust-
in case of emergency.
ment is in process;
From HFO Settlink Tanks 3-Way Chageover Valve 3 is used to űű Information screen, which displays the current values of
select between LSHFO and HFO for Purifier inlet. the parameters:
Use № 1 Purifier HFO Suction Valve 4 to open the line for HFO. Flow rate (L/Hr) in the upper box;
Use № 1 Purifier MDO Suction Valve 4 to open line for MDO. Temp (deg C), Light liquid press (bar), RPM exchanging
Open the HFO Discharge valve to open the separator line; at in the lower box with 5 sec. period.
that the green open indicator illuminates (see the No.2 purifier
Green LED indicators illuminate when parameters are
on the diagram). Purifier run indicator and pump run indicator
within the operating range;
illuminate when purifier is operating.
űű Horizontal Shaft RPM LED indicator; flashes when puri-
3.2.4.2. FO Purifiers Control Panel fier motor and driven pump are starting; when is lights
steadily, then the AUTO START button can be pressed to
Purifiers and purifier FO supply driven pumps are controlled
start the pufirication process;
from their AUTO CONTROL PANEL(s).
űű Error and Leakage alarm LED indicators.
Click the menu item HFO purifiers of the page ER2 to open the
• PID controller to operate the heater unit in AUTO mode (see
display with two identical panels No. 2 (No.1) F.O. PURIFIER
the controller description in Chapter 1);
AUTO CONTROL PANEL .
• FUEL OIL HEATER MODE two-position selector switch to
Description given is for Purifier No.1 panel. The panel No.2 is choose between MAN–AUTO control;
similar to No.1.
• STEAM VALVE regulator to open the heater thermal oil
The top panel of the purifier LOP contains: valve 0–100 in MAN mode;
• AUTO CONTROL PANEL (see the description below); • BACK PRESSURE SETTING group comprising:
• SEPARATOR MOTOR and FEED PUMP groups of two buttons űű Display to present the actual pressure or set point value;
each, comprising: űű SET button; click to start modify pressure set point; the
• EMERGENCY STOP button to stop the purifier directly; button highlights; click again to confirm the setting;
• MM FUNCTION OFF – ON two-position switch to control űű RANGE potentiometer knob to set the pressure value.
the feeding signal output from the control panel of the

131
FO Purifying System
Switch the power supply 440 V for the purifiers on the 3.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
No 2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL (use menu item No
2 LGSP of the page ER2) on the starter panels No 2 HFO
PURIFIER and No 1 HFO PURIFIER .
Auto Control Panel

The panel contains:
• Purifier diagram with MOTOR run indicator;
• LED indicators of the valves state:
űű SV3 Regulating replacement water;
űű SV2 For closing bowl;
űű SV1 For opening bowl – total;
űű SV9 For opening bowl – partial;
űű SV4 Control water solenoid.
• CONDITION LED alarm indicators modeled: Timer setting times
űű LEAK; Deafult values are set by service engineers. In the simulator the
űű T(H), T(L) – high/low temperature values cannot be changed. Use the following table as reference.
Buttons modeled in the simulator are used to:
Addr Description Time that
• MON to monitor the proceeding condition of func- can be set
tions in the ADDRESS and DATA digital indicators, 01 Bowl opening time (total discharge) 0.0~999.9 s
which display the timer setting times of the auto- 02 Replacement water supply time (total 0.0~999.9 s
matic system (see the table below); Note: no chang- discharge)
es can be done to factory settings in the simulator; 03 Sealing water (regulating water) supply 0.0~999.9 s
• Up and down arrows to browse the list of addresses time (total discharge)
of required timer or counter; 04 Bowl washing water supply time 0.0~999.9 s
11 Bowl opening time (partial discharge) 0.0~999.9 s
• DIS-T to partially discharge purified oil;
12 Replacement water supply time (partial 0.0~999.9 s
• AUTO START to start automatic purifying; the lamp is
discharge)
on while automatic purifying is operating; 14 Intermittent bowl closing water supply 1~9999 min
• AUTO STOP to pause automatic purifying and stop the intervals
purifier after discharging sludge completely; 15 Sludge discharge intervals 1~9999 min
• ALARM RESET to reset common alarms; the lamp is 16 Operating water supply for closing bowl 0.0~999.9 s
on when an alarm condition has occured, and off 23 Bowl washing counter 1~100 times
when reset.

132
Fuel Oil Service Systems General Description
3.3. Fuel Oil Service Systems

General Description
The FO supply system allows the changeover processes from
HFO to LSHFO and back, and from HFO to MDO and back.
The FO service system comprises subsystems:
• FO Service for Main Engine & Generator Engines;
• FO Service for Aux Boiler System;
• FO Service for Incinerator System;
• FO Service for Inert Gas Generator, Hydraulic Power Pack,
EM’CY Generator Engine Systems.
3.3.1. FOS Tanks Volumes

Tank Volume m3
MDO Storage No. 1 117.5
MDO Storage No. 2 228.6
LSMDO Storage 27.6
MDO Settling 11.0
MDO Settling 29.9
FO Overflow 17.5
HFO Storage 2P 126.7
HFO Storage 1P 372.1
HFO Storage 1S 470.0
LSHFO Storage 2S 213.2
LSHFO Settling 21.7
LSHFO Service 32.6
HFO Service 45.6
HFO Settling 45.6

133
FO Service for ME & GE System
3.4. FO Service for ME & GE System

7
3.4.1. Purpose 3
The system is designed for supplying the Main and Generators
diesel engines (DE) with purified fuel from HFO or MDO Ser- 4
vice Tanks. The engines can normally run on HFO including the
start/stop sequences and continuous work. The MDO will be
used only in ports with high ecological requirements, or in the
case of emergency (e.g. blackout), or to start the DEs when the
steam plant is not yet operational.
Click on the menu item FO Service For ME & GE System of the page 1
8
3.4.2. Content
• Main Engine and G/E №3, G/E №2, G/E №1 with run
indicators; 9
• FO Supply Pump 1 (2) 1 – 3.2 m3/h x 4 kg/cm2;
• FO Circ. Pump 1 (2) 2 – 7.7 m3/h x 6 kg/cm2;
• GE Emergency MDO Pump 3 – 1.89 m3/h x 0.6 kg/cm2;
5
• ME FO Inlet Valve and ME FO Return Valve 6 ; 2
• G/E №1 (№2, №3) Main-EMCY Supply 3-Way Valve 7 and
GE FO Filters unit; 6
• ME/GE HFO Heater 1 (2);
• FO Automatic Filter Section 1 (2) 5 ;
• HFO Return Valve N.C. 8 ;
• Fuel Oil Venting Box Inlet Valve 9 to Fuel Oil Venting Box;
• Viscosity System valves and gauge.
3.4.3. Connections • To Condensate System

• To/From HFO Service Tank • Compressed Control Air
• To/From MDO Service Tank • From Steam System

134
FO Service for ME & GE System
3.4.4. Control 3.4.4.2. FO Service for M/E & G/E Pumps Control
The general description of a starter panel and a push but-
3.4.4.1. Controls on Diagram ton box controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on
MDO/HFO Changeover Valve 4 is used to select either HFO or page 11.
MDO supply. Use this pneumatic valve to actually switch the
supply according to the H.F.O./M.D.O. switches positions for Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open
the GEs on the ECR console ECC A. the display with the No 1 M/E & G/E F.O. SUPPLY PUMP
and No 1 M/E & G/E F.O. CIRC. PUMP starter panels.
ME FO Inlet Valve and ME FO Return Valve 6 are used for Main
Engine FO supply. Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open
the display with the No 2 M/E & G/E F.O. SUPPLY PUMP
G/E №1 Main-EMCY Supply 3-Way Valve, G/E №2 Main-EMCY and No 2 M/E & G/E F.O. CIRC. PUMP starter panels.
Supply 3-Way Valve, G/E №3 Main-EMCY Supply 3-Way Valve
7 are used to supply respective generator engine with FO. The supply and circulating pumps are operating in duty/
standby configuration.
HFO Return Valve N.C. 8 is used for FO return to TK.
Click the menu item LOP HFO, MDO Transfer PP of the page ER1
Fuel Oil Venting Box Inlet Valve 9 and Fuel Oil Venting Box are to open the F.O. TRANSFER PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX:
used for FO recirculation.
Switch power supply 440 V for the G/E EM’CY M.D.O.
Filter clogging in FO Automatic Filter Section 1 (2) 5 PUMP on the AC440v FEEDER PANEL of the ESB Consum-
is displayed by the image with two blue sectors. Sec- ers display (use menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG)
tors turn to red to indicate clogging. Clogging condi- by the G/E EM’CY MDO PUMP STARTER circuit breaker.
tion is set by the Instructor fault.

paragraphs.

135
FO Service for AUX Boiler System
3.5. FO Service for AUX Boiler System

3.5.1. Purpose
The system is designed for supplying the Aux. Boiler with puri-
fied fuel.
The boiler normally would run on the HFO heated in Boiler FO
Heater. MDO supply would be used in an emergency, if HFO
could not be supplied to the boilers, or if it was considered
necessary to flush the boiler burner system and supply the
system with MDO prior to maintenance. The boiler Igniter runs
on MDO, which is fed by the Ignition MDO Pump.
In normal operation, steam atomisation is used for the HFO
and MDO, but if no steam supply is available, atomizing air at a
pressure of 7 bar is employed.
Click on the menu item FO Service For AUX Boiler System of the page
3.5.2. Content
• AUX Boiler Burner Unit comprising:
űű Remote Fuel Oil Inlet Valve(s);
űű Ignition and Burner run indicators.
• LS HFO Settling TK – 21.7 m3;
• HFO Settling TK – 45.6 m3;
• Ignition DO Pump – 3.6 m3/h x 4 bar; the pump starts auto-
matically when ignition is started on the Boiler LCP;
• AUX Boiler FO Pump 1 (2) – 168 m3/h x 25 bar;
• HFO Heater for AUX Boiler; 3.5.3. Connections • From/To Steam Distribution System
• AUX Boiler Mixing Tube with 3-Way FO Return Valve; • From MDO Service TK • To Steam Service Line For Atomizing
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. • From HFO Service TK • Compressed Service Air For Atomizing
• Compressed Control Air • To Condensate System

136
FO Service for AUX Boiler System
3.5.4. Control 3.5.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor

3.5.4.1. Controls on Diagram
• 3-way HFO/DO Changover Valve;
• 3-Way Fuel Oil Control Valve;
• AUX Boiler Burner Unit 3-Way Fuel Oil By-pass Valve;
The AUX Boiler, FO pumps and valves are controlled from the
Boiler LCP (see the paragraph 5.5.1 on page 160), and Boiler
Power panel (see the paragraph 5.5.2 on page 163).
3.5.4.2. FO for AUX Boiler Pumps Control

Click the menu item LOP FO Boiler PP of the page ER2 to open the
FUEL OIL PUMP FOR AUX BOILER PUSH BUTTON BOX:
The general description of push button box controls is given in

Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
Switch power supply 440 V for Aux Boiler FO pumps on the
BOILER POWER PANEL (use menu item Boiler Power Panel of the
page ER4), see the paragraph 5.5.2 on page 163.

137
FO Service for IGG, HPP, EMCY G/E System
3.6. FO Service for IGG, HPP,

EMCY G/E System
3.6.1. Purpose
The system is designed for supplying the Hydrauliс Power Pack
Engines No 1 and No 2, Emergency Generator and Inert Gas
Generator with fuel oil.
Click on the menu item FO Service For IGG, HPP, Emcy GE System of
the page SYS to open the display with three panels.
3.6.2. Content
Emergency GE Room panel contains:
• Emergency GE MGO TK – 1.5 m3;

• Emergency GE with run indicator;
HYD. Power Pack System panel contains:
• №1 (№2) DE For HYD. Power Pack with run indicators;

• №1 MGO TK (P) – 29.9 m3;
• №2 MGO TK (P) – 29.8 m3;
• MGO Service TK For HPP – 1 m3:
• MGO Shifting Pump – 1.5 m3/h x 2.0 kg/cm2;
I.G.G. System panel contains:
• MDO Serv. TK – 29.9 m3;

• IGG FO Supply Pump 1 (2) – 380 kg/h x 3 bar;
• Inert Gas Generator with run indicator.
3.6.3. Connections
• From MGO Shif. PP
• From MDO Settling TK
• To EM’CY Engine MGO TK

138
FO Service for IGG, HPP, EMCY G/E System
3.6.4. Control 3.6.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor

The Emergency Generator is controlled from the local control Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.6.9 on
panel (see Chapter 3, the paragraph 7.1 on page 104 or the para- page 239.
graph 7.2 on page 106).
The HPP system is controlled from the local control panel (see
the paragraph 7.5 on page 189).
The Inert Gas Generator is controlled from the local control

panel (see the paragraph 7.3.4.1 on page 184).
3.6.4.1. FO for I GG Pumps Control

Click the menu item LOP FO IGG PP of the page ER2 to open the
FUEL OIL PUMP FOR IGG PUSH BUTTON BOX:

Switch power supply 440 V for the pumps on the I.G.G. DISTRI-
BUTION BOARD (use menu item IGG Power Distr Board of the page
ER4) by No.1 F.O. PUMP and No.2 F.O. PUMP starter panels, see
the paragraph 7.3.4.2 on page 185.
3.6.4.2. MGO Shifting Pump Control

Click the menu item LOP LO Purifier Supply PP of the page ER1 to
open the panel with pushbutton box M.G.O. SHIFTING PUMP:
Switch power supply 440 V for the pump on the No. 2 GROUP
STARTER PANEL (use menu item IMSB No 2 GSP panel of the page
MSB) by M.G.O. SHIFTING PUMP starter panel (see Chapter 3).

139
FO Service For Incinerator System
3.7. FO Service For Incinerator System

3.7.1. Purpose
The system is designed for disposal of the oil product and sol-
ids by burning, in accordance with MARPOL requirements.
To provide for combustion process, the Incinerator furnace has:
• Electrical ignition burner using MDO only;
• Main Rotary cup type burner using both the MDO and the 1
oil product sludge.
The unit is fed from MDO service tank. The incinerator’s own 2
feed fuel oil pump takes suction from the MDO service tank
and supplies MDO under pressure to the burner unit. The
waste oil (WO) burner employs compressed air atomizing with
compressed air being supplied from the general service air
system. WO is supplied from the waste oil tanks by means of
milling pumps, and a waste oil dosing pump is then used to
supply the waste oil to the burner. The milling pumps supply 5
oil to the incinerator, the excess returning to the waste oil tank.
WO tanks for the incinerator collect the waste oil from the vari-
3 4
ous tanks around the ER and supply the incinerator waste oil 7
burner. The sludge pump supplies the incinerator WO tank.
The pump also discharges to the shore connections.
6
Click on the menu item FO Service For Incinerator & Sludge System of
the page SYS to open the system diagram:
3.7.2. Content
• Incinerator Main burner integrated with Air Supply Fan;
• WO Sett. TK – 1.5 m3; • WO Serv. Mill Pump 4 – 26 m3/h x 0.5 kg/cm2; 3.7.3. Connections • From S/T LO Drain TK
• WO Serv. TK – 1.0 m3: • Waste Dosing Pump 5 – 0.3 m3/h x 2.0 kg/cm2; • From/To MDO Service TK • From LO Drain TK
• MDO Supply Pump 1 – 0.05 m3/h x 3.0 kg/cm2; • Sludge Pump 6 – 5 m3/h x 4 kg/cm2; • From Bilge Transfer Pump • From FO Drain TK
• Incin. MDO Feed Pump 2 – 2 m3/h x 3.5 kg/cm2; • Shore Discharge station; • To/From Oily Bilge TK • Compressed Service Air
• WO Sett. Mill Pump 3 – 26 m3/h x 0.5 kg/cm2; • Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. • From Sludge TK • Delution air

140
3.7.4. Control • SHUT DOOR indicator display; it highlights when the door
is closed;
3.7.4.1. Controls on Diagram • DOOR OPEN display; it highlights when the door is open;
WO Suction Valve Sett.TK Mill. Pump(QCV) and WO Suction • IGNITION BURNER RUN indicator; it illuminates when the
Valve Serv.TK Mill. Pump(QCV) 7 are used to cut off FO supply ignition burner is running;
in the case of emergency.
• BLOWER RUNNING indicator; it illuminates when the air
Temp set controller is used to setpoint WO heater temperature supply fan is running;
of the WO Sett. TK and WO Serv. TK . Use the spin box arrows to • MAIN BURNER RUN indicator; it illuminates when the igni-
set WO temperature. tion burner is running;
Drain valve is used for draining water to sludge tank. • EXHAUST GAS TEMP digital indicator;
WO return valve is used to direct part of fuel back to the WO • IGNITION BURNER three-position switch;
Settling tank or back to the WO pump inlet. űű OFF position turns the ignition burner off;
Incinerator operation and overheat protection is described in űű RUN position enables the burner to start and run;
the paragraph 7.10 on page 206. űű START position is used to actually start the burner; on suc-
cessful start the switch jumps back to the RUN position
3.7.4.2. Incinerator & Waste Oil Tank Control Panels and the IGNITION BURNER RUN indicator illuminates.
Click on the menu item Incinerator of the page ER3 to open the • MAIN BURNER three-position switch;
panel for incinerator and W.O. TK local control. űű OFF position turns the main burner off;
The INCINERATOR panel contains: űű RUN position enables the burner to start and run;
• SOURCE indicator, which illuminates when power is ON; űű START position is used to actually start the burner; on
• A set of alarm indicators: successful start the switch jumps back to the RUN posi-
tion and the MAIN BURNER RUN indicator illuminates.
űű FLAME OUT – fire extinction in the furnace;
• INCINERATOR START two-position STOP–START switch to
űű FURNACE HIGH TEMP – temperature > 1200° C;
power the system; the Exhaust gas fan starts automatically;
űű FAN FAILURE – exhaust gas fan is overheated;
Attention! The correct starting sequence would be to:
űű BURNER FAILURE – main burner failure;
a). Start the incinerator;
űű FURNACE TEMP LOW – temperature < 800° C;
b). Start the ignition burner;
űű EXHAUST GAS TEMP HIGH – temperature > 350° C;
c). Start the main burner when the furnace tempera-
űű WO TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW – level of oil product sludge ture > 800 °C.
in the Waste Oil tank is high or low;
• INCINERATOR STOP emergency button;
űű MDO TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW – level is high or low;
• RESET FLAME FAILURE BURNER button; press the button to re-
űű WO SERV. TANK TEMP LOW – temperature < 80° C. set the incinerator system after the flame failure;

141
• RESET ALARM button; press the button to reset the incinera- • DO TRANS. PUMP START; DO TRANS. PUMP
tor system after the alarm condition when the cause of STOP buttons – to actually start/stop the
alarm has been removed; pump in MANU mode; on successful start
• SUPPLY automatic CB. the DO TRANS. PUMP RUNNING indicator
illuminates;
Switch 440 V power supply for INCINERATOR from the BUS TIE
PANEL (use menu item MSB Gen3 Bus Tie panel of the page MSB) • ALARM RESET button; press the button
by WASTE OIL INCINERATOR CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker. to reset the WO tanks system after the
alarm condition when the cause of alarm
The W.O. TANK CONTROL PANEL contains: has been removed;
• SOURCE indicator, which illuminates when panel power is • SLUDGE PUMP RUNNING indicator;
ON; • SLUDGE PUMP STOP button duplicating the
• A set of alarm and state indicators: stop buttons on the pump starter panel
űű LOW LEVEL SERV. TANK – level < 30%; and push button box;
űű LOW OIL TEMP. SERV. TANK – temperature < 60 °C; • SUPPLY automatic CB.
űű HIGH OIL TEMP. SERV. TANK – temperature > 110 °C; Switch the power supply 440 V for the pumps
and W.O. TANK CONTROL PANEL on the No 1
űű HIGH LEVEL SERV. TANK – level > 90%;
PDB (use menu item No 1 Power Dist. Board of the
űű SERV. MILL PUMP RUNNING; page ER2) by the WASTE OIL TANK CONTROL
űű MOTOR OVERLOAD – of any pump; PANEL circuit breaker.
űű LOW LEVEL SETT. TANK – level < 30%;
űű LOW OIL TEMP. SETT. TANK – temperature < 60 °C;
űű HIGH OIL TEMP. SETT. TANK – temperature > 110 °C;
űű HIGH LEVEL SETT. TANK – level > 90%.
űű SETT. MILL PUMP RUNNING;
űű DO TRANS. PUMP RUNNING. – for incinerator.
• SERV. MILL PUMP, SETT. MILL PUMP, DO TRANS. PUMP,
three-position switches to select control mode:
űű OFF position turns the pump off;
űű AUTO position sets the pump to start automatically,
when incinerator starts;
űű MANU position sets the pump to manual control from
this panel; MILL pumps are stared when the panel power
is on; DO transfer pump is operated by the buttons;

142
3.7.4.3. Sludge Pump Control 3.7.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor

The general description of a starter panel and a push button box Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.10.6
controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11. on page 243, and in other respective paragraphs.
Click on the menu item LGSP 3 of the page ER1 to open the dis-
play with SLUDGE PUMP starter panel.
Click on the menu item LOP Sludge Pump of the page ER1 to open
the SLUDGE PUMP push button box.
Switch power supply 440 V for the pump on the starter panel.
Switch the power supply 440 V for the pump on the No 1 PDB
(use menu item No 1 Power dist. board of the page ER2) by the
WASTE OIL TANK CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.

143
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Lube Oil Systems
4. Lube Oil Systems

The Lubricating system is designed for the oil storage, transfer,
purification and supply to ME, DG engines with clean lube oil.
The system comprises the subsystem:
• LO Filling & Transfer System;
• LO Purifying System;
• LO Service System
• Stern Tube LO Service System.
Lube Oil Tanks Volumes

Tank Volume m3
ME LO Storage Tank 27.5
ME LO Settling Tank 19.2
GE LO Storage Tank 12.8
GE LO Settling Tank 12.8
Hydraulic Oil Storage Tank 20
ME LO Sump Tank 27.1
LO Drain Tank 3.4
3 x GE Sump Tank 7.0
Sludge Tank 14.5

144
LO Filling & Transfer System
4.1. LO Filling & Transfer System

4.1.1. Purpose
The system is designed for bunkering lube oil from shore, stor-
age and transfer to LO service systems, and serving generator
engines. All of the storage tanks are filled from connections on
the bunker stations of the upper deck.
Click on the menu item LO Filling & Transfer System of the page
4.1.2. Content 1 2
• №1 (№2, №3) GE units; each unit comprises: engine run
indicator; pumps; GE LO Filters; GE LO Cooler;
Tank Volume m3
ME LO Storage Tank 27.5
ME LO Settling Tank 19.2
GE LO Storage Tank 12.8
GE LO Settling Tank 12.8
LO Drain Tank 3.4
3 x GE Sump Tank 7
• №1 (№2, №3) GE LO Pre-lub Pump – 2.6 m3/h x 1.5 kg/cm2;

• №1 (№2, №3)GE LO Driving Pump – 17.2 m3/h x 7.8 kg/cm2;
• LO Transfer Pump – 5m3/h x 3kg/cm2;
4.1.3. Connections
• From LO Purifier
• To LO Purifier Supply Pump
• From S/T LO Drain TK
• To Sludge P/P
• To HPP Unit
• From Aux. Hyd. & HPP Unit

145
LO Filling & Transfer System
4.1.4. Control LO Transfer Pump Control 4.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor

The general description of a starter panel and a push button box Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.6.4 on
controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11. page 239.
GE LO Settling TK Quick Closing Valve 1 and ME LO Settling TK
Quick Closing Valve 2 are used to cut off LO supply in the case Click the menu item No3 LGSP of the page ER1 to open the display
of emergency. with the L.O. TRANS PUMP starter panel.
Attention! When starting LO purifiers open Inlet/Outlet Click the menu item LOP Aux LO PP of the page ER1 to open the the
valves on required tanks to establish the oil flow to the purifier. panel with L.O. TRANS. PUMPS:
4.1.4.2. GE LO Priming Pumps Control

LO Pre-lub (priming) pumps are powered and started from:
• GE No1 LO Pre-lub Pump – No.1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item MSB No 1, 2 440v FEEDER of the page MSB) by No1
G/E LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER circuit breaker;
• GE No2 LO Pre-lub Pump – No.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item MSB No 1, 2 440v FEEDER of the page MSB) by No2
G/E LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER circuit breaker;
• GE No3 LO Pre-lub Pump – AC440v FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by No3 G/E LO
PRIMING PUMP STARTER circuit breaker.

146
LO Purifying System
4.2. LO Purifying System

4.2.1. Purpose
The lubricating oil purifier is designed to remove water and
solid particles from the lubricating oil to prevent damage be-
ing caused to the machinery the oil is supplying. There are two
LO purifiers.
Click on the menu item LO Purifying System of the page SYS to
4.2.2. Content
• №2 (№1) Purifier units, each with purifier open indicator
and run indicator;
• №2 (№1) Purifier Supply Pump – 1.5 m3/h x 2.5 mth;
• №2 (№1) Purifier Heater units;
• Sludge TK – 14.5 m3;
4.2.3. Connections
• From/To GE’s LO Settling Tanks
• From/To GE LO Sump TK
• From/To ME LO Sump TK
• From/To ME LO Settling TK
• From LO Drain TK
• From/To Steam Distribution System
• From S/T LO Drain TK
• To S/T LO Gravity TK
• Control Water To Purifier
4.2.4. Control
• Compressed Control Air 4.2.4.1. Controls on Diagram
Open the valves on the connection lines to set the oil flow for
purifiers as required.

147
LO Purifying System
4.2.4.2. LO Purifiers Control Panel

Click the menu item LO Purifiers of the page ER2 to open the display
with two identical No.2 (No.1) L.O. PURIFIER panels.
LO Purifiers panels are similar to HFO Purifiers panels. Description is
given in the paragraph 3.2.4.2 on page 131.
Switch power supply 440 V for LO Purifiers on the No 2 LOCAL GROUP
STARTER PANEL (use menu item No 2 LGSP of the page ER2) on the starter
panels No 2 LO PURIFIER and No 1 LO PURIFIER.
Start the purifier supply pumps on the No 2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER
PANEL or from the pushbutton boxes.

148
LO Purifying System
4.2.4.3. LO Purifiers Supply Pumps Control

Click the menu item No2 LGSP of the page ER2 to open the display
with the No 2 L.O. PURIFIER SUP. PUMP and No 1 L.O. PURIFIER
SUP. PUMP starter panels.
Click the menu item LOP LO Purifier Supply PP of the page ER1 to
open the panel with pushbutton boxes No 1 L.O. PURIFIER
SUPPPLY PUMP and No 2 L.O. PURIFIER SUPPLY PUMP:

Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.9.3 on
page 241, and in other respective paragraphs.

149
ME LO Service System
4.3. ME LO Service System

4.3.1. Purpose
The system is designed for lubrication of the ME. The main
engine has two separate lubricating oil systems:
• Main bearing lubricating oil system;
1
• Cylinder oil system
The main or crankcase lubrication system is supplied by one
of two pumps. The pumps will be operating automatically in
duty/standby configuration. Lubrication of the pistons and cyl- 4
inders is performed by a separate cylinder lubrication system
(mechanical lubricators). 3
Click on the menu item LO Service For ME System of the page SYS
4.3.2. Content
• Main Engine unit comprising:
űű Engine run indicator;
űű Digital indicators of the oil temperature in Cylinders,
Main Bearings and Thrust Bearing.
Tank Volume m3
ME Scavenge Air Box Drain Tank 0.4
Cylinder Oil Storage Tank 3.3
Low Sulfur Cylinder Oil Storage Tank 5.0
Cylinder Oil Measuring Tank 0.9
2
• CYL Oil Transfer Pump 1 – 1 m3/h x 1 kg/cm2;
• №1 (№2) ME LO Pump 2 – 205 m3/h x 4,1 kg/cm2;
• ME LO Cooler unit;
• ME LO Automatic Filter 3 – operating pressure 4.3 bar;
• ME LO By-Pass Filter;
• Cylinder Oil Bunkering Station (Port and Stbd);

150
ME LO Service System
4.3.3. Connections
• Control Air To ME LO Automatic Filter
• To/FROM LT Cooling System
• Drain From Bedplate (Exhaust Side) To Oily Bilge TK
• Drain From Stuffing Box To Oily Bilge TK
• To Oily Bilge TK
4.3.4. Control
Cyl Oil Tanks Outlet 4 valve is used for cylinder
lubrication oil supply.
Click the menu item LOP ME LO &
Filter clogging in ME LO Automatic Filter 3 is dis- Bilge PP of the page ER1 to open
played by the image with two blue sectors. Sectors the display with:
turn to red to indicate clogging. Clogging condition • MAIN L.O. PUMPS PUSH
is set by the Instructor fault. BUTTON BOX;
• M/E LO SYS thermocon-
Switch power 440 V for the ME LO Automatic Filter on the No1 troller; controller descrip-
Power DB (use menu item No 1 Power Dist Board of the page ER2) tion is given in Introduc-
by the M/E LO AUTO FILTER circuit breaker. tion, the section 5 on
page 11..
4.3.4.2. ME LO Pumps Control
• CYL. OIL TRANS. PUMP
The general description of a starter panel and a push button box push button box.
Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open the 4.3.5. Faults Introduced
display with the No 1 MAIN L.O. PUMP starter panel.
by Instructor
Introduced faults are listed in
display with the No 2 MAIN L.O. PUMP and CYL. OIL TRANS.
Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.6.11
PUMP starter panels.
on page 239, and in other re-
The Main LO pumps operate in duty/standby configuration. spective paragraphs.

151
Stern Tube LO Service System
4.4. Stern Tube LO Service System

4.4.1. Purpose
The system is designed for lubrication of the Stern Tube.
Click on the menu item LO Service For ME System of the page SYS
4.4.2. Content
• Stern Tube unit;
• AFT Seal TK – 0.03 m3;
• FWD Seal TK – 0.015 m3;
• Stern Tube Grav. TK – 0.1 m3;
• Stern Tube Drain TK – 1.3 m3.
4.4.3. Connections
• Lowest Point
• To Bilge Hold TK
• From LO Purifier
• To/From LO Transfer Pump
• To Sludge Pump
• To LO Purifier
4.4.4. Control
Controlled valves on the diagram.

page 239, and in other respective paragraphs.

152
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Steam Plant
General Description
5. Steam Plant The Plant includes the following systems:

• Aux. Boiler Feed Water System;
5.1. General Description • Aux. Boiler Steam Service System;
The Steam Plant is designed for steam production and distri- • Aux. Boiler Condensate System;
bution to consumers. The boiler operates as a back-up system • Economizer;
for the exhaust gas economizer and will only start when the
• FO Service for Aux. Boiler System (see the description in
steam pressure falls below the set point. This is the normal ar-
the paragraph 3.5 on page 136).
rangement for the boiler plant which must always be kept in a
state of readiness. The Plant operation mode depends on the requirements of the
steam consumption and can run economizer only, economiz-
If the steam pressure falls below the set value, the boiler will ers and boiler, or boiler only.
start and the burner will be kept on minimum load until the
steam pressure has reached the pressure of the main steam Boiler - prototype is Aalborg model CPH-10 with steam atom-
line. The burner load will then follow the main steam demand. izing burner, cylindrical combined water and fire tube.
If, when firing on oil, the steam demand falls below the mini- Boiler capacity: 18 000 kg/h at 7 bar.
mum burner setting, the burner will continue firing and the Economizer prototype is Aalborg, model AV-6N; type Finned tube.
steam pressure will increase until it reaches the set point for
Economizer capacity: 1 200 kg/h at 7 bar; working pressure:
the burner to stop.
7 bar (12 bar Max); working temperature: 170 °C. Economizer
The rate of firing is set to a predetermined ramp function in circulation pump capacity: 8 400 kg/h.
order to ensure correct boiler temperature rise. The burner will
remain off until the steam pressure falls below the value set for
automatic start, at which point the burner will ignite and raise
the boiler pressure to the set point.

153
Boiler Feed Water System
5.2. Boiler Feed Water System

5.2.1. Purpose
The oil fired boiler is supplied with feed water from the hot
well by one of the two boiler feed water pumps (operating in
duty/standby configuration). 1
The exhaust gas economizer, when in service, is circulated with
water taken from the oil fired boiler by two circulation pumps.
The feed water pumps will automatically fill and maintain the
boilers at the correct level.
Click on the menu item Aux Boiler Feed Water System of the page
SYS to open the Aux. Boiler Feed Water System diagram.
3
5.2.2. Content
• Aux. Boiler;
• Steam Outlet Main Valve 1 on the Steam Service line;
• №2 (№1) Main Feed Water P/P For Aux. BLR 2 –
23 m3/h x 120 mth;
• Exhaust Gas Economizer with run indicators of two Soot
Blowers; indicators illuminate when blowers are operating;
• №2 (№1) Circ. Water Pump For Economizer 3 –
9 m3/h x 40 mth;
• Dosing Pump – 0.06 m3/h x 16 bar,
in Dosing Unit For Feed Water; 2
• Observ. TK + Cascade TK – 5.0 m3;
• Sampling Cooler;
5.2.3. Connections • To Bilge Holding TK • From Main Steam • To Scupper 5.2.4. Control
• To Steam Service System • To Drain • From Feed Water Tank • Compressed Control Air Steam Outlet Main Valve 1 is used to supply steam to
• From FW HYD. Unit • Ventilation • To/From HT CFW System • Compressed Start Air consumers.
• Boiler Water To Analysis • From ATM, Condenser • To Near Scupper • Compressed Service Air Boiler control is described in the paragraph 5.5 on page 159.

154
Boiler Steam Service System
5.3. Boiler Steam Service System

5.3.1. Purpose
Saturated steam is supplied by the boiler and economizer. 6 8
There is no provision for superheating steam. Steam supply is
at the boiler working pressure of 7 bar.
4
Steam is taken from the boiler through main or auxiliary stop
valves and directed to the consumer systems. The amount of 7 1
steam generated by the economiser varies with engine load. 5
When the amount of steam generated exceeds demand, it is 2
necessary to dump the surplus steam to the condenser. Boiler
supplies steam to a main steam manifold system through
isolating valve.
Click on the menu item Aux Boiler Steam Service System of the page
3
SYS to open the Aux. Boiler Steam Service System diagram.
5.3.2. Content
• System diagram with a set of tanks and units that are heat-
ed by steam from the Steam Plant;
• ME JW PreHeater unit 1 ;
• № 1 (№ 2) FO Purifier Heater units 2 ;
• № 1 (№ 2) LO Purifier Heater units 3 ;
• HFO Heater for Aux Boiler unit 4 ;
• Steam Tracing Fuel Line for ME AE Valve 5 ;
• Calorifer;
• High Sea Chest and Low Sea Chest;

155
Boiler Steam Service System
5.3.3. Connections • To FO Supply Unit
• From Main Seam • To Steam Tracing Line (FO Service System For ME AE)
• To ATM Condenser • To Cascade TK Heating
• To AUX BLR For Atomizing • Steam For FW Generator
• Near The MDO Settling TK • FO Inlet
• To Purifier Room • FO Outlet
• Near The №2 HFO Storage TK • ME JW Inlet
• ME FO Line Steam Tracing • ME JW Outlet
• ME Scav. Air Box Dirty Oil Drain Line Steam Blow • LO Inlet
• ME Scav. Air Box Fire Extinguish • LO Outlet
• Floor (P) Near The High SC 5.3.4. Control

• Floor Near The Emergency SC Use Temp Set spin controls on the consumers to setpoint the
• Accomm. Service (Air Cond Room) heater unit for maintaining the required content temperature.
• For WO TK Steam Blowing Steam Tracing Fuel Line for ME AE Valve 5 is used to start ME
• To Sett. & Serv. TK For Incinerator heating before cold start.
• To Steam Tracin Line (FO Service System For Incinerator) Steam Line Stop Valve 1 6 is used to cut off steam supply for
• Near №1 GE machinery heating.
• In Workshop Steam Line Stop Valve 3 and Steam Line Stop Valve 2 7
• Floor Near The Low SC are used to cut off steam supply for low pressure steam
• To Steam Tracing Line (FO Filling & Transfer System) consumers.
• To Steam Tracing Line (№3 DG FO Inlet Steam Tracing) Steam Line Stop Valve 5 and Steam Line Stop Valve 4 8 are
• To Steam Tracing Line (№2 DG FO Inlet Steam Tracing) used to cut off steam supply for part of consumeres.
• To Steam Tracing Line (№1 DG FO Inlet Steam Tracing)
• To Steam Tracing Line (FO Purifying Steam)
• To Steam Tracing Line (FO Service System AB)

156
Boiler Condensate System
5.4. Boiler Condensate System

5.4.1. Purpose
The main condensate system, as part of the steam generat-
ing cycle, is the section concerned with the collection of
condensed steam and its discharge to the hot well. To obtain
5
the maximum benefit from steam as a heating medium, it 4
condenses in the heating coils as it recovers the latent heat of
evaporation in the steam. Drain traps are fitted at the outlets
from such heating coils, so that only water is allowed to pass. 2 1
This is the condensate which is returned to the hot well. De-
pending upon the heating application, the returning conden-
sate can be very close to boiling temperature. This high tem-
perature can cause the water in the hot well to be of too high a
temperature for the feed pumps to handle, without the risk of 3
‘gassing-up’. Drain coolers are used to reduce the temperature
of the condensate returning to the hot well.
Click on the menu item Aux Boiler Condensate System of the page
SYS to open the Aux. Boiler Condensate System diagram.
5.4.2. Content
• Atm Condenser with connections to SW system (green);
• System diagram with a set of tanks and units that are heat-
ed by steam from the Steam Plant;
• ME JW PreHeater unit 1 ;
• № 1 (№ 2) FO Purifier Heater units 2 ;
• № 1 (№ 2) LO Purifier Heater units 3 ;
• HFO Heater for Aux Boiler unit 4 ;
• Calorifer unit;

157
Boiler Condensate System
5.4.3. Connections 5.4.4. Control

• To Bilge Holding Tank 3 x Shut-Off Valve 5 are used to cut off condensate return.
• From/To SW System
• To Cascade Tank
• From Deck Condensate
• Compressed Control Air
• From Accomm. Condensate
• From Main Steam
• From AUX BLR Soot Blower
• From AUX BLR For Atomizing
• From Steam Tracing Line (FO Filling & Transfer System)
• From Steam Tracing Line (FO Service System AB)
• From Steam Tracing Line (FO Purifying Steam)
• From Steam Tracing Line (FO Service System For M/E A/E)
• From FO Supply Unit
• From Waste Sett. &Serv. TK
• From Steam Tracin Line (FO Service System For Incinerator)
• From Steam Tracing Line (№1 DG FO Inlet Steam Tracing)
• Cond. From FW Generator

158
Steam Plant Control
5.5. Steam Plant Control

Boiler Control (local and remote) is available from:
• Boiler Local Control Panel;
• Boiler Power Panel;
• Boiler PC-based Control system (BMCS).
The boiler monitoring & control system (BMCS) is designed to
operate the burner, load control alarms and ancillary systems.
The system can be operated in automatic mode from the ECR
via the PC control panel of BMCS. The complete plant or parts
of the plant can be operated manually should the need arise.
Local operation (from ER4) selects the control panel at the boiler
unit for each component group and the groups can then be
operated locally on automatic or switched to manual operation.

159
Steam Plant Control
5.5.1. Boiler Local Control Panel

Click on the menu item Boiler LCP of the page ER4 to open the
display with three panels.
The left panel includes:
• Digital indicators of WATER LEVEL; AIR FLOW; OIL FLOW;
• Potentiometers to control in MAN mode:
űű VALVE 1 WATER LEVEL – set the open state of the
Feed Water Regulating Valve (see the paragraph 5.2 on
page 154);
űű AIR DAMPER COMBUSTION AIR FAN – set the damper open
state (observe on the BURNER OVERVIEW display of the
page BMCS, see Chapter 2, the paragraph 2.2.1 on page 74);
űű OIL FLOW REG. VALVE – set the open state of the 3-way Fuel
Oil Control Valve (see the paragraph 3.5.4.1 on page 137).
• AUTO MANUAL switch to select the control mode:
űű In MAN mode the control is provided from this panel;
űű in AUTO mode operation is provided by the Boiler con-
troller (see the description below).
Note: The AUTO MANUAL switch on the BOILER POWER
PANEL should be also set to AUTO.
• Buttons to operate in MAN mode:
űű IGNITION – to switch ignition and DO Ignition pump on;
űű OIL VALVES – to open 3-Way Fuel Oil Control Valve and
Fuel OIl Inlet Valve (see the paragraph 5.2 on page 154);
űű STOP – to close FO valves and Steam Atomizing Shut-
Off Valve;
űű ATOM. STEAM VALVE – to open Steam Atomizing Shut-
Off Valve. The right panel includes the gauges: Switch the power supply 440 V for the BOILER LOCAL CON-
TROL PANEL on the BOILER POWER PANEL (use menu item
• FLAME ON lamp – illuminates to indicate burner flame. • STEAM PRESSURE;
Boiler Power Panel of the page ER4) by the right SUPPLY FROM
The BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL contains: • FO PRESSURE; MSB No 1/No 2 FEEDER PANEL circuit breaker (see the para-
• Boiler controller; operation is described below; • STEAM ATOMIZING PRESSURE . graph 5.5.2 on page 163).

160
Steam Plant Control
5.5.1.1. Boiler Controller Operation The controller central part contains the screen where informa- 4.1. Click the PUMP CTRL button to open the screen with but-
tion and controls are presented according to the mode, select- tons to control pumps:
The controller left part contains the buttons and LED indicators:
ed by clicking the buttons. Use small Back button in the right
• AUT – to switch AUTO/MAN mode; the yellow LED indicator bottom corner of any screen to return to previous view.
illuminates in MAN mode; in AUTO mode the lamp is not
1. Click the Boiler button to open the information screen:
illuminated;
• ON – to start the Boiler in MAN mode; the green LED indica-
tor illuminates;
• OFF – to stop the Boiler in MAN mode; the green LED indi- 4.1.1. Click the OIL PUMP button to open the screen with but-
cator is not illuminated; tons to control FO pumps:
• Red LED indicator blinks when there are any alarms in the
Boiler system; 2. Click the Boiler FO button to open the information screen:
• AL. RES – to reset all Boiler alarms and system automatics
after the trip condition has been cleared;
• UP / DOWN – to raise / lower the Burner load by changing
the FO Control Valve open state in MAN mode.
The buttons in the right part are not modeled. A FO pump is controlled from this panel if AUTO mode is set
on both, the BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL and the BOILER
3. Click the Combust button to open the information screen: POWER PANEL (use menu item Boiler Power Panel of the page
ER4), see the paragraph 5.5.2 on page 163.
Click one of the MODE buttons to open the screen with but-
tons to control selected pump:
4. Click the CMN CTRL button to open the screen with buttons:

161
Steam Plant Control
4.1.2. Click the CHEM PUMP button to open the screen with Use St-By button to set the pump operation in Stand-by mode. 4.4. Click the SALINITY button to open the information screen:
Start\Stop button to control Chemical pump: Use Auto button to set the pump automatic operation con-
trolled by the water level sensor in the Boiler.
4.1.3.2. Click the CIRC. PUMP button to open the screen with
buttons to control water circulating pumps:
4.5. Click the FD FAN CONTROL button to open the information

4.1.3. Click the WATER PUMP button to open the screen with screen with the Forced Draft Fan run indicator:
buttons to control Water pumps:
Click one of the MODE buttons to open the screen with but-
tons to control selected pump:
5. Click the SETUP button to open the information screen:

A FEED or CIRC WATER pump is controlled from this panel if AUTO
mode is set on the pump starter panel (the paragraph 5.5.3 on
page 164); otherwise control on this panel is disabled.
4.1.3.1. Click the FEED PUMP button to open the screen with 4.2. Click the SMOKE BLOWER button to open the screen with
buttons to control FW pumps: START/STOP button to control the blower:
BURNER CTRL MODE can be set by the AUTO MANUAL switches
on the Local Control panel and Power panel; and changed by
the AUT button of either controller.
SETPOINT SELECT parameter is set in BMCS Boiler pop-up
panel of the page BURNER OVERVIEW (see Chapter 2, the para-
graph 2.2.1 on page 74). The values denote:
Click one of the MODE buttons to open the screen with but- 4.3. Click the STEAM DUMP button to open the information
tons to control selected pump: screen: • LOW – FO valve open state is limited;
• HIGH – FO valve open state is not limited.

162
Steam Plant Control
5.5.2. Boiler Power Panel

Click on the menu item Boiler Power Panel of the page ER4 to open the display with two panels.
The BOILER POWER PANEL contains:
• Boiler controller; operation is described in the paragraph 5.5.1 on page 160;
• COMBUSTION AIR FAN ammeter;
• HOURS METER of the fan;
• CONTOL VOLTAGE ON indicator lamp;
The right panel contains:
• SALINOMETER panel; operation is described below;
• FUEL OIL PUMP 1 START/STOP button to use in MANUAL control mode;
• FUEL OIL PUMP 2 START/STOP button to use in MANUAL control mode;
• COMBUSTION AIR FAN STOP/START two-position switch to stop (0) / start (1) the fan;
• 1 CONTROL SUPPLY 2 switch (not modeled);
• AUTO MANUAL two-position swicth to set the control mode for the pumps and fan:
űű In AUTO mode the pumps are operated from the BOILER LCP controller (see the para-
graph 5.5.1 on page 160);
Note: The AUTO MANUAL switch on the BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL should be also
set to AUTO.
űű In MANUAL mode the pumps and combustion fan are operated from this panel.
• SUPPLY FROM MSB No 1 FEEDER PANEL and SUPPLY FROM MSB No 1 FEEDER PANEL 100 A
circuit breakers to set power supply source for the Boiler control panels, DO Ignition pump,
Combustion Air fan and Fuel Oil Pumps 1, 2 for Boiler.
SALINOMETER unit contains:

5.5.2.1. Boiler Salinometer Operation
• 0~20 LED indicators, which highlight to show the PPM;
Boiler water quality is continuously checked using a salinometer with an electrode unit fit-
ted on the feed water pump delivery side. If the salinity of the feed water exceeds the chosen • ALARM double indicator, which illuminates when salinity is higher than the set point;
maximum value, the alarm Salinity High is activated in BMCS. When salinity > 12 ppm the • ALARM SET button; click to set point the max ppm; use DOWN and UP to modify the alarm value;
Boiler is shutdown. click ALARM SET to confirm the setting and return to display mode.

163
Steam Plant Control
5.5.3. Boiler Water Pumps Control

display with the No 1 AUX BOILER FEED WATER PUMP and No 1
BOILER WATER CIRC. PUMP FOR E/G ECO starter panels.
display with the No 2 AUX BOILER FEED WATER PUMP and No 2
BOILER WATER CIRC. PUMP FOR E/G ECO starter panels.
The buttons on the MOTOR CONTROLLER panel are used to

select the pumps control mode:
• MAN – manual operation of the pump at the starter panel
and/or push button box;
• AUTO – operation of the pump from the BOILER LOCAL
CONTROL PANEL (see the paragraph 5.5.1 on page 160)
and from BMCS (see Chapter 2, the paragraph 2.2.4 on
page 78).
Click on the menu item LOP Boiler Water PP of the page ER2 to
open the display with push button boxes: No 1 AUX BOILER
FEED WATER PUMP, No 2 AUX BOILER FEED WATER PUMP, No 1
BOILER WATER CIRC. PUMP FOR E/G/ ECO, No 2 AUX BOILER
WATER CIRC. PUMP FOR E/G/ ECO.

164
Steam Plant Control
5.5.4. Soot Blowers Control Panel • START SOOT BLOWER SEQ. button to start the blowers operat-
ing sequence in LOC/REM mode;
Click on the menu item Soot Blowers Control Panel of the page
ER4 to open the SOOT BLOWER PANEL . Soot Blowers are fitted • SOOT BLOWER 1 and SOOT BLOWER 2 two-position switch-
with the Economizer (see the diagram Aux. Boiler Feed Water es to set the respective blower operating mode:
System in the paragraph 5.2 on page 154). űű BLOW – run in sequence;
The panel contains: űű SKIP – skip blowing (this blower is stopped).

• MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to power the blowers;
• INDICATION PANEL with the lamps, which illuminate:
• SUPPLY ON indicator lamp;
űű AIR SUPPLY VALVE OPEN and AIR SUPPLY VALVE CLOSED
to indicate the postion of Air Supply Solenoid valve on • EMERGENCY STOP button.
the diagram Aux. Boiler Feed Water System; Switch power supply 440 V for the SOOT BLOWER PANEL from
űű LOW AIR PRSS. - HOLD SEQUENCE; the No. 2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item MSB No 1, 2 440v
Feeder of the page MSB) by SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL cir-
űű SOOT BLOWER MOTOR 1 ON;
cuit breaker.
űű SOOT BLOWER MOTOR 2 ON.
• ALARM PANEL with the lamps, which illuminate to indicate
emergency trip conditions:
űű TOO LOW AIR PRESSURE - STOP SEQUENCE;
űű OVERLOAD SOOT BLOWER MOTOR ;
Note: Click the button to start the movie, which demonstrates an
űű SOOT BLOWER SEQUENCE FAILURE .
example case of fires in Economizer caused by the soot fouling.
• RESET button to reset the system after trip condition has The demonstration is using the system with two Boilers and Boiler
been cleared; Feed water and condensate system similar to the Boiler system
• CONTROL VOLTAGE two-position switch to turn OFF–ON of the product tanker. The alarms and faults introduced in the
control power supply of the panel and valves; demonstartion are available in the product tanker model.
• START SEQ. SOOT BLOWER three-position switch to select
between: Demonstration
űű LOC/REM – control from either this panel or push button
box at ECR (see the paragraph 5.5.5 on page 166);
űű O – blowers are off;
űű AUTO – automatic operation according to the defined
operating sequence.

165
Steam Plant Control
5.5.5. Soot Blower Push Button Box at ECR 5.5.6. Faults Introduced by Instructor
Click on the menu item ECC G_H of the page ECR to open the Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.11.2
ECC with the push button box SOOT BLOWER . on page 243, the paragraph 2.11.5 on page 244, the para-
Use the buttons START/RUN and STOP to operate both blowers
from the ECR console. Operation is allowed when START SEQ.
SOOT BLOWER switch is in position LOC/REM on the local SOOT
BLOWER PANEL (see the paragraph 5.5.4 on page 165).

166
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Fire Fighting & ESD Systems
Fire Detection and Emergency Shutdown Panel at the Bridge
6. Fire Fighting & ESD Systems 6.1. Fire Detection and Emergency • FIRE ON DECK indicator having the following states:
űű Not active – no fire is detected;
Fire detection and Fire fighting are modeled by the fol- Shutdown Panel at the Bridge űű Flashing red – there is an unacknowledged fire alarm;
lowing systems: Click on the menu item BCC C of the page BCC to open the dis-
űű Continuous red – alarm acknowledged by MUTE button.
• Fire Detection and Alarm System; play of the Fire Detection Station and emergency shutdown (ES)
of the mechanisms remote control panels. • GENERAL EM’CY ALARM panel comprising two buttons
• Quick Closing & Emergency Shutdown System (ESD);
with protection cover; click once to open the cover; click
• Fire, Wash Deck & Foam System; The top part of the display contains: second time to select the system control mode:
• CO2 System. • Fire Detection Station panel; űű AUTO – General Alarm is actuated automatically from Fire
Detection Station;
űű MANUAL – General Alarm is actuated by pressing
this button.
The Fire Detection Station panel includes (description is given
for modeled controls only):
• LED indicating lamps:
űű POWER illuminates when the system is powered;
űű Other lamps are not modeled;
• FIRE indicator of the fire; flashes with red light when there
is an unacknowledged fire alarm at least of one sensor; it
turns into steady light when all fire alarms of all sensors
were acknowledged by MUTE button;
• MUTE button is used to mute and silence alarms;
• RESET button is used to reset the system;
• NEXT and arrow buttons are not modeled.
Power 220 V is supplied from AC220v FEEDER PANEL (use menu
item ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by BRIDGE CONTROL CON-
SOLE (BCC AC 220V POWER DB) circuit breaker; or power 24V
– by 24VDC board (use menu item ESB Consumers of the page
EmG) by BRIDGE CONTROL CONSOLE circuit breaker.

167
Fire Detection and Emergency Shutdown Panel at the Bridge
The bottom part of the display contains emergency stop

switch box with ES 1, ES 2, ES 3, ES 4 buttons with protection cov-
ers. Click once to open the cover. Click second time to activate
the respective shutdown function for all mechanisms listed on
the label above the button.
ES 1 PUSH BUTTON FOR E/R PART FAN includes:
1. E.C.R PACKAGE AIR-CONDITIONER
2. WASTE OIL INCINERATOR
3. NO.1/2 M/E AUX.BLOWER
4. I.G.G. GROUP STARTER PANEL
5. AUX. BOILER POWER PANEL
6. NO.1/2 E/R VENT.FAN
7. NO.3/4 E/R VENT.FAN
8. HYD. POWER PACK ROOM EXH.FAN
9. E/R WORKSHOP EXH.FAN
10. PURIFIER ROOM EXH.FAN
ES 2 PUSH BUTTON FOR E/R PART LO/FO/SLUDGE/BILGE/HYD. ES 3 PUSH BUTTON FOR ACCOM. FAN & GALLEY EQUIPM. ES 4 PUSH BUTTON FOR ON-DECK FAN includes:
POWER PACK P.P. includes: includes: 1. DECK STORE EXH.FAN
1. WASTE OIL INCINERATOR 1. AIR HANDING UNIT SWITCH BOARD 2. CHEMICAL STORE EXH.FAN
2. No.1/2 HYD.POWER PCK FOR CARGO OIL PUMP 2. No. 4 POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD(PD-4) The FIRE ALARM REPEATER PANEL is located in ECR console
3. NO.1/2/3 HYD.OIL FEED PUMP FOR GARGO OIL SYS 3. FOAM ROOM EXH.FAN(ON LGSP-4) ECC D (see the paragraph 6.4 on page 171).
4. No.2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER (LGSP-2) 4. S/G ROOM SUPPLY FAN
5. N0. 1/2/3 G/E LO PRIMING PUMP 5. EM’CY GENERATOR ROOM SUPPLY FAN The functions of shutdown buttons are duplicated on the ex-
6. AUX.BOILER POWER PANEL 6. CO2 ROOM EXH.FAN tended EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH BOX, which is located in Fire
7. HYD.OIL TRANS PUMP FOR GARGO OIL SYS 7. SANITARY SPACE EXH/FAN Fighting room (see the paragraph 6.2 on page 169).
8. No.1/2 MAIN L.O. PUMP 8. DRY PROVISION STORE EXH.FAN
9. No.1/2 H.F.O.SUPPLY PUMP FOR M/E,G/E 9. HOSPITAL& LAVATORY EXH.FAN
10. No.1/2 H.F.O.CIRC. PUMP FOR M/E,G/E
11. H.F.O. TRANS. PUMP
12. M.G.O. SHIFTING PUMP
13. M.D.O. TRANS.PUMP
14. CYL.OIL TRANS PUMP
15. G/E EM’CY M.D.O. PUMP
16. WASTE OIL TANK CONTROL PANEL
17. M/E L.O. AUTO FILTER

168
Emergency Stop Switch Box at Fire Fighting Room
6.2. Emergency Stop Switch

Box at Fire Fighting Room
Click on the menu item EM’CY Stop Panel of the page FF to open
the display EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH BOX.
The top and right part of the display contains ES 1, ES 2, ES 3, ES 4,
ES 5, ES-GAS buttons with protection cover; click once to open
the cover; click second time to activate the respective shutdown
function for all mechanisms listed on the label above the button.
The buttons ES 1, ES 2, ES 3, ES 4 duplicate the functions of the
similar buttons on the Fire Alarm and Emergency Shutdown
console at the Bridge. The mechanisms on the labels of these
buttons are listed in the paragraph 6.1 on page 167.
Additionally ES 5, ES-GAS buttons provide shutdown functions for
the following mechanisms.
ES 5 PUSH BUTTON FOR GALLEY includes:
1. No 4 PPOWER DISTRIBUTION BOARD PD4

2. DEEP FAT FRYER
3. GALLEY SUPPLY FAN
4. GALLEY EXH. FAN
ES-GAS PUSH BUTTON FOR ACCOM. AIRCOND.PLANT includes:
1.AIR HANDING UNIT SWITCHBOARD

2. CO2 ROOM EXH FAN
3. FOAM ROOM EXH FAN
4. GALLEY EXH. FAN
5. GALLEY SUPPLY FAN
6. SANITARY SPACE EXH FAN
7. DRY PROVISION STORE EXH FAN The bottom part of the display contains push button boxes of The general description of push button box controls is given in
8. HOSPITAL EXH. FAN the pumps: Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
• No. 1 FIRE & G/S PUMP; The fire pumps can be operated also from their starter pan-
• No. 2 FIRE & BILGE PUMP; els and push button boxes (see the paragraph 6.8.4.1 on
page 174).:
• No. 1 EM’CY FIRE PUMP.

169
Local Fire Fighting Main Control Panel
6.3. Local Fire Fighting Main Control Panel • Alarm indicators for the FF pump:
űű PUMP POWER FAIL – no power supply
Click on the menu item FF Main Control Panel of the page FF to
on FF pump Starter;
open the panel.
űű PUMP MANUAL MODE – FF Pump mode
The panel contains: select switch is set toMANUAL on LO-
• Indicators: CAL FIRE FIGHTING START PANEL (see
the paragraph 6.8.4.2 on page 175);
űű MAIN POWER SOURCE – power from MSB;
űű PUMP MOTOR OVERLOAD – electric mo-
űű EM’CY POWER SOURCE – power from ESB;
tor is stopped by overload protection.
űű PRESSURE LOW – alarm: FF pump pressure < 4 bar;
Power 220 V is supplied from AC220v FEEDER
űű PUMP RUNNING – FF pump is running;
PANEL (use menu item ESB Consumers of the
űű FIRE – alarm from Fire Detection Station. page EmG) by LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING MAIN
• Sets of controls for MAIN ENGINE, NO.1, 2 G/E, NO.3 G/E, CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.
AUX. BOILER, H.F.O.PURIFIERS, I.G.G., INCINERATOR; each
The LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING REPEAT PANEL is
set contains:
located at the Bridge (see the paragraph on
űű START button with protection cover; click once to open page 171).
the cover; click second time to start Fire extinguishing in
MANU mode;
űű RELEASE lamp – illuminates to indicate remote valve for
fire extinguishing open;
űű ABNORMAL alarm lamp – illuminates to indicate remote
valve fire extinguishing doesn’t open.
• Two-position switch to select control mode:
űű AUTO – automatic opening of the fire extinguishing re-
mote valves in the fire location;
űű MANU – manual opening of the fire extinguishing re-
mote valves in the fire location.
• ALARM RESET button to reset the alarms on this panel;
• SYSTEM STOP button with protection cover; click once to
open the cover; click second time to stop fire extinguishing
– remote valves are closed;

170
Fire Alarm Repeater Panel at ECR
6.4. Fire Alarm Repeater Panel at ECR

Click on the menu item ECC D of the page ECR to open the dis-
play with the FIRE ALARM REPEATER PANEL .
The panel includes:
• FIRE indicator of the fire having the following states:
űű Not active – no fire is detected, no sensors were actuated;
űű Flashing red – there is an unacknowledged fire alarm at
least of one sensor;
űű Continuous red – all alarms of all sensors were acknowl-
edged by MUTE button.
• FIRE ALARMS text LC display, where information about
the fire is listed. The Total: value outputs the number of 6.5. Local Fire Fighting Repeat
fires; the fire information line displays the room indication/
name, the detector type and actuation time;: Panel at the Bridge
The actuation time and sequence of the detectors is mod- Click on the menu item Local FF Repeat Panel of the page BCC
eled in the simulator according to the dynamics of the fire to open the LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING REPEAT PANEL .
spread, actuation of fire dampers, and running of fans. The panel contains indicators, which illuminate when:
• The indicating lamps:
• POWER – power in ON;
űű POWER illuminates when the detection system is powered;
• FIRE – alarm from Fire Detection Station;
űű FAULT; DISCONNECTION indicators and arrow buttons
• MIST – any pump is started (auto or manual) on LOCAL
are not modeled.
FIRE FIGHTING MAIN CONTROL PANEL;
• MUTE button is used to mute and silence alarms.
• MANUAL – manual fire extinguishing;
The main Fire alarm panel is located at the Bridge console
• AUTO – automatic fire extinguishing;
BCC C (see the paragraph 6.1 on page 167).
• MAIN ENGINE, NO.1, 2 G/E, NO.3 G/E, AUX. BOILER,
H.F.O.PURIFIERS, I.G.G., INCINERATOR – each indicate
the fire extinguishing room.
ALARM & BZ STOP button is used to acknowledge: the FIRE
indicator stops flashing and continuously illuminates, the
audio alarm switches off.
The LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING MAIN CONTROL PANELs lo-
cated in the Fire Fighting room (see the paragraph 6.3 on
page 170).

171
Shut-off Box at Fire Fighting Room
6.6. Shut-off Box at Fire Fighting Room • GROUP II comprising:

6.7. Faults Introduced by Instructor
űű NO. 2 HFO STOR. TK (P)
Click on the menu item EM’CY Shut Off V/V LOP of the page FF Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.1 on
to open the panel EM’CY SHUT OFF V/V OF OIL TANK & FIRE űű NO. 1 HFO STOR. TK (P) page 240, the paragraph 2.7.3 on page 240.
DAMPER IN E/R . űű NO. 2 HFO STOR. TK (S)
űű L.S. HFO STOR. TK (S)
The left panel contains four handles to manually close the
QCVs and fan dampers. To close QCVs and dampers drag the • GROUP III comprising:
handle to the left position. űű M.D.O. SETT. TK
The handles operate on the following groups: űű M.D.O. SERV. TK
űű M.G.O. SERV. TK
• GROUP I comprising:
űű ME L.O. SETT. TK
űű L.S HFO SETT. TK űű GE L.O. SETT. TK
űű L.S HFO SERV. TK űű WASTE OIL TK
űű HFO SETT. TK
• FAN DAMPERS.
űű HFO SERV. TK
The right panel contains the EM’CY QCV AIR RESERVOIR PRES-
SURE gauge.

172
Fire, Wash Deck & Foam Systems
6.8. Fire, Wash Deck & Foam Systems

6.8.1. Purpose
The system is designed for
Click on the menu item Fire, Wash Deck & Foam System of the page
SYS to open the Wash Deck, Foam & Local Fire Extinguishing
System diagram.
The sea water pipelines are painted in green, fresh water

system pipelines are painted in light blue, foam pipelines are
painted in yellow, and wash deck pipelines are painted in red.
6.8.2. Content
• The ship stern cross section and upper deck diagrams with 1
the fire main and foam manifolds fitted with controlled
valves and supply hydrants;
• EMCY Fire Pump 1 – 260 m3/h x 20 kg/cm2;
suction from Sea Chest;
2
• Foam Tank – 5 m3;
• Foam Pump 2 – 4 m3/h x 5.5 kg/cm2;
• Local Fire Extinguishing System comprising:
űű Fresh Water Tank (P) – 8 m3;
űű Local Fire Extinguishing Pump – 8 m3/h x 7.9 kg/cm2;
űű Water supply lines through Solenoid valves to Main En-
gine; DG 1,2; DG 3; AUX Boiler; Purifiers, Incinerator, IGG.
6.8.3. Connections
• To Fire & Wash Deck Main On Upper deck • Fresh Water To DG 1,2 • Fresh Water To I.G.G.
• To Foam Monitor (P) • Fresh Water To DG 3 • S.W. To Bosun Store Bilge Eductor
• To Foam Monitor (S) • Fresh Water To AUX Boiler • To Void Bilge Eductor
• To Foam Main on Upper Deck • Fresh Water To Purifiers • From Fire & G/S, Fire & Bilge Pumps
• Fresh Water To Main Engine • Fresh Water To Incinerator

173
6.8.4. Control Each starter panel contains a SPACE HEATER switch fitted
to turn heating OFF/ON in order to keep the pump ready
6.8.4.1. Fire & Foam Pumps Control for use in all environment circumstances; indicator lamp is
The general description of a starter panel and a push but- illuminated when heating is ON.
ton box controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on Click on the menu item LOP Fire PP of the page FF to open
page 11. the FIRE PUMP PUSH BUTTON BOX with No 1 FIRE & G/S
Click the menu item MSB No1 GSP of the page MSB to open the PUMP, No 2 FIRE & BILGE PUMP, EM’CY FIRE PUMP.
display with the FIRE & G/S PUMP starter panel. Click the menu item LOP Fire & ScrubberPP of the page ER1 to
Click the menu item MSB No2 GSP of the page MSB to open the open the FIRE PUMPS PUSH BUTTON BOX panel.
display with the FIRE & BILGE PUMP starter panel. The pumps can be also operated from EMERGENCY STOP
Click on the menu item LOP EM’CY Fire PP of the page SG to SWITCH BOX (see the paragraph 6.2 on page 169) and from
open the EM’CY FIRE PUMP starter panel. Bridge console BCC A .
Click on the menu item LOP Foam PP of the page FF to open Also power supply 440 V for the EM’CY FIRE PUMP can be
the FOAM LIQUID STARTER panel. switched on AC440V FEEDER PANEL of the ESB (use menu
item ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by EM’CY FIRE PUMP
STARTER circuit breaker.
Switch power supply 440 V for the FOAM PUMP on the
AC440V FEEDER PANEL of the ESB (use menu item ESB Con-
sumers of the page EmG) by FOAM TANK UNIT PUMP circuit
breaker.
Starter panels on MSB GSP 1,2 Push button box on BCC A

174
6.8.4.2. Local Fire Fighting System Controls in ER

The local fire fighting system push button boxes are installed in
ER2 (Deck 2), ER3 (Upper Deck) and SG (Steering Gear) compart-
ments, and the panels in the simulator are respectively located.
Click on the menu item Local FF PB Box of the page ER2 to open
the panels:
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM MAIN ENGINE;
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM NO.1,2 G/E;
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM NO.3 G/E;
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM HFO PURIFIERS. Power supply for the boxes is provided from Local Fire Fight-
Click on the menu item Local FF PB Box of the page ER3 to open ing Main Control Panel.
the panels: Click on the menu item LOP FF PP of the page SG to open the
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM AUX BOILER; LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING PUMP START PANEL of the Local Fire Ex-
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM I.G.G; tinguishing Pump. The panel contains:
• LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM INCINERATOR . • General starter panel controls;
Each panel contains: • PUMP OVERLOAD alarm indicator lamp;
• SOURCE indicator lamp; • AUTO–MANUAL switch to set control mode;
• Buttons with protection cover SYSTEM RELEASE to manually • The heater starts automatically when electic motor stops;
start local fire extinguishing in the room, and SYSTEM STOP
• PUMP START and PUMP STOP buttons with protection cover to
to manually stop the system.
operate the pump in MANUAL mode.
The LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING MAIN CONTROL PANEL is located in
Switch power supply 440 V for the Local Fire Extinguishing
the Fire Fighting room (see the paragraph 6.3 on page 170).
Pump on the No. 2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL of the MSB (use menu
The LOCAL FIRE FIGHTING REPEAT PANEL is located at the item MSB No 1,2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) by LOW PRESS. PUMP
Bridge (see the paragraph on page 171). FOR LOCAL FI-FI SYS STATRER circuit breaker.

175
Fixed CO2 System
6.9. Fixed CO2 System

6.9.1. Purpose
The carbon dioxide (CO2) high-pressure system is designed for
protection of Engine and auxiliary rooms.
CO2 is supplied to the Engine Room from CO2 Room bottles
actuated by either of CO2 Control Cylinders Box; to the Emer-
gency Generator Room from CO2 Package Unit.
Click on the menu item CO2 System of the page SYS to open the
CO2 System diagram.
The main CO2 supply pipelines are painted in blue, control CO2
supply pipelines are painted in red.
6.9.2. Content
• Engine Room and Emergency Generator Room with engine
run indicators and CO2 nozzles;
• CO2 Room with ten sets of CO2 bottles, digital pressure
indicator, Safety Valve and CO2 Distribution Valves;
• CO2 Control Cylinders Box(es) and CO2 Package Unit.
The CO2 system includes the identical units for fighting fires in
the designated rooms. Each unit contains:
• Cylinders Group with the active indicator;
• CO2 Control Cylinders Box;
• Time delay units – empty bottles, which are filled with
control CO2 for a specified time (30 sec.), so that the crew
could leave the room: The Reset button modeling a me-
chanical discharge device of the bottle;
• The light-audible announcers in rooms. 6.9.4. Control Manually operated valves control distribution valves of the
It is sufficient to open one of the valves on the CO2 Control Release latched button in CO2 Control Cylinders Box models main cylinders through time delay units; right-hand side valve
Cylinders to start control CO2 supply to the system. opening the Control Box door in a selected room. At that the supplies control CO2 pressure to time delay unit; left-hand-
engine in this room stops; all fans in this room stop, fire dampers side valve opens the pneumatic valve on the CO2 duct of the
6.9.3. Connections should be closed manually on EM’CY SHUT OFF V/V OF OIL TANK room where fire is found; one of the valves on CO2 Control
The system has no connections to other ship systems. & FIRE DAMPER IN E/R panel (see the paragraph 6.6 on page 172). Cylinders should be opened first to start control CO2 supply.

176
Chapter 4. Systems and Mechanisms . Auxiliary Systems
Fixed CO2 System
7. Auxiliary Systems
The following Auxiliary systems are modeled in the simulator:
• Deadman system;
• Compressed Air Service system;
• Inert Gas system;
• Ballast system;
• Hydraulic systems;
• Air Conditioning system;
• Ventilation system;
• Bilge & Fire G/S system;
• Soil & Sewage Treatment system;
• Incinerator;
• Provision Cooling system.

177
Deadman System at ECR and ER Operation
7.1. Deadman System at ECR 7.1.4.1. Dead Man System Panel at ECR 7.1.4.3. Dead Man System Start Panel at ER3
Click the menu item ECC D of the page ECR to open the display Click the menu item Deadman Start Panel of the page ER3 to open
and ER Operation with DEADMAN MAIN PANEL . the DEAD MAN START PANEL .
The working algorithm of the system is as follows.
When there is no personnel in the Engine Room the two-position
SYSTEM START indicator lamp is not illuminated.
The engineers should push the button SYSTEM START on either

the ER3 (page ER3) panel or at the ECR (console ECC D) when
they enter the ER thus turning the system on. The system is
tuned to start the pre-alarm signal (the lamps start flashing,
light column and audible signal are activated) after a defined
time period.
The panel contains:
During operation in the ER the engineer should click the The panel duplicates the ECR Console D control. It contains:
DEADMAN RESET button in any of engine rooms, or click the PRE • SYSTEM START button and indicator label, which is illumi-
nated when the system is in operation; • SYSTEM START button and indicator label, which is illumi-
ALARM RESET button on DEAD MAN MAIN PANEL , when pre- nated when the system is in operation;
alarm signal is activated. The time counter then resets. • PRE-ALARM indicator label and RESET button to reset the
system after pre-alarm has been acknowledged; • SYSTEM STOP button to stop the system when nobody is
If the activated pre-alarm RESET button is not pressed within operating in ERs; SYSTEM START indicator lamp goes off.
the given time frame the DEAD MAN ALARM indicator lamp • DEAD MAN ALARM indicator label and RESET button to
starts flashing and the audible alarm signal starts. Alarm is also reset the system after dead man alarm has been cleared in 7.1.4.4. Dead Man System Reset Panels at Engine Rooms
indicated on AMS and BCC B. The officer on watch in the ECR engine room.
Each engine room is equipped with Deadman Reset panel to
should address the alarm condition in the Engine Room(s). 7.1.4.2. Dead Man System Panel on Bridge confirm presence in the ER.
To reset the system after alarm, do the following: Click the menu item BCC B of the page BCC to open the BRIDGE Click the menu item Deadman Reset of the respective page ER1/
CONSOLE SECTION B with E/R DEADMAN SYSTEM panel. ER2/ER3/ER4/SG to open the DEAD MAN PANEL .
›› Click the PRE ALARM RESET button.
›› Click the DEAD MAN ALARM RESET button.
Note: The time periods limit for alarm and pre-alarm signals
may be set by the instructor in the instructor screen.
Switch the system off on the DEAD MAN START PANEL of the
page ER3, when nobody is operating in ER.
The panel contains lamps to indicate the system state:

• SYSTEM ON – is illuminated when the system is activated;
• E/R DEADMAN ALARM – starts flashing and the audible
alarm signal starts when an alarm condition occurs.

178
Compressed Air Service System
7.2. Compressed Air Service System

7.2.1. Purpose
The Compressed Air system is designed to generate and sup-
ply compressed air for ship systems by:
• Compressed Starting & Service Air System.
• Control Air System.
To ensure the functionality of the components in the com-
pressed air system, the compressed air has to be dry and clean
from solid particles and oil.
7.2.1.1. Starting Air System

The Starting Air System produces and supplies compressed air
for starting ME and DEs. All engines are started by means of
compressed air with a nominal pressure of 3 MPa (30 bar). The 1
start is performed by direct injection of air into the cylinders
through the starting air valves in the cylinder heads. The mas-
ter starting valve is built on the engine and can be operated
both manually and electrically. 2
In automatic operating mode, when the pressure in the main
receivers drops <25 bar the duty compressor automatically
starts. If the pressure continues to reduce then the second
compressor starts. When the pressure reaches 28 bar the
stand-by compressor stops. The duty compressor stops when 3
the pressure reaches 30 bar.
The compressors can be also operated manually from the LOP.
7.2.1.2. Control Air & Service Air System

The Control Air & Service Air System produces and supplies 7.2.2. Content
compressed air for pneumatic mechanisms (e.g. valves, pumps) The compressor can be also operated manually from the push • №1 G/E, №2 G/E, №3 G/E engines, and Main engine with
and safety and control devices. button box. run indicators and compressed air supply lines;
In automatic operating mode, when the pressure in the Air Click on the menu item Compressed Air Service System of the page • №1 (№2) Main Air Reservoir – 4.5 m3; with pressure switch-
receiver drops <7.5 bar the compressor automatically starts. SYS to open the system diagram. es for auto mode (installed on inlet pipe between air reser-
voirs), safety, drainage, inlet and outlet valves;

179
• №1 (№2) Main Air Compressor units in duty/stand-by con- 7.2.3. Connections 7.2.4. Control
figuration – 160 m3/h x 30 bar, LT CFW-cooled; each capac-
• To Scupper System
ity 177 m3/h; each unit comprising: 7.2.4.1. Controls on Diagram
• To Economizer
űű First Stage Air Compressor and Air Cooler; The following valves are operated:
• From/To LT Cooling System
űű Second Stage Air Compressor and Air Cooler; • Compressed Control Air Supply Valve 1 .
• Drain
űű LO Driven Pump, LT Cooling Pump,bar graph of the com- • Compressed Service Air Supply Valve 2 .
pressor LO level, %, digital indicator of oil pressure; • To Group 3
• EMCY Shut-Off Air Reservoir Discharge Valve 3 – to supply
űű Digital indicators of the air temperature and pressure. • To Group 2
air for quick closing valves operation.
• Emergency Air Compressor – 25 m3/h x 30 bar, with oil & • To Group 1
water separator;; • To Fire Dampers
• Aux Air Reservoir – 300 L, with digital pressure indicator, • Compressed Control Air
Oily Water Separator to supply generators set; • Atomzing Service Air To Boiler
• Air Dryer unit to supply Control Air; • Service Air For Ignition Burner
• 2 x Reduction station – 30 bar to 7 bar; with Oily Water • From/To LT CFW System
Separators;
• To CO2 Room
• DECK Service Air Reservoir with digital pressure indicator,
• To Air Cond. Room
• Deck Service Air Compressor – 204 m3/h x 7 bar, cooled by
• To Foam Room
the LT cooling FW system;
• To ECO Soot Blower
• EM’CY Shut-Off Air Reservoir – ;
• To Incinerator
• EM’CY Shut-Off V/V LOP box with controlled supply valves
to Fire Dampers, Group 1, Group 2, Group 3 valves; • To F.W. Hydraulic Unit
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. • To D.W. Hydraulic Unit

• To M.E. T/C
• Bilge & G.S. Pump Air Ejector
• Fire & G.S. Pump Air Ejector
• №1 Main C.S.W. Pump
• To Deck Service

180
The general description of a starter panel and a push button

box controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
7.2.4.2. Main Compressors Starter Panels

display with the No 1 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR starter panel.
display with the No 2 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR and EM’CY AIR
COMPRESSOR starter panels.
Alarm indicator lamps illuminate when:

AIR HIGH TEMP; OIL LOW LEVEL; OVER CURRENT TRIP occur.
Use RESET button to reset the compressors automatics after a

trip condition has be cleared.
Also switch power 440 V on AC440v FEEDER PANEL of ESB (use
menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by EM’CY AIR COM-
PRESSOR STARTER and No 2 MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR STARTERcir-
cuit breakers.
7.2.4.3. Main Compressors Push Button Boxes

Click the menu item ECC G_H of the page ECR to open the dis-
play, with compressors control panel.
Three-position switch sets compressors cotrol mode:
• 1. NO.1 LEAD, NO.2 FOLLOW – auto mode;
• 2. MANUAL – compressors are controlled from their starter
panels and/or any of the push button boxes;
• 3. NO.2 LEAD, NO.1 FOLLOW – auto mode.
In automatic mode compressors are operfating according to
the settings of the pressure switches in MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR
PUSH BUTTON BOX.
Click the menu item LOP Main Compressors of the page ER3 to open the MAIN AIR COMPRESSOR PUSH BUTTON BOX.
Switch power supply 440 V for the compressors on their starter
panels No1 GSP, No2 GSP of the MSB and ESB. Pressure Switch LEAD and Pressure Switch FOLLOW on the right panel are used to setpoint the automatic starting
(pressure ≤ RANGE-DIFF value) and stopping (pressure ≥ RANGE value) the compressors. LEAD and FOLLOW com-
pressors are set on the ECR panel (ECC G_H).

181
7.2.4.4. Deck and EM’CY Compressors Local Control Panel

Click on the menu item LOP Deck & EM’CY Compressors of the page
ER2 to open the display with compressor local panels.
The DECK COMPRESSOR panel contains:

• Digital indicators of air pressure and temperature;
• Start I and Stop O buttons to operate the compressor in
MANU mode;
• Power and Alarm indicator lamps;
• Ammeter;
• Motor Heater On and Compressor Run indicator lamps;
• Motor Heater Switch to turn heater power 0 (off) / 1 (on);
• Mode two-position switch to set the compressor control
mode MANU/AUTO;
• Controller to setpoint the values for compressor operation
in AUTO mode; starting (when pressure ≤ RANGE-DIFF
value) and stopping (when pressure ≥ RANGE value); con-
troller operation description is given in Introduction, the
section 5 on page 11.;
The EM’CY AIR COMPRESSOR push button box is similar to the
that of a pump. The general description is given in Introduction
the section 5 on page 11. 7.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
Switch power supply 440 V for the compressors on their starter Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.6.2
panels No1 GSP, No2 GSP of the MSB and ESB (see the para- on page 239, the paragraph 2.9.1 on page 240, the para-
graph 7.2.4.2 on page 181). graph 2.10.1 on page 242 and in other respective paragraphs.

182
Inert Gas System
7.3. Inert Gas System

7.3.1. Purpose
The Inert Gas System (IGS) comprises inert gas generator plant
to provide a gas explosion protection system, i.e. a low O2 con-
tent in the cargo tanks. This is achieved by maintaining a slight
overpressure in the tanks at all times. Whilst discharging the
cargo, the liquid pumped out of the tanks is replaced by inert
gas. At all times, pressure of the inert gas in the tanks is to be
maintained above atmospheric pressure.
Click on the menu item Inert Gas System of the page SYS to open 1
the system diagram.
7.3.2. Content
• Inert Gas Generator unit comprising:
űű FO Pilot Pump 1 – 60 kg/h x 6.86 bar; for MDO supply;
6
űű I.G.G. SW Cooling lines with controlled valves;
űű Primary Air Fan, Secondary Air Fan 1 (2);
• Scrubber Pump 2 – 330 m3/h x 4 bar;
• Fire & G/S Pump 3 – 265 m3/h x 10 bar;
• Fire & Bilge Pump 4 – 265 m3/h x 10 bar;
• Deck Water Seal Pump №1 (№2) 5 – 5 m3/h x 2.5 bar; 2
• Deck Water Seal 6 with connection to Cargo Tanks;
• Demister; 3 5
• Oxygen Analyzer with Zero Gas Reservoir;
4
7.3.3. Connections
• From FO Supply Pump • Drain To Bilge Holding TK
7.3.4. Control
Fire & G/S Pump and Fire & Bilge Pump supply SW cooling water to IGG. Controlled
• FO Return • To Funnel Top
is described in the paragraph 6.8.4.1 on page 174.
• Compressed Control Air • To Cargo Tank
Deck Water Seal pumps’ control is described in the paragraph 2.1.4.3 on page 120.

183
Inert Gas System
7.3.4.1. Inert Gas Generator Main Control Panel

Click on the menu item IGG Main Control Panel of the page ER4 to
open the display with the control panel and interactive dia-
gram of the IGG system.
The control panel includes:
• I.G. MAIN LINE OXYGEN CONTENT (VOL.%) ;
• IGG CONTROL PRESS – controller to setpoint the IG pres-
sure for automatic operation of the 0–100 valve on DEMIS-
TER outlet; controller description is given in Introduction,
the section 5 on page 11.;
• IG MAIN LINE TEMP – indicates ACTUAL TEMP and ALARM
TEMP high level (can be set by the Instructor);
• JACKET COOLING WATER TEMP – indicates ACTUAL TEMP
and ALARM TEMP high level (can be set by the Instructor);
• IGG COOLING SW PUMP (Scrubber Pump) – buttons with
indicator lamp for manual control: click to START/RUN and
STOP the pump;
• IGG RUNNING – buttons with indicator lamp for manual
control: click to START/RUN and STOP the IGG;
• EM’CY STOP button;
• SECONDARY AIR FAN – two-position switch to select the
running secondary fan No 1 or No 2;
• ALARM RESET – button to reset the system after the trip con-
dition has been cleared;
• FUEL OIL PUMP – two-position switch to select the running
FO pump No 1 or No 2; pumps are controlled from their
LOPs (see the paragraph 7.3.4.2 on page 185);
• SYSTEM MODE three-position switch to select the system op- The system interactive diagram provides indicator lamps,
erating mode from: which illuminate when respective condition occurs: RUN for
űű IG – IGG produces inert gas and supplies it to consumers; the mechanisms, F. OPEN (full open for 0–100 valves) and
OPEN/SHUT for the valves, and alarm state.
űű NAV – the system is stopped;
űű GF – (gas free) only the fans run and send air to consumers.

184
Inert Gas System
7.3.4.2. IGG Power Distribution Board & Starters

Click on the menu item IGG Power Distr Board of the page ER4
to open the display with the starter panels of the IGG system
mechanisms.
The display includes starter panels for:
• PILOT F.O. PUMP;
• BURNER MOTOR;
• No 1 SECONDARY AIR FAN;
• No 2 SECONDARY AIR FAN;
• PRIMARY AIR FAN;
• No.1 F.O. PUMP;
• No.2 F.O. PUMP.
• Ammeter;
• 10A (pumps & burner ) or 125A (fans) power circuit breaker;
• SOURCE indicator lamp, which illuminates when power on;
• RUNNING/START and STOP buttons to operate the mechanism
in LOCAL mode;
• Two-position switch to set control mode:
űű LOCAL – control from this panel;
űű REMOTE – automatic control from the IGG system.
Secondary fans’ panels additionally contain:
• SPACE HEATER ON indicator lamp;
• SPACE HEATER switch to turn the heater OFF/ON;
• HOUR METER indicator.

185
Inert Gas System
7.3.4.3. IGG Monitoring Panels at Wheel House & ECR 7.3.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
Click on the menu item BCC IGG Monitor of the page BCC to open Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the para-
the panel INERT GAS GENERATOR (W/H MONITOR PANEL). graph 2.11.1 on page 243.
The panels contains:
• DECK MAIN LINE PRESSURE (kPa) pressure gauge;
• Alarm indicator lamps:
űű DECK MAIN LINE HIGH PRESS. – pressure > 14 kPa;
űű DECK MAIN LINE LOW PRESS. – pressure < 2 kPa;
űű DECK MAIN LINE EXT. LOW PRESS. – pressure < 1 kPa;
űű DECK SEAL SEAL W. LOW PRESS. – low flow;
űű COMMON ALARM – any alarm.
• ALARM & BUZZER STOP button.
Click on the menu item ECC IGG Monitor of the page ECR to open
the panel INERT GAS GENERATOR (ECR MONITOR PANEL).
The panels contains:
• Alarm and state indicator lamps:
űű IGG SYSTEM RUN;
űű IGG SYSTEM STOP;
űű COMMON ALARM – any alarm;
űű CONTROL AIR LOW PRESS. – pressure < 0.4 MPa;
űű OXYGEN CONTENT HIGH (8%);
űű I.G. MAIN LINE HIGH TEMP. – temperature > 85 °C;
űű DECK MAIN LINE LOW PRESS. – pressure < 2 kPa;
űű FLAME ESTABLISH;
űű ELECTRIC SOURCE FAIL .
• I.G. MAIN LINE OXYGEN CONTENT (VOL.%) gauge;
• ALARM & BUZZER STOP button.

186
Ballast System
7.4. Ballast System

7.4.1. Purpose
The vessel complies with MARPOL Protocol 73/78 as a segregat-
ed ballast tanker. Segregated ballast is carried in the AFT bal-
last tanks, FORE PEAK tank and in pairs of wing tanks arranged
along the entire length of the cargo tank area.
The vessel is designed with sufficient heavy weather ballast
capacity to meet any weather condition without having to load
additional ballast in the cargo tanks.
Click on the menu item Water Ballast System of the page SYS to
open the system diagram
7.4.2. Content
• A set of ballast water tanks; each tank is fitted with hydrau-
lic Suction/Discharge Valve;
• Pump P (Pump S) – 750 m3/h x 25 mwc;
• Sea Water Crossovers and Sea Chests;
7.4.3. Connections
The system has no connections to other ship systems.

187
Ballast System
7.4.4. Control 7.4.4.2. Ballast Pump Control 7.4.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
Faults can be introduced during joint operation with LCHS
7.4.4.1. Valves Control
simulator.
Pop-up control panels are used to operate 0-1 and 0-100
hydraulic valves (see panel operating description in the para-
graph 1.2.1 on page 116):
Click a 0-1 valve to open its panel:
The submerged pump local panel contains:

Click a 0-100 valve to open its panel: • Hydraulic oil pressure gauge;
• An illuminated green button; pressing the button enables
the pump starting condition; the button lights up when
the pump is running; depress the button after the pump
has been stopped;
• A control handle to set the pump discharge by increasing
the hydraulic pressure in the pump; drag the handle with
the left mouse button to increase/decrease the pressure.
Note: Ballast pumps pressure is limited to 150 bar.
In joint operation of ERS and LCHS simulators pressure in hy-
draulic system is controlled from LCHS side.
In stand alone operation of ERS hydraulic system pressure is
controlled by the Instructor. Hydraulic systems (see the para-
graph 7.5 on page 189) for valves control should be activated
for operating valves; hydraulic system for pumps operation
should be activated before a pump start.

188
Hydraulic Systems
7.5. Hydraulic Systems 7.5.2.2. HPP Diesel Engine • ACKN button to acknowledge alarms;
The description given below is for HYDRAULIC POWER PACK • RESET button to reset engine protection system;
7.5.1. Purpose & Content DE No. 1 panel. The panel HYDRAULIC POWER PACK DE No. 2 is • SOURCE, BATT CHARGER FAULT indicator lamps.
The 4 set of HPP are modeled for cargo pumps and other hy- similar to 1.
draulic driven machinery comprising:
The DIESEL ENGINE CONTROL panel contains:
• 2 x Electrically driven HPP 420 kW at 1775 RPM;
• ENGINE SPEED, LO PRESSURE, COOL. WATER TEMP. gauges
• 2 x Diesel engine driven HPP 420 kW at 1800 RPM. to control DE parameters;
Each DE is four stroke, high speed, water cooled type marine • ALARM indicator lamps illuminate when:
diesel engine Cummins with turbocharger, 420 kW at 1800 RPM
űű LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW – pressure < 1.4 bar;
with electric starter (24 V DC), designed for MGO only.
űű LUBE OIL TEMP HIGH – temperature > 120 °C;
A separate closed hydraulic system is modeled for operation of
űű COOLING WATER LEVEL LOW – activated by the fault in-
hydraulic valves used in the Ballast system.
troduced by Instructor;
űű COOLING WATER TEMP. HIGH – temperature > 96 °C;
7.5.2. Control
űű HYDRAULIC PUMP WEAR INDICATION – activated by the
7.5.2.1. HPU Power Packs Local Panel fault introduced by Instructor.
Click on the menu item HPU Power Packs of the page ER2 to open • SHUTDOWN indicator lamps, which illuminate when the
the display with two identical panels for controlling the DE dirven following shut down conditions occur:
HPP and two identical panels for electrically driven HPP units. űű OVERSPEED – speed > 2160 rpm;
űű LUBE OIL PRESSURE LOW LOW – pressure < 1.1 bar;
űű COOLING WATER TEMP. HIGH HIGH – temp > 105 °C;
űű HYDRAULIC SYSTEM – activated from LCHS simulator
(both Feed Pump stopped, or Em’cy button pressed, or
Hydraulic oil temperature high);
űű SUCTION LINE CLOSED – activated by the fault intro-
duced by Instructor.
• OPERATION controls:
űű START, STOP buttons to operate the engine & pump in LOC
control mode; buttons illuminate to indicate the DE state;
űű MODE two-position switch to select between:
LOC – operation from this LOP;
REM – for joint operation with LCHS simulator.

189
Hydraulic Systems
7.5.2.3. HPP Electrical Drive

The description given below is for HYDRAULIC POWER PACK
STARTER NO. 1 panel. The panel HYDRAULIC POWER PACK
STARTER NO. 2 is similar to 1.
The panel contains:

• POWER ON MAIN indicator lamp;
• POWER REQUEST indicator lamp; the lamp illuminates if
available power < 510 kW at pressing the START/RUN button,
otherwise the pump starts; in PMS automatic mode stand-
by generator is started to fulfill the power request;
• MOTOR HEATER indicator lamp;
• Ammeter;
• START/RUN, STOP buttons to operate the HPP pump motor in
LOCAL control mode;
• LOCAL/REMOTE two-position switch to select between:
űű LOCAL – operation from this LOP;
űű REMOTE – for joint operation with LCHS simulator.
• OVERLOAD MOTOR, OVERLOAD AUTOTRAFO alarm indica-
tor lamps;
• MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to turn HPP power on/off.
• HYDRAULIC POWER PACK STARTER NO. 1 on the No. 1
AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item MSB No 1,2 440v
Feeder of the page MSB) by the No 1 HYD POWER PACK FOR
CARGO OIL PUMP STARTER circuit breaker;
• HYDRAULIC POWER PACK STARTER NO. 2 on the No. 2
AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item MSB No 1,2 440v
Feeder of the page MSB) by the No 2 HYD POWER PACK FOR
CARGO OIL PUMP STARTER circuit breaker.

190
Hydraulic Systems
7.5.2.4. HPU Cargo Feed Pumps Local Panel Switch the power supply 440 V for:
Click on the menu item HPU Cargo Feed PP 1,2,3 of the page ER2 to • CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 1,
open the display with three identical panels for controlling the CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 3
hydraulic system electrical feed pumps, which supply hydrau- on the No. 1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item MSB No
lic oil to maintain HPU pumps suction pressure. 1,2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) by the No. 3 HYD OIL FEED
PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER and No. 1 HYD OIL
The description given below is for CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. FEED PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER circuit breakers;
1 panel. The panels CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 2, CARGO HPP
• CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 2,
FEED PUMP NO. 3 are similar to 1. CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 3
The panel contains: on the No. 2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item MSB No
1,2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) by the No. 3 HYD OIL FEED
• POWER ON MAIN indicator lamp; PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER and No. 2 HYD OIL
• Ammeter; FEED PUMP FOR CARGO OIL SYS STARTER circuit breakers.
• START/RUN, STOP buttons to operate the HPP feed pump The feed pump No. 3 can be powered from any of MSB 440 V
motor in LOCAL control mode; feeder panels. To select the power supply, use three-position
• LOCAL/REMOTE two-position switch to select between: switch on the CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 3 panel:
űű LOCAL – operation from this LOP; • MAIN SUPPLY – from No. 1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL;
űű REMOTE – for joint operation with LCHS simulator. • OFF – power is off;
• MOTOR HEATER indicator lamp; • BACKUP SUPPLY – from No. 1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL .
• MAIN SWITCH to turn feeder pump power OFF/ON.

191
Hydraulic Systems
7.5.2.5. HPU Valve Control Unit Local Panel Switch the power supply 440 V for:
Click on the menu item HPU Valve Control Unit of the page ER2 to • HYDRAULIC POWER PACK FOR VALVE REMOTE
open the HYDRAULIC POWER PACK FOR VALVE REMOTE CONT. CONTROL SYSTEM on the AC440v FEEDER PANEL
SYSTEM panel. (use menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by
the HYD. POWER PACK FOR VALVE REMOTE CON-
The panel contains:
TROL circuit breaker.
• POWER ON indicator lamp;
• LEAD PUMP two-position switch to select the duty pump
NO.1/NO.2; second pump automatically is standby;
• PUMP NO.1, PUMP NO.2 three-position switches to select
the respective pump control mode between:
graph 2.9.10 on page 242, the paragraph 2.9.11 on
űű MANU – control from this panle; page 242. Faults can be introduced during joint op-
űű AUTO – automatic control by PMS; eration with LCHS simulator.
űű REMOTE – control during joint operation with LCHS
simulator.
• ALARM UNIT lamps:
űű 1. LOW OIL PRESSURE – when the pumps are stopped;
űű 2. ~ 5. indicators are not modeled;
űű 6. NO.1 MOTOR TRIP – by fault from the instructor;
űű 7. NO.2 MOTOR TRIP – by fault from the instructor;
űű Green LED to indicate power supply for alarm unit;
űű ALARM RESET button.
• MAIN SWITCH to turn power for the control panel on/off;
• PUMP NO.1 START/STOP and PUMP NO.2 START/STOP but-
tons to operate the pumps in MANU mode:
űű START/RUN – illuminates when the pump is running;
űű STOP – to stop the pump.

192
Air Conditioning Plant System
7.6. Air Conditioning Plant System

7.6.1. Purpose 7 8
The air conditioning system is designed for the year-round
moisture and temperature treatment of the air in the accom-
modation spaces, mess room and other rooms on the ship.
Click on the menu item Air Conditioning Plant of the page SYS to
open the display.
7.6.2. Content
Two identical AC sets are modeled; each set contains:
• Eight-cylinder piston Compressor;
5
• Receiver with safety release valve and safety oil glass;
• Condenser Cooler with safety release valve and oil glass; 1
• Master Solenoid Valve 5 ;
• Moisture and flow indicator and filters unit 6 ;
• AC Unit Air Blower with an electric motor and air filter;
• In the Blower unit: two thermal oil air heaters of the first
6
2
and second stage; two air coolers of the first and second
stage; regenerative Coolant heat exchanger; 3
• Ship compartments (Cabin 1 – Cabin 4) 7 , 8 serviced by
the conditioner with digital indicators of inlet air tempera-
ture and humidity;
4
7.6.3. Connections
• Inlet Steam
• Outlet Steam • Make Up
• Domestic Water Inlet • To/From LT Cooling F.W. System
• Oil Make Up • Emergency Discharge

193
• Ventilation 7.6.4.2. AC Plant & AHU Control Panels

7.6.4. Control Click on the menu item Air Conditioning Plant of the page ER3 to
open the display, which contains:
7.6.4.1. Controls on Diagram • AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.1;
Compressor run indicators: indicator in the center illuminates,
• AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.2;
when compressor is running; indicators on the cylinders show
operation of cylinder pairs. • Circuit breaker to power both compressors;
• TEMPERATURE REGULATION three-position switch 1/2/3 to
AC Compressor Suction Valve 1 is used for slow increase of
set the plant operating mode as outlined on the label:
compressor load during start procedure.
1. COMPRES. 1 COOLER 1 & 2
Return Oil Sight Glass 2 is used for indication and control of 2. COMPRES. 1 COOLER 1;
normal circulation of oil in compressor. COMPRES. 2 COOLER 2
AC Compressor LT Outlet Sight Glass 3 and Condenser LT Out- 3. COMPRES. 2 COOLER 1 & 2
let Sight Glass 4 are used for indication and control of the cool- • NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL;
ing water flow in compressor and condenser. • NO.2 AHU FAN PANEL .
Master Solenoid Valve 5 can be operated from the diagram or Note: The TEMPERATURE REGULATION switch should be set to
from the AC Plant LOP (see the paragraph 7.6.4.3 on page 196). position 2 for starting the compressors.
Safety oil glass of a safety valve bursts out when the The description given below is for AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL
valve operates. No.1. The AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.2 is similar to panel 1.
The AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.1 contains:

Moisture and flow indicator 6 . Indicator body flash-
• CURRENT (AMP) indicator lamp, which illuminates when
es when the flow is low, and colors gray when no flow
the digital indicator is in operation;
is detected in the line; indicator center colors in yel-
low when there is water or air detected in the system. • COUNT (HOUR) indicator lamp, which illuminates when the
HOUR METER is in operation on the LOP;
Control air parameters in ship compartments using a cabin air • SUCTION TEMP (deg C) indicator lamp, which illuminates
distribution switch 8 set in the room.Turn the knob by the when the digital indicator is in operation;
mouse clockwise to open and counterclockwise to close the • Digital indicators of CURRENT and SUCTION TEMP;
Cabin Temperature Control Valve 7 .
• Sensor buttons:
űű HEATER I/O, MODE / SET, UP, DOWN – not modeled;
űű START Start I – to start the compressor;
űű STOP / RESET Stop O – to stop the compressor or reset the
alarm condition (reset can also be done from the LOP).

194
• Indicator lamps, which illuminate to indicate respective

state of the AC unit:
űű POWER;
űű RUN;
űű ALARM – any alarm condition occured;
űű HEATER;
űű STAND-BY;
űű ANTY-RECYCL. – compressor start is blocked (e.g. when
the heater is ON).
űű CAPACITY CONTROL indicator lamps, which illuminate to
indicate the compressor cylinders in operation.
The description given below is for NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL . The
NO.2 AHU FAN PANEL is similar to panel 1.
The NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL contains:

• POWER lamp, which illuminates when the fan is powered;
• Ammeter; Switch power supply 440 V on the No. 1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item MSB No 1,
• HOUR METER indicator; 2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) for:
• Indicator lamps, which illuminate to indicate respective • NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL and NO.2 AHU FAN PANEL
state of the AHU Fan: by the AIR HANDLING UNIT SWITCH BOARD circuit breaker;
űű HIGH RUN; LOW RUN – to indicate operating mode; • AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.1 and AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.1 by the
űű OVERLOAD – alarm indicator is not modeled; ACCOM. AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.
űű HUMIDITY – humidifier is ON;
űű HEATER – heater is ON.
• AHU FAN START/STOP two-position OFF/ON switch to start/
stop the fan;
• AHU FAN SPEED SELECTOR two-position switch to select
LOW/HIGH fan rotation speed;
• HUMIDIFYING two-position switch to turn humidifier
OFF/ON;
• HEATER two-position switch to turn the heater OFF/ON;
• MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to power both fan units.

195
7.6.4.3. Air Conditioning Plant LOP The description given below is for AC COMPRESSOR 1 panel.
The AC COMPRESSOR 2 panel is similar to panel 1.
Click on the menu item Air Conditioning LOP of the page ER3 to open the
display with the AC COMPRESSOR 1 (2), AC FAN 1 (2) local control panels. The AC COMPRESSOR 1 panel contains:
• The READY FOR USE indicator lamp, which illuminates
when the compressor is powered;
• The ammeter and the run hours counter;
• The two-position MAN–AUTO switch to select the compres-
sor control mode; in AUTO mode the compressor motor
operation and solenoid valves are controlled automatically;
• Nine alarm indicator lamps, which illuminate when respec-
tive alarm condition occurs;
• The refrigerant DISCHARGE pressure gauge;
• The refrigerant SUCTION pressure gauge;
• The PRESSURE SET COMPRESSOR pressostat to setpoint the
RANGE and DIFF of the discharge/suction;
• The START / RUN button to start the compressor in MAN
mode; the button highlights when the pump is running;
• The STOP / OFF button to stop the compressor in MAN mode;
the button illuminates when the compressor is stopped;
• The MAST. SOLENOID button to open the master solenoid
valve in MAN control mode; the button highlights when
the valve is open; the valve state is reflected on the display
Air Conditioning Plant (see the paragraph 7.6 on page 193);
• The TRIP RESET button to reset the trip condition after the
cause has been removed;
• The SUPPLY switch ON/OFF to turn on the compressor power.
Note: In the MAN control mode it is necessary to open the
master solenoid valve by pressing the MAST. SOLENOID button and
open SW cooling valves before starting the compressor.

196
The description given below is for AC FAN 1 panel. The AC 7.6.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
FAN 2 panel is similar to panel 1.
The AC FAN 1 panel contains: page 243, and in other respective paragraphs.
• The READY FOR USE indicator lamp, which illuminates
when the fan is powered;
• The AMBIENT AIR thermometer;
• The COOLER 1 pressostat to setpoint the RANGE and DIFF
of the cooler inlet/outlet temperature;
• The COOLER 2 pressostat to setpoint the RANGE and DIFF
of the cooler inlet/outlet temperature;
• The ammeter;
• The START / RUN button to start the fan; the button high-
lights when the fan is running;
• The STOP / OFF button to stop the fan.
Switch the power supply 440 V for compressors and fans on
the BUS TIE PANEL (use menu item MSB Gen3 Bus Tie Panel of the
page MSB) by E.C.R. PACKAGE AIR COND. UNIT circuit breaker.
Instructions for startingh AC Plant are given in Chapter 5, the
paragraph 3.5 on page 225.

197
Ventilation System
7.7. Ventilation System 7.7.2. Content 7.7.3. Control

The following fans 440V are modeled in the simulator. Fans for Inert Gas Generator are described in the paragraph 7.3
7.7.1. Purpose on page 183.
The machinery spaces are ventilated by forced draught sys- Fan Purpose Air Flow, Power,
Fans for Air Conditioning system are described in the para-
tems. The forced draught system supply and exhaust fans m3/h kW
graph 7.6 on page 193.
maintain a slight depression within the machinery spaces. The Control from ER1
depression ensures that polluted air can not pass to accommo- Reversible Fan No.2 54000 Fans for Provision Cooling system are described in the para-
dation spaces and public rooms. Reversible Fan No.3 54000 graph 7.11 on page 208.
Non-Reversible Supply Fan No.1 54000
Fans are mounted in various Rooms and the funnel casing built Non-Reversible Supply Fan No.4 54000
into resilient supported and sound insulated modules. Control from ER2
Intake air is drawn around the funnel casing through intakes Purifier Room Exh. Fan
designed to limit noise transmission to the open deck. Hyd. Power Pack Room Exh. Fan
Control from ER3
Intake air is ducted into machinery spaces with a distribution E.R. Workwhop Exh. Fan
system within the space providing fresh air outlets to ensure Control from ER4
maximum air circulation, and all openings are fitted with anti- Hospital Exh. Fan
flash gauzes. Deck Store Exh. Fan
All ducts both to supply and exhaust air intakes are fitted with Chemical Store Exh. Fan
dampers. All supply and exhaust fans are linked to the Fire Dry Provision Store Exh. Fan
Foam Room Exh. Fan
Alarm/CO2 Fire Extinguishing system to provide a “Crash Stop”
Galley Exh. Fan
in case of fire. The fans can be controlled remotely from the
Galley Sup. Fan
Bridge EM’CY Stop Panel, from Fire Station or manually from
Sanitary Space Exh. Fan
the LOPs.
Bosun Store Exh. Fan
Paint Store Exh. Fan
Control from EMG Room
EM'CY Gen. Room Supply Fan
S/G Room Supply Fan
CO2 Room Exh. Fan
Foam Room Exh. Fan Starter (220V)

198
Ventilation System
7.7.3.1. Fans Starter Panels and Push Button Boxes

The general description of a starter panel and a push button
box controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
the display with the No.1 E/R SUP. FAN and No.3 E/R SUP. FAN
starter panels.
display with the No.4 E/R SUP. FAN starter panel and REMOTE
CONTROL FOR No. 2 E/R SUP/EXH FAN panel.
Click the menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG to reach
the EM’CY GROUP STARTER PANEL with the No.2 E/R SUP. FAN
starter panel.
Click the menu item LOP ER Ventilation of the page ER2 to open
the E/R FANS PUSH BUTTON BOX panel.
Remote control of the No.2 fan is possible if ESB is powered.
Note: To change the direction of a reversible fan No.2 or No.3
the fan should be stopped and then run again by a required button.

199
Ventilation System
Click the menu item No 1 Power Dist Board of the page ER2 to Click the menu item ESB Consumers of the page EmG
open the display with the HYD. POWER PACK ROOM EXH. FAN to open the display with the starter panels:
circuit breaker. HOSPITAL EXH.FAN
Click the menu item No 2 LGSP of the page ER2 to open the dis- GALLEY EXH.FAN
play with the PURIFIER ROOM EXH.FAN starter panel. DECK STORE EXH.FAN
Click the menu item No 2 Power Dist Board of the page ER3 to open
the display with the E/R WORKSHOP EXH. FAN circuit breaker.
Click the menu item No 4 LGSP of the page ER4 to open the dis-
play with the starter panels:
HOSPITAL EXH.FAN
GALLEY EXH.FAN
DECK STORE EXH.FAN
DRY PROVISION STORE EXH.FAN
GALLEY SUP.FAN
CHEMICAL STORE EXH. FAN
FOAM ROOM EXH. FAN
SANITARY SPACE EXH. FAN
Click the menu item No 5 LGSP of the page ER4 to open the dis-
play with the starter panels:
BOSUN STORE EXH. FAN
PAINT STORE EXH. FAN

Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6 respective
paragraphs (MSB, IGG, AC, Provision systems).

200
Bilge & Fire G/S System
7.8. Bilge & Fire G/S System

7.8.1. Purpose 5
The Oily Bilge System is designed to collect all water that may
be contaminated from machinery. The system passes the
water through the oily water separator (OWS), where contami-
nants are removed and then the separated water is discharged 1
overboard, whilst the remaining oil and sludge is stored in
tanks and then drained to shore.
6
Click on the menu item Bilge & Fire G/S System of the page SYS to
open the display Bilge & Fire G/S System.
2 3
7.8.2. Content
• Oily Water Separator unit comprising: 4
űű Oily Water Separator;
űű Adsorber;
űű 3 Way Manually Operated Outlet Valve 5 ;
űű OWS Screw Pump 1 – 5 m3/h x 3 kg/cm2.
• Fire and G/S Pump 2 – 280 m3/h x 100 mth;
• Fire and Bilge Pump 3 – 280 m3/h x 100 mth;
• Bilge Transfer Pump 4 – 5 m3/h x 3 kg/cm2;
• Feed Water TK (S), Fresh Water TK (P), Fresh Water TK (S); BW
(AFT), BW (S), BW (P)– bilge wells;
• Bilge Hold TK – 26.9 m3;
• Oily Bilge TK – 11.5 m3;
• Pipelines with valves, filters and measuring gauges.

201
7.8.3. Connections 7.8.4. Control

• To Fresh Water TK (S)
• To Fresh Water TK (P)
Use 3 Way Manually Operated Outlet Valve 5 to select the
• To Feed Water TK flow direction through OWS unit.
• Backflush water inlet
Suction and discharge of each pump: Fire and G/S Pump and
• Bilge Alarm Monitor Backflush water Outlet Fire and Bilge Pump, is controlled by:
• To Shore Discharge Line
• Two G/S suction valves (1, 2) and one suction valve from
• To On Deck Fire Line sea water system;
• To E/R Casing • Two G/S discharge valves (1, 2) and one discharge valve to
• To 1 ST Deck (S) fire system 6 : Fire & G/S Pump To Fire Line Discharge Valve
• To 2 ND Deck (S) and Fire & Bilge PumpTo Fire Line Discharge Valve.
• To Floor (S) Use temp set spin controls in Bilge Hold TK and Oily Bilge TK to
set point temperature for the tank heaters.
• To 1 ST Deck (P)
• To 2 ND Deck (P) 7.8.4.2. Pumps Control
• To Floor (P) The Fire and G/S Pump, Fire and Bilge Pump are shared with
• To scrubber C.S.W. Line the Firefighting system. The pumps’ control is described in the
• To F.W. Generator paragraph 6.8.4.1 on page 174.
• From S.W. Line Click the menu item No 3 LGSP of the page ER1 to open the dis-
• EMCY Bilge Suction play with the BILGE TRANS. PUMP starter panel.
• From Incinerator Click the menu item LOP ME LO & Bilge PP of the page ER1 to open
• From Sludge Pump the panel with the BILGE TRANS. PUMP push button box.
• To Sludge Pump The general description of starter panel and push button box
• From Cascade TK controls is given in Introduction the section 5 on page 11.
• From Scuppers
• From Sewage Hold. TK
• Control Air Inlet

202
7.8.4.3. Oily Water Separator & Bilge Pump Control The OIL CONTENT METER panel contains:
Click on the menu item Oily Water Separator of the page ER1 to • Digital indicator of the oily content;
open the display with two local control panels. • ON indicator lamp, which illuminates when the power sup-
ply is ON;
Three BALLAST & BILGE PUMPS and HEELING PUMP are shared
in the Ballast and Bilge systems. The description is given in the • Indicator lamps ALARM 1 and ALARM 2 illuminate in green
paragraph 9.4 on page 198. when concentration is below the setpoint; lights change
to red when concentration exceeds the setpoint; ALARM 1
The general description of the pumps’ panels is given in the signals after 2 sec. delay, and ALARM 2 signals after 10 sec.
paragraph 4.1 on page 198 of the Introduction chapter. delay; in alarm conditions the automatic valve directs wa-
The OILY WATER SEPARATOR panel (OWS) contains: ter discharge back to the Oily Water Tank;
• SOURCE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the power • SYSTEM indicator lamp, which illuminates in red when the
supply is ON; meter failure or breakdown occurs;
• FAILURE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the OWS • Two-position SUPPLY switch to turn the content meter
unit failure or breakdown occurs; unit power OFF–ON; power turns on automatically when
• STATUS lamp to indicate the unit state by the light color: the OWS unit is powered on;
űű green – water discharge; • SET POINT latched button; the button highlights when
pressed; press the button to set-point the content meter;
űű red – filtered oil is discharged to Sludge tank;
digital indicator then outputs the set-point value; depress
űű orange – washing the separator. the button to confirm the new value;
• BILGE TK LEVEL indicator lamp, which illuminates in green • UP and DOWN buttons to lower/raise the content set-point
when the level in the Oily Water Tank is sufficiently high for value; press the required button to adjust the value, which
the separator to start; will be displayed on the indicator.
• HEATER two-position switch to turn the heater OFF–ON; Switch the power supply 440 V for:
• HAND–O-AUTO three-position selector switch to choose:
• OILY WATER SEPARATOR (with Screw pump and Oil content
űű HAND – separator runs irrespective of the Oily Water meter), on the No 3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL (use
Tank level; menu item No 3 LGSP of the page ER1) by the OILY WATER
űű O – OWS is ready to use; SEPARATOR circuit breaker.
űű AUTO – separator starts at 85% level in the Oily Water
Tank and stops at 10% level in the tank.
• SUPPLY two-position switch to turn the OWS unit power
OFF–ON.

203
Soil & Sewage System
7.9. Soil & Sewage System

7.9.1. Purpose
The system provides collection of galley, sanitary and lavatory
waters throughout the ship.
Click on the menu item Soil & Sewage System of the page SYS to
7.9.2. Content
• Sewage Holding Tank;
• Combined Pre-Treatment Tank, Treatment Tank with Bio-
Reactor, Disinfection Tank fitted with ventilation Blower;
• Sewage Treatment Discharge Pump 1 –
3 m3/h x 3.5 kg/cm2;
• Vacuumator Pump 1 (2) 2 ;
7.9.3. Connections
• To Bilge Holding TK
• To Oily Bilge TK
• From Galley 2
• From Grey Water (P)
• From Main CSW 1
• From Hospital (Waste Drain)
• To Funnel Top
• From Black Water (P)
• From Black Water (S)
• From Hospital Black Water
• Sewage Shore Connection (P)
• Sewage Shore Connection (S)
• From Grey Water (S)

204
Soil & Sewage System
7.9.4. Control • STP HAND AUTO two-position switch to select

control mode between:
Sewage Treatment Plant Control Panel
űű 1 – run the plant in manual mode;
Click on the menu item Sewage Treatment of the page
űű 2 – run the plant in automatic mode.
ER2 to open the display with the STP Control Panel.
• BLOWER OFF ON two-position switch to turn
The panel contains: the blower off (0) or on (1) when STP is in HAND
• CONTROL VOLTAGE indicator lamp, which is mode;
illuminated when the plant is powered on; • DISCHARGE PUMP OFF ON two-position switch
• Indicator lamps, which are illuminated when to turn the pump off (0) or on (1) when STP is in
the respective fan/pump is running: HAND mode;
űű BLOWER RUN; • DISINFECTION PUMP ON push button to start the
pump when STP is in HAND mode;
űű DISCHARGE PUMP RUN;
• VACUUM PUMP 1 OFF ON two-position switch
űű VACUUM PUMP 1 RUN and VACUUM PUMP 2
to turn the pump off (0) or on (1) when STP is in
RUN.
HAND mode;
• Alarm indicator lamps (faults are introduced by
• VACUUM PUMP 1 OFF ON two-position switch
Instructor):
to turn the pump off (0) or on (1) when STP is in
űű MOTOR TRIPPED – discharge pump motor HAND mode;
tripped;
• MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to power the STP.
űű MOTOR STOPPED – discharge pump motor
Switch the power supply 440 V for SEWAGE TREAT-
stopped;
MENT PLANT CONTROL PANEL on the No 1 PDB (use
űű HIGH LEVEL ALARM – sewage holding TK level menu item No 1 Power dist. board of the page ER2) by the
> 90%. SEWAGE TREATMENT CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.
• RESET ALARM START UP STP push button to reset
and start up the STP automatics after an alarm
condition has been removed.
paragraphs.

205
Incinerator System
7.10. Incinerator System

7.10.1. Purpose
The system is designed for disposal of the oil product and
solids by burning. The system is designed in accordance with
MARPOL requirements.
Marine Diesel Oil is burned in order to raise the combustion 2
chamber to the required temperature for the combustion of
solid material and waste oil; DO may also be burned to assist
the total combustion when required.
1
In view of the pressing need to dispose of sludge and waste oil
the incinerator is essentially used as a sludge/waste oil burner
and is not used for burning garbage. The combustion chamber
is fitted with a loading door, to admit garbage. The door may
only be opened when the incinerator primary combustion
chamber temperature is below 145°C.
Click on the menu item FO Service For Incinerator & Sludge System of
the page SYS to open the system diagram:
7.10.2. Content
• Incinerator FO service system – contains WO tanks and
FO supply pumps as described in the paragraph 3.7 on
page 140.
• Main Burner using both the MDO and the oil product
sludge. The Main burner is fitted with an integrated Air
Supply Fan. Fuel is atomized by the compressed atomizing
air supplied to the burner from the ship’s Compressed
Service air system.
• The door 1 for charging solid matter.
• LOAD 2 button.
7.10.3. Connections
Connections are listed in the paragraph 3.7 on page 140.

206
Incinerator System
7.10.4. Control 3. Specify a percentage of combustible materials in Monitoring the furnace temperature:
the solid waste to be loaded in the BURNABLE %
• If the furnace temperature reaches 1100 °C, oil supply to
7.10.4.1. Controls on Diagram using the up and down arrows.
the burner nozzles will be cut automatically. When tem-
To charge solid wastes, the incinerator is provided with a door 4. Set the required LOAD MASS kg using the up and perature drops down again to 1050 °C, oil supply will be
1 equipped with an open-status sensor. When open, the down arrows to the right of the indicator; resumed;
charging door disables the starting of the non-operating incin- 5. Press the LOADING pushbutton. The button • If the furnace temperature reaches 1200 °C, oil supply to
erator. Double-click to open/close the door. highlights, the LOAD MASS kg indicator gets empty. the burner nozzles will be cut automatically, and the WO/
LOAD 2 button is used to open the LOADING PANEL , where the The RESIDUE kg indicator changes value. DO fuel pumps will be shutdown;
solid waste matter is set for burning. 6. Double-click on the burner door to close it. • After Incinerator is shutdown, and temperature in the
7. Start the burner manually from the Incinerator furnace drops below 60 °C, the exhaust gas fan will stop
7.10.4.2. Loading Solid Waste Matter LOP (see the paragraph 3.7.4.2 on page 141). automatically.
1. Double-click on the burner door to open it.
The MDO Supply pump and WO dosing pump 7.10.4.3. Overheat Protection 7.10.4.4. Starting Incinerator
stop automatically. The burner stops. The incinerator is equipped with the local automatic system Instructions for starting the incinerator are given in Chapter 5,
and overheat protection. The operational principle is based on the paragraph 3.3 on page 224.
the monitoring of the exhaust gas temperature and the fur-
nace temperature.
Monitoring the exhaust gas temperature:
• If the exhaust gas temperature increases up to 320 °C, oil
supply to the burner nozzles will be cut automatically. After
temperature reduction down to 310 °C, it will be resumed;
• If the exhaust gas temperature increases up 350 °C, the
dilution damper will open completely and automati-
cally for the purpose of cooling down the exhaust gases 7.10.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
and protecting the flue and the exhaust gas fan against Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.10.6
2. Click on the LOAD button for the LOADING PANEL to pop up: overheating. on page 243.

207
Provision Cooling System
7.11. Provision Cooling System

7.11.1. Purpose
The automatic Provision Cooling System is intended for creat-
ing and maintaining the set temperature conditions for the 4
storage of food in two groups of provision storerooms. 3 7
The first group includes three provision storerooms for the
storage of frozen foods:
• Butter – storage of butter at a temperature of -2 °C;
• Meat – storage of meat at a temperature of -15 °C;
6 5
• Fish – storage of fish at a temperature of -15 °C.
The other group includes three provision storerooms for the
storage of chilled food:
9
• Fruit – storage of fruit at a temperature of +2 °С;
• Vegetables – storage of vegetables at a temperature of +2 °С; 8 1
• Dry provision – storage of dry provisions at a tempera-
ture of +8 °С.
Each of the refrigeration plants operates for its group of
consumers. However, any one refrigerator can supply both
storeroom groups if required. Freon R494A is the main liquid
refrigerant.
The air temperature in the storerooms is maintained with the
air coolers. Liquid refrigerant is supplied to the air cooler by the
2
thermostatic expansion valve. The thermo switch monitors the
temperature in the pertinent provision storeroom and controls
operation of the solenoid valves in the refrigeration chamber,
as well as the operation of the air cooler thermostatic valve.
Click on the menu item Provision Plant of the page SYS to open űű Light indicator 4 – illuminates when the light is on;
• 2 x Condenser with Cooler LW Outlet Sight Glass 2 ;
the provision cooling system diagram.
• 6 x storerooms; each storeroom is equipped with: űű LIGHT latched button 5 – to switch the light on/off;
7.11.2. Contents űű Air cooler fan 3 ; fan indicator illuminates when the űű Storeroom door 6 ;
• 2 x Compressor with Compressor Suction Non Return Valve fan is running; red indicator lamp illuminates when the űű Load bar graph 7 ;
1 ; Master Solenoid Valve 9 ; storeroom is powered; űű Solenoid and thermostatic expansion valves.

208
7.11.3. Connections 7.11.4.2. Loading Provision 4. On the LOAD panel, enter the required provision
amount (in kilos) in the MASS box and temperature
• Make Up 1. Double-click on the required storeroom door
in the TEMP box using the up and down arrows.
6 to open it. The solenoid and thermostatic
• Oil Make Up
expansion valves will close automatically. 5. Press the APPLY button. The MASS box gets empty and the
• Ventilation load bar graph changes indication to added amount.
2. Click the LIGHT button 5 to switch the light
• From/To Main L.T.W Cooling System 6. Click the LIGHT button to switch the light
on; the indicator 4 illuminates; the lamp will
not illuminate when the door is closed. off; the indicator lights down.
7.11.4. Control
7. Double-click on the door to close it. The solenoid and
7.11.4.1. Controls on Diagram thermostatic expansion valves will open automatically.
When Compressors are operating, operation indicators illumi- Attention! The room door cannot be closed while the light is on.
nate. The oil level in the compressor case is displayed on the
Note: Instructor can carry out the provision loading from the
bar graph and digital indicator. Automatic adjustment of the
Indicators plugin by selecting respective storerooms and setting the
compressor refrigeration performance is provided. The Com-
required quantity of products in kilos.
pressor Suction Non Return Valve 1 is used to slowly increase
compressor load at starting the mechanism. 7.11.4.3. Unloading Provision
Condensers have bar graphs to monitor the liquid refrigerant 1. Perform actions described in items 1, 2,
level in the condenser collector. The LT water flow for the con- and 3 of the Loading procedure.
denser cooling is controlled in the Cooler LW Outlet Sight Glass 2. On the UNLOAD panel, enter the required amount of
2 . 3. Click on the load bar graph 7 to open
the UNLOAD/LOAD panel. provision in the MASS box using the up and down arrows.
Compressor Sight Glass Moisture Content indicator 3. Press the APPLY button. The MASS box gets empty and the
8 body flashes when the flow is low, and colors load bar graph changes indication to reduced amount.
gray when no flow is detected in the line; indicator 4. Perform actions described in items 6
center colors in yellow when there is water or air and 7 of the Loading procedure.
detected in the system.
7.11.4.4. Starting Provision Cooling System
Instructions for powering and starting the plant are given in
Chapter 5, the paragraph 3.4 on page 225.
The central part of the panel displays the FULL/EMPTY bar

graph and MASS % indicator of the actual storeroom load.

209
7.11.4.5. Provision Cooling Plant LOP

Click on the menu item Provision Plant LOP of the page ER3 to
open the display.
The PROVISION COOLING PLANT control panel contains:
• Two identical PC COMPRESSOR 1 and PC COMPRESSOR 2
panels (compressor 1 panel is described below);
• Six identical control panels of the storerooms (the BUTTER
room panel is described below);
• The central panel comprising:
űű MAN IN COLD ROOM alarm indicator;
űű The SUPPLY switch OFF/ON to turn on the plant power.
Switch the power supply 440 V for
PROVISION COOLING PLANT,
on the AC440v FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB Consumers
of the page EmG) by the PROVISION Ref.Plant COMPRESSOR
SWITCH BOARD circuit breaker.


210
Compressor Control Panel űű COMPRESSOR 1 TRIP OIL LEVEL LOW Provision Storeroom Control Panel
űű OVERCURRENT
űű MASTER SOLENOID CLOSED
űű CW PRESSURE LOW
• DISCHARGE pressure gauge;
• SUCTION pressure gauge;
• PRESSURE SET COMPRESSOR controller to set-
point the automatic starting and stopping the
compressor;
• PRESSURE SET CONDENSER controller to setpoint
the condensing pressure value; the actual value is
displayed on the mimic Provision Cooling Plant of
the page SYS;
• A set of buttons in the right bottom corner to con-
trol the compressor in MANUAL control mode:
űű START / RUN button to start the compressor;
the button highlights when the compressor is
The panel contains:
running;
The panel contains: • The pressure gauge to display the pressure and boiling
űű STOP / OFF button to stop the compressor;
point in the air cooler;
• READY FOR USE indicator lamp, which illuminates when űű MASTER SOLENOID button to open the master sole-
• PRESS controller to setpoint the evaporation pressure
the compressor is powered (the SUPPLY switch position noid; the button highlights and the actual valve
value (for BUTTER and DRY PROV. rooms only);
is ON; state is displayed on the mimic Provision Cooling
Plant of the page SYS;
• The thermometer to display the actual temperature in the
• The ammeter to display the compressor load;
storeroom;
• The running hours indicator; űű TRIP RESET button to reset the trip condition after
the cause has been removed. • The controller to setpoint the RANGE and DIFF values of
• The two-position switch AUTO–MAN to set the compressor the temperature in the storeroom;
operating mode. In Automatic mode control of the com- Note: In the MANUAL operating mode it is necessary
to open the master solenoid valve by pressing the MASTER • DEFROSTER two-position switch AUTO–MAN to set the
pressor motor operation and solenoid valves is exercised
SOLENOID button before starting the compressor. defrosting mode;
automatically.
• The button to start the defrosting in the MANUAL defrost-
• A set of alarm indicators (lamps flash in alarm condition):
ing mode; during defrosting the button highlights and
űű COMPRESSOR 1 TRIP PRESS OUT HIGH the indication is displayed on the mimic Provision Cooling
űű COMPRESSOR 1 TRIP TEMP OUT HIGH Plant of the page SYS;
űű COMPRESSOR 1 TRIP OIL PRESS LOW • SET TIMER controller to setpoint the defrosting time in
hours using the up and down arrows at the right.

211
Steering System
7.12. Steering System

7.12.1. Purpose
The Steering Gear is composed of one hydraulic rotary vane
actuator mounted directly on the ruddershtock, served by two
pumps units delivering the necessary oil pressure for operat-
ing the rudder.
Steering time (+/= 35 deg.) with one pump running is 28 sec.,
and with two pumps running is 14 sec.
The two pump units may be operated together or separately.
Each pump unit will provide oil with sufficient pressure to de-
velop the specified rudder torque.
When cruising at sea, only one pump unit is normally in op-
eration while the other is acting as a stand-by unit. During
maneuvers of the vessel, when the shortest possible steering
time is required, it is possible to run both pump units simulta-
neously whereby the rudder rate will be doubled. 1 1 1 1
The pump units are equipped with solenoid valves, which are
normally operated by means of signals from the bridge steer-
ing controls.
The emergency local control in SG room is modeled also.
Click the menu item Steering System of the page SYS to open the
Steering Gear System diagram.
7.12.2. Contents
• Actuator;
• Two identical steering gear units; each unit comprises:
űű Steering gear HPP Oil tank ;
űű SG HPP Pump – 0.43 m3/h x 70 kg/cm2; 7.12.3. Connections 7.12.4. Control
űű Hydraulic Oil Filter; • From/To LT Cooling System Control from the diagram is replaced by emergency local con-
űű Hydraulic Oil Cooler; trol on 3D display, which is described in the paragraph 7.12.4.3
űű Pipelines with valves, parameters’ indicators. on page 216 ( see static representation of control handles 1 ).

212
Steering System
7.12.4.1. SG LOP in SG Room

Click the menu item SG LOP of the page SG to open the display
with two identical panels STEERING GEAR MOTOR CONTROL-
LER No.1 and STEERING GEAR MOTOR CONTROLLER No.2.

• MAIN SWITCH to turn the pump motor and heater power
OFF–ON;
• PUMP RUN; HEATING ON; SOURCE indicator lamps;
• Ammeter;
• HOUR METER;
• Three-position switch to select between:
1. REMOTE CONTROL – from the Bridge;
2. STOP – the pump is stopped;
3. LOCAL CONTROL – from this LOP or 3D display (see
the paragraph 7.12.4.3 on page 216).
Switch power supply 440 V for:
• NO 1 PUMP on the AC440v FEEDER PANEL (use menu item
ESB Consumers of the page EmG) by No 1 STEERING GEAR
STARTER circuit breaker;
• NO 2 PUMP on the NO.2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu
item MSB No 1,2 440v Feeder of the page MSB) by No 2 STEER-
ING GEAR STARTER circuit breaker.

213
Steering System
7.12.4.2. SG Control from Bridge Console Section A Local flashing of the alarm lamps stops; if the alarm condi-
tion is still present, the local alarm lamp goes from flashing to
Click the menu item BCC A of the page BCC to open the BRIDGE
steady light, otherwise it is turned off. When the alarm condi-
CONSOLE SECTION A for remote control of steering system.
tion finally vanishes, the alarm lamps go out.
The display left panel contains:
In case a second alarm condition occurs before the first had
• S/G ALARM PANEL indicator lamps; each column of the vanished, the buzzers are triggered again, but only the second
table contains indicators for respective pump: alarm lamp will flash and the first will light steady.
űű STEERING GEAR PUMP NO.1(2) run indicator; SG supervision is available at the ECR control console ECC D.
űű OVERLOAD alarm lamp: electric motor overload;
The display central panel contains:
űű PHASE FAILURE alarm lamp: one of the phases is out, or
main power supply voltage/frequency out of range; • Navigating compass;
űű POWER FAILURE alarm lamp: main power supply is lost, • Rudder angle indicator; green – PORT, red – STBD;
or motor controller is off; • Helm; control is active in the HAND mode;
űű POWER FAIL.CTRL alarm lamp: no control power; • NFU tiller PORT–STBD to steer in NFU mode; drag and hold
űű LOW OIL LEVEL alarm lamp: low oil level in hydraulic oil the handle to turn to required side;
system; • MODE three-position switch to set the control mode:
űű HYDR. LOCK alarm lamp: fault on solenoid driver control- űű AUTO – from Autopilot;
ler, or locked manoeuvre valve; űű HAND – from helm wheel;
űű HIGH OIL TEMP alarm lamp: broken oil cooler. űű NFU – manual steering.
• ACKN. button to acknowledge SG alarms;
• RUN PUMP2, RUN PUMP1 buttons for starting the SG pumps;
the button highlights when the pump is running;
• STOP PUMP2, STOP PUMP1 buttons for stopping the SG
pumps; the button highlights when the pump is stopped;
• AUTO START PUMP2, AUTO START PUMP1 indicator lamps;
a lamp is illuminated when respective pump automatically
starts.
In case of alarm condition is present for more than 3 second
the buzzers are turned on and alarm lamps start to flash on
both panels independently. By pressing the ACKN. button, the
local buzzers are turned off, but lamps continue flashing.
At the second push of the ACKN. button, the following happens:

214
Steering System
SG Room 3-D view
Compass Repeater;
Rudder Angle indicator
Handles for Emergency

Steering Control

215
Steering System
7.12.4.3. SG LOP on 3D On 3-D diagram the following actions are available: 7.12.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor
Control of the Steering gear from the SG Room is implemented • Zoom in/out – by the mouse wheel; Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.2 on
on the 3D display of the page SG (see the figure SG Room 3-D • Pan – drag&drop by left mouse button; page 240.
view on page 215). The controls duplicate the gauges on
• Rotate – drag&drop by right mouse button;
Bridge console BCC A (menu item BCC A of the page BCC, see the
description in the paragraph 7.12.4.2 on page 214). • Directly operate a controlled object on 3-D display.
Green handle on the pump case is used to turn Port side, red
handle – to Stbd side.
Rudder Angle Indicator and Compass Repeater are placed on
the bulkhead.
To operate the handles, click, turn and hold required handle
while watching the reading of the gauges. When you let go the
mouse button the handle returns to default position.

216
Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery

This chapter contains the instructions for starting, stopping and
running Propulsion Plant, Electrical Plant and other systems
machinery of the Product Tanker vessel.

Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery . Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery

Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery

1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
2. Operating DEs, EPP and Steam Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.1. Preparing for Diesel Engines Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.2. Starting Ship Electric Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.3. Switching Generator Engines to HFO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
2.4. Starting ME Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .221
2.5. Preparing for Steam Plant Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.6. Starting Steam Plant in Auto Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
2.7. Starting Steam Plant in Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
2.8. Starting Steam Plant Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
3. Operating Aux Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.1. Starting Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.1.1. Preparing Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.1.2. Starting HPP Diesel Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.1.3. Starting HPP Electric Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.2. Starting Inert Gas Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
3.3. Starting Incinerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
3.4. Starting Provision Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.5. Starting Air Conditioning Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

218
Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery . Introduction

1. Introduction
The instructions in this chapter are given to help the Trainee
familiarize oneself with the Propulsion Plant operations and
ship systems and units control in the simulator.
Provided that the Trainee is familiar with the simulator archi-
tecture and ways of control, the instructions simply include
indication of the menu items to open respective displays.
Note: The instructions given in this Chapter imply that be-
fore switching on a mechanism the Trainee verifies that power
supply is available. In most starter panels and LOPs there
should be the power supply indicator lamp illuminated.

219
Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery . Operating DEs, EPP and Steam Plant
Preparing for Diesel Engines Start
2. Operating DEs, EPP 2.2. Starting Ship Electric Plant 2.3. Switching Generator Engines to HFO
It is assumed that the pre-start actions described in the para- It is assumed that GEs are running on MDO, Steam Plant and
and Steam Plant graph 2.1 on page 220 have been fulfilled. Steam service system is operating.
The following actions need to be taken to start No. 3 Genera- The following actions need to be taken to feed GEs by HFO.
2.1. Preparing for Diesel Engines Start tor Engine on MDO, start the generator and put it on MSB.
Initial state of the ship units and mechanisms comprises
1. On the ECC A console (use menu item ECC A of
1. On the ECC A console (use menu item ECC A of
the page ECR) set G/E/ VALVE POSITION IND.
electrical power supply from shore, all DEs are stopped, ME is the page ECR) set G/E/ VALVE POSITION IND.
switches for engines 1, 2, 3 to H.F.O..
stopped, Steam plant is stopped. It is assumed that the genera- switches for engines 1, 2, 3 to M.D.O..
tor engines will be started on MDO. 2. On the display FO Service System For ME & GE (use menu
2. On LOP GE 1 (2, 3) panels (use menu item LOP GE 1, 2, 3
item FO Service System For ME & GE of the page SYS) switch
The instructions given below are an example sequence, how- of the page ER2) check/set the handle RUN position.
the Main-EMCY Supply 3-way Valve to supply HFO.
ever the final state of the mechanisms should be reached.
3. On No.1 (No.2, No.3) GENERATOR ENGINE CONTROL
The following actions need to be taken to prepare the ship PANEL (use menu item GE Control Panel of the page ER2):
systems for starting Diesel Engines. Set all switches LOCAL–REMOTE & AUTO to position 2.
1. On the No. 1 GROUP STARTER PANEL (use menu 4. On No.1 (No.2) GENERATOR PANEL (AC450V 3P
item MSB No 1 GSP of the page MSB) and No. 2 GROUP 60Hz 1125kVA) (use menu item MSB Gen 1,2 panel of
STARTER PANEL (use menu item MSB No 2 GSP of the the page MSB) use the DU to set the generators
page MSB) start the pumps as duty/standby pairs, order: click 1 Prior buttons on both sets.
start the fans, and put them to AUTO control mode:
5. On No.3 GENERATOR PANEL (AC450V 3P 60Hz 1125kVA) (use
›› No 1 (No 2) MAIN L.O. PUMP; menu item MSB Gen3 Bus Tie panel of the page MSB) use the
›› No 1 (No 2) MAIN C.S.W. PUMP; DU to set generator for duty operation: click 1 Prior button.
›› No 1 (No 2) L.T. C.F.W. PUMP; 6. On SYNCHRO PANEL (use menu item MSB
›› No 1 (No 2) M/E HT J.W. PUMP; Synchro panel of the page MSB):
›› No 1 (No 2) M/E & G/E F.O. SUP. PUMP; ›› Switch SHARING AUTO MODE to position 3.OPTIMAL .
›› Switch SYNCHRO&POWER CONTROL to position PMS.
›› No 1 (No 2) M/E & G/E F.O. CIRC. PUMP;
›› Click button AUTO on the Automatic Operating Panel.
›› No 3 E/R SUP/EXH FAN – run EXH.START;
7. On SHORE CONNECTION PANEL (use menu item
›› No 1 E/R SUP. FAN; EM’CY Gen Panel of the page EmG) switch SHORE
›› No 4 E/R SUP. FAN; CONNECTION BOX circuit breaker off.
›› REMOTE CONTROL FOR No 2 E/R SUP/EXH FAN run 8. On MAIN CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (use menu item MCD of
– REV START/RUN; the page MSB) watch the following processes:
›› G/E EM’CY M.D.O. Pump – run only. űű Automatic start of the EM’CY GEN at ESB blackout;
2. On the No. 1 (2) AUX. BLOWER STARTER panels űű Automatic start of GEN 3;
(use menu item LOP Aux Blower 1, 2 of the page űű Connecting GEN 3 to MSB,
ER2) set both blowers to REMOTE operation. űű Disconnecting from the bus and stopping EM’CY GEN.

220
Starting ME Manually
2.4. Starting ME Manually ›› Set the handle to position DISENGAGE .

2.5. Preparing for Steam Plant Start
8. On the display 3D the page ER1 close FO
Manual start of the Main Engine is required e.g. after a long Check the following before starting Steam plant:
Indicator valves of all cylinders.
harbor moorage. 1. On MSB No1 (No2) GSP (use menu items MSB
9. On the ME LOCAL PANEL (use menu item
It is assumed that all pre-start operation have been fulfilled, No 1 GSP, MSB No 2 GSP of the page MSB) for No 1
ME Local Panel, or 3D of the page ER1):
and the Steam plant is in operation. (No 2) AUX BOILER FEED WATER PUMP:
›› Set the control mode switch handle to ENGINE SIDE .
űű Power supply available: SOURCE lamp is illuminated;
The following actions need to be taken to start the ME on HFO. ›› Set the HANDWHEEL BLOCKING ARM handle to ENGINE
űű Pumps are set to AUTO mode: yellow lamp is illuminated.
1. On the GE HT JACKET WATER PREHEATER UNIT panel SIDE .
2. On MSB No. 1 (and /or No. 2) AC440V FEEDER PANEL
(use menu item GE HT JW Preheater Unit of the page ER2): ›› Set the manoeuvring handle to position START.
(use menu items MSB No 1, 2 440v Feeder of the page MSB)
›› Set four-position switch to BOTH. ›› Press the START button. switch AUX. BOILER POWER PANEL circuit breaker ON.
›› Set control mode switch to AUTO. 10. On the ECC G_H console (use menu
2. On the No. 1 GROUP STARTER PANEL (use menu item ECC G_H of the page ECR): 2.6. Starting Steam Plant in Auto Mode
item MSB No 1 GSP of the page MSB) start M/E HT ›› Set the M/E TELEGRAPH RECEIVER to position AHEAD It is assumed that the pre-start checks described in the para-
J.W. HEATER CIRC PUMP to start ME heating. SLOW to set direction. graph 2.5 on page 221 have been fulfilled.
3. On the display HT JW Cooling System (use menu ›› Set the MANOEUVRING HANDLE to position about 40% The following actions need to be taken to start the Boiler in
item HT JW Cooling System of the page SYS): (for the ME to run slow). automatic mode. To start, use the displays of the page BMCS.
›› Open the Preheater valves; the Preheater pump is running. 11. On the ME LOCAL PANEL set both handles to REMOTE. 1. On the display PUMP OVERVIEW start the pumps as duty/
›› Watch the temperature of Main Engine cylinders raise up The control is transferred to ECR. standby pairs and set them to Auto control mode:
to > 50 degrees. űű Feed water pump 1 (2);
ME can be started from ECR without preheating and turning
4. On the No. 1 GROUP STARTER PANEL stop M/E HT gear engagement if it has been stopped for not a long time. űű Fuel oil pump 1 (2);
J.W. HEATER CIRC PUMP to stop ME heating. Provided, all ship systems are prepared for ME start and the űű Circulation pump 1 (2).
5. On the display HT JW Cooling System the page temperature in cylinders is > 50 degrees. Starting from ECR
SYS) close the Preheater Output valve.
2. On the display BURNER OVERVIEW click Boiler button.
console ECC G_H is performed using the telegraph and ma-
6. On the display 3D (use menu item 3D of the page noeuvring handles. 3. On the panel Boiler press Auto button; click OK to close.
ER1) open FO Indicator valves of all cylinders. Note: If an alarm condition is detected acknowledge alarm and
7. On the TURNING GEAR STARTER panel (use check the boiler state again.
menu item ME Turning Gear of the page ER1): Set steam distribution system.
›› Set the handle to position ENGAGE; 4. On the display Aux. Boiler Feed Water System
›› Press and hold FORWARD button; the ammeter reading (use menu item Aux. Boiler Feed Water System of the
should be about 4; page SYS) open the Main Steam outlet valve.
›› Press and hold REVERSE button; the ammeter reading 5. On the display Aux. Boiler Steam Service System (use
should be about 4; menu item Aux. Boiler Steam Service System of the page SYS)
open the valves: Steam Tracing line, Inlet J.W. Preheater.

221
Starting Steam Plant in Emergency
2.7. Starting Steam Plant in Emergency 5. On BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL (use menu item
Boiler LCP of thе page ER4) start water pumps:
2.8. Starting Steam Plant Manually
It is assumed that the pre-start checks described in the para- It is assumed that the pre-start checks described in the para-
›› Click a succession of buttons on LCP to start one feed wa-
graph 2.5 on page 221 have been fulfilled. graph 2.5 on page 221 have been fulfilled.
ter pump and set it to auto mode, and set second pump
The following actions need to be taken to start the Boiler in to standby state: CMN CTRL->PUMP CTRL->WATER PUMP->FEED The following actions need to be taken to start the Boiler man-
emergency conditions. PUMP->MODE-> Start+Auto/St-by. ually from local control panel and local power panel.
1. On BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL (use ›› Click a succession of buttons on LCP to start one wa- 1. On BOILER POWER PANEL (use menu item
menu item Boiler LCP of thе page ER4) turn the ter circulating pump and set it to auto mode, and Boiler Power Panel of thе page ER4) turn the
AUTO/MANUAL switch to position 2. set second pump to standby state: CMN CTRL->PUMP AUTO/MANUAL switch to position 1.
2. On BOILER POWER PANEL (use menu item CTRL->WATER PUMP->CIRC. PUMP->MODE->Start+Auto/St-by. 2. On BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL (use
Boiler Power Panel of thе page ER4): ›› Adjust VALVE 1 WATER LEVEL regulator– to middle menu item Boiler LCP of thе page ER4):
›› Turn the AUTO/MANUAL switch to position MAN. position. ›› Turn the AUTO/MANUAL switch to position AUTO.
›› Click (and hold) FUEL OIL PUMP 1 START/STOP button to start ›› Adjust AIR DAMPER COMBUSTION AIR FAN regulator – to ›› Click a succession of buttons on LCP to start one FO pump
the pump; the button illuminates. One pump is sufficient. middle position. and set it to auto mode, and set second pump to standby
›› Turn COMBUSTION AIR FAN STOP/START switch to ›› Adjust OIL FLOW REG. VALVE regulator– to 1/3 position. state: CMN CTRL->PUMP CTRL->OIL PUMP->MODE-> Start+Auto/
position 1. 6. Click IGNITION button. Yellow indicator lamp illumunates. St-by.
3. On BOILER LOCAL CONTROL PANEL (use 7. Click OIL VALVES button. Green indicator lamp illumunates. ›› Click a succession of buttons on LCP to start one feed wa-
menu item Boiler LCP of thе page ER4): The boiler is started and will run in MANUAL mode. ter pump and set it to auto mode, and set second pump
to standby state: CMN CTRL->PUMP CTRL->WATER PUMP->FEED
›› Click ATOM. STEAM VALVE button. Read value on STEAM AT- 8. Keep balance between produced steam (pressure
PUMP->MODE-> Start+Auto/St-by.
OMISING PRESSURE gauge. – it should be ~ 6 bar), water level and temperature
in the boiler and the amount of consumed steam ›› Click a succession of buttons on LCP to start one wa-
›› Turn AIR DAMPER COMBUSTION AIR FAN knob to posi-
for required heating needs: operate the knobs ter circulating pump and set it to auto mode, and
tion 20: perform boiler blowing.
of VALVE 1 WATER LEVEL , OIL FLOW REG. VALVE, set second pump to standby state: CMN CTRL->PUMP
›› Turn OIL FLOW REG. VALVE knob to position 20. CTRL->WATER PUMP->CIRC. PUMP->MODE->Start+Auto/St-by.
and AIR DAMPER COMBUSTION AIR FAN.
›› Click IGNITION button. FLAME ON lamp illuminates when ›› Click AUT button. Yellow indicator lamp illuminates.
ignition is on. Check ingition status on display BURNER
9. To switch to automatic mode: on BOILER LOCAL
CONTROL PANEL turn the AUTO/MANUAL switch ›› Click ON button. Green indicator lamp illuminates. The
OVERVIEW of the page BMCS.
to position AUTO, and on BOILER POWER PANEL boiler is started and will run in automatic mode.
›› When burner has started, click IGNITION button to turn ig-
turn the AUTO/MANUAL switch to position 1.
nition off. FLAME ON lamp lights down.
Check Steam Outlet Main Valve on Aux. Boiler Feed Water Sys-
4. On Aux. Boiler Steam Service System display ((use tem display (use menu item Aux Boiler Feed Water System of the
menu item Aux. Boiler Steam Service System of the page
page SYS).
SYS) open the supply valves for required consumers.
Check FO valves and FO pumps on FO Service System for AUX
Boiler display (use menu item FO Service for AUX Boiler System of
the page SYS).

222
Chapter 5. Instructions for Operating Machinery . Operating Aux Systems
Starting Hydraulic System
3. Operating Aux Systems 3.1.2. Starting HPP Diesel Engine 3.2. Starting Inert Gas Generator
3. On the HYDRAULIC POWER PACK DE No. 1 panel Automatic start is described in this paragraph.
3.1. Starting Hydraulic System (use menu item HPU Power Packs of the page ER2):
1. On the No. 1 GROUP STARTER PANEL (use menu item
Remote control mode for hydraulic valves system, cargo feed ›› Set MODE switch to position LOC. MSB No 1 GSP of the page MSB) and No. 2 GROUP STARTER
pumps and hydraulic power packs is set on the HPU panels for ›› Press START button. DE starts automatically. PANEL (use menu item MSB No 2 GSP of the page MSB) start
joint operation of the ERS and LCHS simulators. ›› Check that SOURCE lamp is illuminated to indicate battery No 1 (No 2) DECK WATER SEAL PUMP as duty/standby pair.
During stand alone operation of ERS simulator all operations charger power is on. In the circumstance of the battery 2. On the INERT GAS GENERATOR MAIN CONTROL PANEL
are executed in LOCAL control mode. charger is not powered, the BATT CHARGER FAULT lamp is (use menu item IGG Main Control Panel of the page ER4):
illuminated. ›› Click ALARM RESET button.
For operation of the ballast system It is sufficient to start only
one of the HPP. The number of HPP started is selected accord- 3.1.3. Starting HPP Electric Motor ›› Click on IGG COOL SW PUMP (Scrubber pump) START/RUN
ing to actual requirements. button if the pump has not been started from MSB GSP.
4. On the HYDRAULIC POWER PACK STARTER NO. 1 panel
(use menu item HPU Power Packs of the page ER2): ›› Click IGG RUNNING START/RUN button to activate IGG au-
3.1.1. Preparing Hydraulic System ›› Set LOCAL/REMOTE switch to position LOCAL.
tomatic starting sequence. Watch LED indicators on the
1. On the HYDRAULIC POWER PACK FOR VALVE diagram to display the process. FLAME ESTAB LED is illu-
›› Set power MAIN SWITCH to position 1 (on). POWER RE- minated when IGG runs steadily. O2 HIGH 8% LED is illumi-
REMOTE CONT. SYSTEM panel (use menu item
QUEST lamp is illuminated to indicate the request for pro- nated during starting process and should light off for I.G.
HPU Valve Control Unit of the page ER2):
viding enough power for the motor. MAIN Valve to feed inert gas to tanks.
›› Set power MAIN SWITCH to position 1 (on). POWER
›› When POWER REQUEST lamp is not illuminated, click the Note: IGG can be started manually from the IGG power distri-
ON lamp illuminates. LOW OIL PRESSURE alarm LED
START/RUN button to start the motor. bution board.
illuminates.
›› Set PUMP NO.1, PUMP NO.2 switches to position AUTO.
›› Click on ALARM RESET button to acknowledge alarm.
2. On the LOP of HPP cargo feed pumps (use menu
item HPU Cargo Feed PP 1, 2, 3 of the page ER2):
›› On the CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 1 and CARGO HPP
FEED PUMP NO. 2 panels turn both MAIN SWITCH (s) to
position ON. Ammeter shows the pump running current.
›› On the CARGO HPP FEED PUMP NO. 3 panel select the
power supply switch to either MAIN SUPPLY or BACKUP
SUPPLY to set the pump in reserve.

223
Starting Incinerator
3.3. Starting Incinerator ›› Double-click on the incinerator door to close it. 4. On the panel INCINERATOR (use menu
item Incinerator of the page ER3):
›› Double-click on the Drain valve (s) to drain water from the
The Incinerator and Sludge System is described in Chapter 4,
Waste Oil Tank (s). Water is presented by dark blue color at ›› Switch SUPPLY circuit breaker to 1 (on) position.
the paragraph 7.10 on page 206.
the bottom in the tank level bar graph. When no water is ›› Set INCINERATOR START switch to START position.
The following actions need to be taken in the simulator to start left close the valve.
›› Set IGNITION BURNER switch to START position. When the
the incinerator.
burner starts the switch jumps back to OFF position and
1. On the display FO Service For Incinerator System (use the IGNITION BURNER RUN lamp illuminates.
menu item FO Service For Incinerator System of the page SYS): ›› Set MAIN BURNER switch to START position. When the
›› Open the valve to supply air for the burner. burner starts the switch jumps to RUN position and the
MAIN BURNER RUN lamp illuminates.
Note: The alarm indicator lamps FURNACE TEMP LOW and
WO TANK TEMP LOW would normally light down automatically
during incinerator work.
›› Open the discharge valves of the Sludge Tank.

2. On the display Aux. Boiler Steam Service System (use
menu item Aux. Boiler Steam Service System of the page SYS):
›› Double click on the supply valves of the line To Sett. Serv.
TK For Incinerator, and both Tracing boxes.
3. On the W.O. TANK CONTROL PANEL (use menu item
Incinerator of the page ER3) (see the description
in the paragraph 3.7.4.2 on page 141):
›› Switch SUPPLY circuit breaker to 1 (on) position.
›› Turn to AUTO position the switches: SERV. MILL PUMP,
›› Double-click on the incinerator door to open it. SETT. MILL PUMP, DO TRANS. PUMP. (MILL pumps are
›› Push the LOAD button to open the LOADING PANEL . stared when the panel power is on; DO TRANS pump is
started in AUTO mode at incinerator start.)
›› Load the solid waste matter as described in Chapter 4, the
paragraph 7.10.4.2 on page 207.

224
Starting Provision Cooling System
3.4. Starting Provision Cooling System 3.5. Starting Air Conditioning Plant
The following actions need to be taken in the simulator to start It is assumed that the pumps are running: one of MAIN C.S.W.
the Provision cooling plant for automatic operation. PUMP, and one of L.T. C.F.W. PUMP.
1. Check on ESB AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB The following actions need to be taken to start the AC Plant for
Consumers of the page EmG) that PROVISION REF. PLANT automatic operation.
COMPRESSOR SWITCH BOARD circuit breaker is ON.
1. On the plant LOP (use menu item Air Conditioning LOP of the
2. On the PROVISION COOLING PLANT display (use page ER3): turn MAN–AUTO swtches on COMPRESSOR
menu item Provision Cooling Plant of the page ER3): 1 and COMPRESSOR 2 panels to position AUTO.
›› Switch the power ON by the SUPPLY switch. 2. On the plant control panels (use menu item
›› On both PC COMPRESSOR 1, PC COMPRESSOR 2 panels: Air Conditioning Plant of the page ER3):
űű Check the SOURCE lamp is illuminated; ›› Set the TEMPERATURE REGULATION switch to position 2;
űű Click the MASTER SOLENOID button to open the Master ›› Switch power for compressors and fans;
Solenoid valve; ›› Click START button to start compressor 1.
űű Click the START/RUN button; 3. On the system diagram (use menu item Air
űű Set the mode switch to AUT position. Conditioning Plant of the page SYS):
›› Watch the compressor run indicator to turn green;
›› Click on the AC Compressor Suction valve and use the
pop-up panel to slowly increase the valve open state,
watching the pressure increase on the digital indicators;
4. On the plant control panels (use menu item
Air Conditioning Plant of the page ER3):
›› Turn AHU FAN START/STOP switch to position ON;
›› Set the appropriate (Low or High) performance for Fan
speed by AHU FAN SPEED SELECTOR switch.

225
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults

This chapter contains the list of simulator alarms and the list of
faults introduced by the instructor for training purposes.

Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults

Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults

1. Alarms and Breakdowns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.3. LO Service For Stern Tube System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.9. Page ER2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.1. Page BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.4. FO Service For Incinerator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.9.1. Deck Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.1.1. BCC A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.5. LO Filling and Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.2. GE Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.1.2. BCC B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.6. LO Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.3. LO Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.1.3. BCC C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.7. Sea Water Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.4. GE HT JW Preheater Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.2. Page ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.8. Soil and Sewage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.5. LOP Aux Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
1.2.1. ECC A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.9. GEs LO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.6. HFO Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.2.2. ECC C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.10. ME HT JW Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.7. LOP GE 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.2.3. ECC D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 1.6.11. FO Service For IGG, HPP, Emcy GE System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.8. HPU Valve Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3. Page MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.12. ME LO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.9.9. HPU Power Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3.1. MSB No 1 GSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.13. FO Service For ME, GE System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.10. Page ER3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3.2. No 1 (2, 3) Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.14. FO Filling and Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.10.1. LOP Main compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3.3. MSB No 2 GSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.15. LO Service For ME System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.10.2. Air Condition Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3.4. Synchro Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.16. Aux. Boiler Feed Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 1.10.3. Provision Cooling Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3.5. Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.17. Inert Gas System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.10.4. Incinerator and WO TK Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.3.6. AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 1.6.18. Bilge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.11. Page ER4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.4. Page AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.6.19. Fire System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.11.1. IGG Main Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.4.1. EXH GAS AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.6.20. FWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.12. Page FF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.4.2. LUB OIL ME AMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.7. Page SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.12.1. Local FF Main Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
1.5. Page BMCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.8. Page ER1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.13. Page EmG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.6. Page SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.8.1. OWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.13.1. ESB consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.6.1. LT Cooling FW System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.8.2. ME Local Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.13.2. EM’CY Gen. Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.6.2. Compressed Air Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 1.8.3. No 3 LGSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 1.13.3. Battery Charger and Discharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
1.13.4. EM’CY Gen LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

227
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults

2. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.6.11. ME LO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.10.4. Provision Cooling Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242
2.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.6.12. FO Filling and Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.5. Air Conditioning LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.2. Page BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.6.13. Bilge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.6. Incinerator and WO TK Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.2.1. BCC A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.7. Page SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.7. No 2 PDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.2.2. BCC B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.7.1. EMCY Fire pump Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.8. No 3 PDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.2.3. BCC C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.7.2. SG LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.9. No 4 PDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.3. Page ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.7.3. Local FF PP Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.10.10. No 5 PDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.3.1. ECC C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.8. Page ER1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.11. Page ER4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.3.2. ECC D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.8.1. ME Local panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.11.1. IGG Main panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.4. Page MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.8.2. No 3 LGSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.11.2. Boiler Power Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
2.4.1. MSB No 1 GSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 2.8.3. ME Turning Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.11.3. No 4 LGSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.4.2. No 1 (No 2, No 3) Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 2.9. Page ER2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.11.4. Soot Blowers Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.4.3. MSB No 2 GSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 2.9.1. Deck Compressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 2.11.5. Boiler Local Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.4.4. Synchro Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.2. GE Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.11.6. No 5 LGSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.4.5. No 1 (No 2) Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.3. LO Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.11.7. IGG Group Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
2.4.6. Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.4. LOP Aux Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.12. Page EmG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.4.7. AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.5. HFO Purifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.12.1. ESB Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
2.5. Page CID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.6. LOP GE 1, 2, 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.12.2. EM’CY Gen. Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.6. Page SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.7. No 2 LGSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.12.3. Shore Connection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.6.1. LT Cooling FW System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 2.9.8. FWG Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241 2.12.4. Battery Charger and Discharger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.6.2. Compressed Air Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.9.9. Sewage Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 2.12.5. EM’CY G/E Set Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.6.3. LO Service For Stern Tube System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.9.10. Cargo HPU Feed PP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 2.12.6. EM’CY Gen LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
2.6.4. LO Filling and Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.9.11. HPU Valve Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.6.5. Sea Water Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.9.12. No 1 PDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.6.6. Soil and Sewage System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.9.13. HPU Power Packs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.6.7. GEs LO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.10. Page ER3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.6.8. ME HT JW Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.10.1. LOP Main compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.6.9. FO Service For IGG, HPP, Emcy GE System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.10.2. Air Condition Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
2.6.10. FO Service For ME, GE System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 2.10.3. ECR Air Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

228
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Alarms and Breakdowns
Page BCC
1. Alarms and Breakdowns • ME Start Failure

• ME Finished With Engine
• ME Auto Shut Down LO Pressure Low
• ME Auto Shut Down Thrust Pad Temp High
The simulator alarms and breakdowns are listed in the order of • Control System Abnormal • ME Auto Slow Down Cam. Bearing AFT High Temp
the simulator pages and their displays. The alarms in similar sys- • AMS UPS Power Failure • ME Auto Slow Down Jacket CFW Pressure Low
tems (e.g. Port and Stbd, or DG1 and DG2, DG3, etc.) are com-
• Safety System Abnormal • ME Auto Slow Down Jacket CFW Temp High
bined together taking into account that the alarms are similar.
• Governor System Abnormal • ME Auto Slow Down Scav.Air HT&LT
1.1. Page BCC • Imperfect Bridge Control • ME Auto Slow Down LO Pressure Low
• ME Auto Slow Down LO Temp High
1.1.1. BCC A 1.1.3. BCC C • ME Auto Slow Down Oil Mist High
• SG Auto Pilot Failure • Fire Alarm In E/R
• ME Auto Slow Down Thtust Pad Temp High
• SG Remote Control Failure • General Alarm
• ME Auto Slow Down Piston C.O. Temp High
• Fire Alarm System Abnormal
• ME Auto Slow Down Cyl. LO Non Flow
1.1.2. BCC B • CO2 Release Alarm
• ME Auto Slow Down PCO Non Flow
• E/R Dead Man Alarm • Fire Alarm On Deck
• ME Auto Slow Down Axial Vibr. High
• B.C.C. AC Main Power Fail
• B.C.C. AC EM’CY Power Fail 1.2. Page ECR • ME Auto Slow Down Exh. Gas Temp High
• ME Auto Slow Down Exh. Gas Temp Dev. High
• B.C.C. DC Power Fail
1.2.1. ECC A • ME Auto Slow Down Cam. Bearing Fore High Temp
• B.C.C. Control AC Source Fail
• LO Cyl Non Flow • ME Auto Slow DownInter Shaft Bearing High Temp
• B.C.C. Control DC Source Fail
• Control System CPU Abnormal
• E.C.C. AC Main Power Fail 1.2.2. ECC C
• Control System 15 V Source Failure
• E.C.C. AC EM’CY Power Fail • ME Shut Dowm Override
• Control System Telegr. Trans. Pot. Failure
• E.C.C. DC Power Fail • ME Slow Down Override
• Control System Wiring Abnormal
• Signal Light Column Power Fail • ME Slow Down Prewarning
• ME Governor Actuator Failure
• P.A. System Abnormal • ME Shut Down Prewarning
• CO2 System Power Fail • ME EMCY Shut Down 1.2.3. ECC D
• Bridge Source Failure • ME Auto Slow Down • M/E Viscosity Controller
• Control Source Failure • ME Manual Shut Down • Viscosimeter Set Point Temperature Low
• Safety Source Failure • ME Overspeed • Viscosimeter Set Point Temperature High
• Telegraph Source Failure • ME Critical Speed • Viscosimeter Set Point Viscosity Low
• ME Wrong Way • ME Auto Shut Down TC LO Pressure Low • Viscosimeter Set Point Viscosity High
• Main/Emcy Source Failure • ME Auto Shut Down Overspeed • Viscosimeter System Alarm

229
Page MSB
1.3. Page MSB Phase Temp MSBD Alarm

• No. 1 Gen. “R” Phase Temp. High • Bus Short Circuit
1.3.1. MSB No 1 GSP • No. 1 Gen. “S” Phase Temp. High • MSBD Abnormal
• M/E Air Cooler Cleaning Pump Abnormal • No. 1 Gen. “T” Phase Temp. High • MSB Voltage Abnormal
• No 1 .Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO Abnormal • Phase Temp Group Alarm • MSB Frequency Abnormal
• EMCY Air Compressor Abnormal
1.3.3. MSB No 2 GSP Pref. Trip Alarm
• No 1 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump Abnormal
• No 2 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump Abnormal • Pref. Trip (PT1)
• ME Main LO Pump1 Abnormal
• M.G.O. Shifting Pump Abnormal • Pref. Trip (PT2)
• Deck Water Seal Pump St-by Started
• No 2 .Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO Abnormal • MSBD Pref. Trip
• H.F.O. Trans. Pump Abnormal
• ME Main LO Pump2 Abnormal ACB Abnormal Trip
• M/E HT J.W. Drain Trans. Pump Abnormal
• ME Cyl Oil Transfer Pump Abnormal • No 1 (2, 3) Gen. ACB Abnormal Trip
• M/E HT J.W. Heater Circ. Pump Abnormal
• M.D.O. Trans. Pump Abnormal • No 1 (2, 3) Gen. ACB Over Current Trip
• Fire & G/S Pump Abnormal
• G/E EM’CY M.D.O. Pump Abnormal • No 1 (2, 3) Gen. ACB Reverse Power Trip
• No 1 E/R SUP FAN Abnormal
• Fire & Bilge Pump Abnormal • Gen. ACB Abnormal Trip
• No 3 E/R SUP/EXH FAN Abnormal
• No 4 E/R SUP. FAN Abnormal Auto Sync
1.3.2. No 1 (2, 3) Generator Panel • No 2 E/R SUP/EXH FAN Abnormal • No 1 (2, 3) Gen. Auto Sync. Failure
For each generator the following alarms are generated:
• Auto Sync Failure
1.3.4. Synchro Panel
• No ## Gen. ACB Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 (2, 3) G/E Start Fail Non Close
• No ## Gen. ACB Over Current Trip
• No. 1 (2, 3) G/E Shut Down • No 1 (2, 3) Gen. ACB Non Close
• No ## Gen. ACB Short Cirquit Trip
• Bus Voltage Low • Gen. ACB Non Close
• No ## Gen. ACB Reverse Power Trip
• No ## Gen. Voltage Low
• Bus Voltage High 1.3.5. Bus Tie Panel
• Bus Frequency Low • MSB 440 V Insulation Resistance Low
• No ## Gen. Voltage High
• Bus Frequency High
• No ## Gen. Frequency Low
• Sync. Panel 24V Source Fail 1.3.6. AC220V Feeder Panel
• No ## Gen. Frequency High • MSB 220V Insulation Resistance Low
• Asym. LD. SH. Canc.
• No ## Gen. Current High
• MSB Safety. Source Fail
• No ## Gen. Power High
• ESB Safety. Sorce Fail
• No ## Gen. Abnormal
• PMS Alarm

230
Page AMS
1.4. Page AMS • Boiler Steam Pressure High Shutdown • G/E №1 (G/E №2, G/E №3) HT Water Press. Low
• Boiler Steam Pressure Low/High • L.T. C.F.W. P/P St-by Started
1.4.1. EXH GAS AMS • Boiler Steam Pressure High • L.T. C.F.W. Pumps Abnormal
• ME SA Cyl1 (Cyl2 – Cyl6) Outlet Temperature Low/High • Boiler Water Level Low
• ME T/C Exhaust Gas Outlet Temperature High
1.6.2. Compressed Air Service System
• Boiler Water Level High
• EMCY Shut-Off Air Reservoir Pressure Low
• ME Exhaust Gas Cyl1 (Cyl2 – Cyl6) Temperature High • Cascade TK Level Low
• №2 Main Air Reservoir Pressure Low
• ME Exhaus Gas Cyl1 (Cyl2 – Cyl6) Temperature Deviation • Boiler Water Level Low Shutdown
High • №1 Main Air Reservoir Pressure Low
• Boiler Water Level High Shutdown
• ME Exhaust Gas Temperature High • DECK Service Air Reservoir Pressure Low
• Boiler System Abnormal
• Soot Blower Abnormal • Air Dryer Abnormal
• Boiler Common Shutdown
• MAIN ENG OVER AMS
• Boiler Salinity High 1.6.3. LO Service For Stern Tube System
• ME Exh. V-v spring Air P Low
• Boiler Salinity High Shutdown • AFT Stern Tube Bearing Temperature High
• ME Control Air Pressure Low
• Boiler Atomising Pressure Low • Stern Tube Grav. TK Level Low
• ME Start Air Pressure Low
• Boiler Atomising Pressure Low Shutdown • FWD Stern Tube Bearing Temperature High
• Thrust Pad Temperature High
• Boiler Fuel Pressure Low • Stern Tube Drain TK Level High
• ME Finish Engine
• Boiler Fuel Pressure Low Shutdown • Stern Tube FWD TK Level Low
1.4.2. LUB OIL ME AMS • Boiler Fuel Temperature Low • Stern Tube AFT TK Level Low
• Boiler Fuel Temperature Low Shutdown
• ME TC Oil Outlet Temperature High
1.6.4. FO Service For Incinerator System
• ME LO Cyl 1 (Cyl2 – Cyl6) Outlet Temperature High • Boiler Fuel Temperature High
• Mill Pump Overload
• ME LO Cyl 1 (Cyl2 – Cyl6) Non-Flow • Boiler Fuel Temperature High Shutdown
• Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Level High
• Camshaft Bearing AFT Temperature High • Boiler Flame Out
• Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Level Low
• Camshaft Bearing FWD Temperature High • Boiler Exh. Gas Outlet Temperature High
• Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Temp. High
• ME TC Oil Pressure Low • Boiler Water Salinity
• Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Temp. Low
• LUB STERN TUBE AMS • Boiler Water Salinity Shutdown
• Incinerator W.O. Service TK Level High
• Inter Shaft Bearing Temperature High
1.6. Page SYS • Incinerator W.O. Service TK Level Low
1.5. Page BMCS 1.6.1. LT Cooling FW System

• Incinerator W.O. Service TK Temp. High
• Incinerator W.O. Service TK Temp. Low
• Boiler Feed Pump Stdby Start
• LT Cooling FW System Pressure Low • Incinerator W.O. System Abnormal
• Boiler Circ Pump Stdby Start
• LT FW Expansion TK Level Low
• Boiler Fuel Pump Stdby Start

231
Page SYS
1.6.5. LO Filling and Transfer System 1.6.10. ME HT JW Cooling System • M/E & G/E F.O. Circ. P/P St-by Started
• ME HT Cyl 1 (Cyl2 – Cyl6) Temperature High • FO Leakage TK high Level GE 1 (GE 2, GE 3)

Pumps
• ME JW System Pressure Low • ME FO Leakage TK high Level
• LO Transfer Pump Abnormal
• ME JW Expansion TK Level Low • M/E & G/E F.O. Supp. Pumps Abnormal
Tanks
• M/E Jacket P/P St-by Started • M/E & G/E F.O. Circ. Pumps Abnormal
• Hydr Oil Storage Tank Level Low
• ME LO Settling Tank Level High
• M/E HT J.W. Pumps Abnormal 1.6.14. FO Filling and Transfer System
• ME LO Storage Tank Level High 1.6.11. FO Service For IGG, HPP, Emcy GE System • №1 HFO Storage TK (P) Level High
• ME LO Sump Tank Level Low • EM’CY G/E M.G.O. TK Level Low • №1 HFO Storage TK (S) Level High
• GE LO Settling Tank Level High • No. 1 (no. 2) M.G.O. TK Level High • №2 LSHFO Storage TK (S) Level High
• GE LO StorageTank Level High • HPP M.G.O. Service TK Level Low • №2 HFO Storage TK (P) Level High
• LO DrainTank Level High • HFO Settling TK Level Low
1.6.12. ME LO Service System • HFO Settling TK Level High
1.6.6. LO Purifying System • ME LO Auto Back Flush Filter Pressure Drop High • LSHFO Settling TK Level Low
• Sludge TK Level High • ME Cyl Lubricator Section1 Low Level • LSHFO Settling TK Level High
• ME Cyl Lubricator Section2 Low Level
1.6.7. Sea Water Cooling System • HFO Service TK Level Low
• ME Cyl Lubricator Section1 Non Flow • LSHFO Service TK Level Low
• Main C.S.W. Pressure Low
• ME Cyl Lubricator Section2 Non Flow • №1 MDO Storage TK (S) Level High
• MAIN C.S.W. P/P St-by Started
• Main C.S.W. Pumps Abnormal Pumps • №2 MDO Storage TK (S) Level High
• ME LO Main Pumps Abnormal • №3 LSMDO Storage TK (S) Level High
1.6.8. Soil and Sewage System • ME LO Pump St-By Started • MDO Settling TK Level Low
• STP Holding TK Level High
Tanks • MDO Settling TK Level High
• STP Desinfection TK Level High
• ME Cyl Oil MeasuringTank Level Low • MDO Service TK Level Low
1.6.9. GEs LO Service System • ME Scav Air DrainTank Level High • FO Overflow TK Level High
GE1 (GE2, GE3) 1.6.13. FO Service For ME, GE System 1.6.15. LO Service For ME System
• GE1 (GE2, GE3) LO Inlet Temp High • ME LO Inlet Temp. High
• FO Viscosity Low
• GE1 (GE2, GE3) Sump Tank Level Low • ME Main Bearings1 (2 – 7) Temperature High
• FO Viscosity High
• GE1 (GE2, GE3) Sump Tank Level High
• FO Auto Filter Pressure Drop Indicator High
• GE1 (GE2, GE3) Oil Filter Pressure Drop High 1.6.16. Aux. Boiler Feed Water System
• M/E & G/E F.O. Supp. P/P St-by Started
• GE1 (GE2, GE3) Priming Pump Abnormal • Exh. Gas Economizer Outlet Temperature High

232
Page SG
1.6.17. Inert Gas System • ER AFT Bilge Well High Level • ME LO Pressure Low
• I.G.G. Main Control Panel Power Failure • ER FWD Bilge Well (S) High Level • ME Fuel Cam Position Abnormal
• Exhaust Gas Outlet Temperature High • Feed Water TK (S) Level Low • ME FO Inlet Pressure Low
• Oily Bilge TK Level High
• I.G.G. SW Cooling Outlet Temp High 1.8.3. No 3 LGSP
• I.G.G. SW Main Press Low • Bilge Hold TK Level High
• Bilge Transfer Pump Abnormal
• Primary Air Pressure Low • ME Bilge Hat High Level
• Sludge Pump Abnormal
• I.G.G. SW Cooling Inlet Press High • ER Flooding Alarm
• Secondary Air Pressure Low 1.6.19. Fire System 1.9. Page ER2
• Main FO Inlet Press Low • Fire Fighting System Pressure Low 1.9.1. Deck Compressor
• I.G.G. SW Cooling Outlet Press Low • Foam Tank Level Low • Deck Service Air Compressor High Air Temp
• IGG Compressed Control Air Pressure Low
• Deck Seal Feed Water Flow Low 1.6.20. FWG • Deck Compressor Common Alarm
• Deck Service Air Compressor Abnormal
• Deck Seal Seal Water Level Low • FW Generator Salinity High
• Inert Gas System Abnormal • FW Generator Abnormal 1.9.2. GE Control Panel

• No 1 (No 2, No 3) G/E Control Power Failure
• Primary Air Fan Abnormal Stop
1.7. Page SG
• No 1 (No 2) Second Air Fan Abnormal Stop
• SG1 (SG2) Oil Level Low 1.9.3. LO Purifiers
• No 1 (No 2) FO Pump Abnormal Stop
• SG1 (SG2) Hydr Oil Tank Temperature High LO Purifier 1 (Purifier 2) Alarms
• IGG Main Line Oxigen Content Low
• SG1 (SG2) Hydr. Locking • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Inlet Temp. Low
• IGG Main Line Oxigen Content High
• SG Pump1 (Pump2) Motor OverLoad • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Inlet Temp. High
• Pilot Pump Abnormal Stop
• SG1 (SG2) Phase Failure • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Leakage
• Burner Motor Abnormal Stop
• SG1 (SG2) Power Failure • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier No-Dis
• Generator Drain Level High
• SG1 (SG2) Control Power Failure • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier High Vibration
• Flame Failure
• LO Purifier 1 (2) Abnormal
• Deck Main Line Low Pressure 1.8. Page ER1
• Deck Main Line High Pressure 1.9.4. GE HT JW Preheater Unit
• Deck Main Line Extremely Low Pressure
1.8.1. OWS • GE HT JW Preheater Unit Heater 1 (2) Failure
• OWS Oil Content High
• GE HT JW Preheater Unit Heater Abnormal
1.6.18. Bilge System
• Bilge Hold TK Temperature High
1.8.2. ME Local Panel 1.9.5. LOP Aux Blower
• ME Slow Down Request
• ER FWD Bilge Well (P) High Level • Blower 1 (2) Overload
• ME Cyl 1 (Cyl 2 – Cyl 6) Fuel Cam. Wrong Position

233
Page ER3
1.9.6. HFO Purifiers 1.9.8. HPU Valve Control Unit • Cold Room “Meat” Temp. High
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Inlet Temp. High • Valve Remote Cont. Sys. Abnormal • Meat Room Defroster Alarm
• Cool Room “Vegetable” Temp. High
FO Purifier 1 (Purifier 2) Alarms 1.9.9. HPU Power Packs
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Inlet Temp. Low • HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Press. Low 1.10.4. Incinerator and WO TK Control Panel
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Inlet Temp. High • HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Temp. High • Incinerator Flame Out
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier No-Dis • HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) F.W. Temp. High • Incinerator Fan Failure
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier High Vibration • Incinerator Burner Failure
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Leakage 1.10. Page ER3 • Incinerator Shut Down
• FO Purifier 1 (2) Abnormal • Incinerator Abnormal
1.10.1. LOP Main compressors
• Incinerator Furnace Temp. High
1.9.7. LOP GE 1, 2, 3 1.10.2. Air Condition Plant • Incinerator Furnace Temp. Low
For each GE 1, 2, 3 the following alarms are generated:
• AC1 (AC2 )Compressor Shut Down • Incinerator Exhaust Gas Temp. High
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E HT Temp. High • Air Condition Abnormal • Incinerator W.O. TK Temp Low
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Control Air Press. Low • Incinerator W.O. TK Level Abnormal
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Start Air Press. Low 1.10.3. Provision Cooling Plant
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E FO Boost Press. Low • PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip Master Solenoid Closed 1.11. Page ER4
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E L.O. Press. Low • PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip Pressure Out High
• PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip Temp Out High
1.11.1. IGG Main Panel
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Cyl. 1 (Cyl. 2 – Cyl. 6) Exh. Gas Outlet
• IGG Scrubber CSW Pump Abnormal
High Temp. • PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip SW Pressure Low
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Cyl. 1 (Cyl. 2 – Cyl. 6) Exh. Gas High • PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip Oil Pressure Low 1.12. Page FF
Deviation • PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip Oil Level Low
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E L.O. Inlet Low Press. Trip • PC Compressor 1 (2) EMCY Trip OverCurrent 1.12.1. Local FF Main Panel
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E C.F.W. High Temp. Trip • PC Compressor 1 (2) Outlet Press. High • Local Fire Fighting System M/E Space Released
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Over Speed Trip • PC Compressor 1 (2) Outlet Temperature High • Local Fire Fighting System No. 1/2 G/E Space Released
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Exh. Gas Temp. Abnormal Trip • Local Fire Fighting System No. 3 G/E Space Released
• PC SW Pressure Low
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Exhaust Gas TC Outlet High Temp • Local Fire Fighting System Aux. Boiler Space Released
• PC Compressor 1 (2) Oil Level Low
(1-3 ) High • Local Fire Fighting System Purifiers Space Released
• PC Compressor 1 (2) Oil Pressure Low
• No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) G/E Exhaust Gas TC Outlet High Temp • Local Fire Fighting System I.G.G. Space Released
• Ref. Chamber Alarm
(4-6 ) High • Local Fire Fighting System Incinerator Space Released
• Cold Room “Fish” Temp. High
• Local Fire Fighting System Abnormal
• Fish Room Defroster Alarm
• Fire Signal for Local Fire Fighting

234
Page EmG
1.13. Page EmG 1.13.3. Battery Charger and Discharger

• BCD Board 24 V DC Insulation Resistance Low
1.13.1. ESB consumers • BCD Board 24 V DC Load Voltage Low
AC440V EM’CY Feeder Panel • BCD Board 24 V DC Load Voltage High
• ESB 440 V Insulation Resistance Low • BCD Board 24 V DC Main Power Fail
AC220V EM’CY Feeder Panel • BCD Abnormal
• ESB 220 V Insulation Resistance Low EM’CY G/E Set Battery Charger
ESB Alarms • EM’CY G/E Set Battery Charger Voltage Low
• EM’CY Bus Voltage Low • EM’CY G/E Set Battery Charger Main Power Fail
• EM’CY Bus Voltage High • E/G BCD Abnormal
• EM’CY Bus Frequency Low
1.13.4. EM’CY Gen LOP
• EM’CY Bus Frequency High
• EM’CY G/E LO Temp. High
• ESBD Abnormal
• EM’CY G/E FW Temp. High
1.13.2. EM’CY Gen. Panel • EM’CY G/E LO Press. Low
• EM’CY Gen. Voltage Low • EM’CY G/E EM’CY Stop Source Fail
• EM’CY Gen. Voltage High
• EM’CY Gen. Power High
• EM’CY Gen. Current High
• EM’CY Gen. Frequency Low
• EM’CY Gen. Frequency High
• EM’CY Gen. Abnormal
• EM’CY Gen. ACB Short Cirquit Trip
• EM’CY Gen. ACB Over Current Trip

235
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Faults Introduced by Instructor
General
2. Faults Introduced by Instructor 2.2. Page BCC 2.3.2. ECC D

• Viscosimeter Regulator Failure
2.1. General 2.2.1. BCC A
Instructor can introduce faults into trainees’ exercises using
• SG Remote Control Failure 2.4. Page MSB
the e‑Tutor Performance monitor application or Faults • SG Auto Pilot Failure
plugin of the Instructor application.
2.4.1. MSB No 1 GSP
2.2.2. BCC B • Fire and G/S Pump Current fault Short Circuit
In this section possible faults are described for Product • Telegraph Source Failure • Fire and G/S Pump Current fault Over Current
Tanker simulator according to respective simulator pages and
• Control Source Failure • Fire and G/S Pump Current fault Low Insulation
their displays.
• Safety Source Failure • M/E Air Cooler Cleaning Pump fault Short Circuit
Instructor manual provides detailed information on working
• BCC RPM Indicator Failure • M/E Air Cooler Cleaning Pump fault Over Current
with the Faults plugin of Instructor application. e-Tutor manual
• M/E Air Cooler Cleaning Pump fault Low Insulation
provides detailed information on working with the application.
2.2.3. BCC C
The following description is a brief summary of steps to take • M/E HT J.W. Heater Circ. Pump fault Short Circuit
• Fire Near Purifiers
for introducing a fault provided that an exercise is selected and • M/E HT J.W. Heater Circ. Pump fault Over Current
• Fire Near Main Engine
assigned to a trainee. • M/E HT J.W. Heater Circ. Pump fault Low Insulation
• Fire Near G/E No. 1
1. Open (start it in the Router) Performance • Fire Near G/E No. 3
• M/E HT J.W. Drain Trans Pump fault Short Circuit
monitor application window. Trainee • M/E HT J.W. Drain Trans Pump fault Over Current
• Fire Near Incinerator
monitor tab displays the Trainee status:
• M/E HT J.W. Drain Trans Pump fault Low Insulation
• Fire Near I.G.G.
2. Create a trainee group with selected Trainee. If the group • No 1 E/R Sup. Fan fault Short Circuit
with the selected Trainee exists, step 1 can be omitted. • Fire Near Aux Boiler
• No 1 E/R Sup. Fan fault Over Current
Note! The task e-Tutor Model should be started in the • Fire In Paint Store
Router application.
• No 1 E/R Sup. Fan fault Low Insulation
• Fire Near EM’CY Gen
• No 1 M/E and G/E F.O. Sup. Pump fault Short Circuit
3. In Instructor application open the Faults plugin in a • Fire On Upper Deck
Desktop window. The Faults Control window opens up • No 1 M/E and G/E F.O. Sup. Pump fault Over Current
4. Click the Add button. The window Select 2.3. Page ECR • No 1 M/E and G/E F.O. Sup. Pump fault Low Insulation
parameter opens up. The tree root of all simulator • No 1 M/E and G/E F.O. Circ. Pump fault Short Circuit
faults is displayed in the left column.
2.3.1. ECC C • No 1 M/E and G/E F.O. Circ. Pump fault Over Current
• ECR RPM Indicator Failure
5. Navigate the tree and select required fault. Click OK. • No 1 M/E and G/E F.O. Circ. Pump fault Low Insulation
• CENTRAL PROCESSOR UNIT (CPU) MALFUNCTION
6. Edit faults’ start/end time; enable/disable faults, etc. • No 1 Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO fault
• 15 V SOURCE LOST Short Circuit
7. Use Force button to activate a fault immediately.
• TELEGRAPH CONNECTION LOST • No 1 Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO fault
Over Current

236
Page MSB
• No 1 Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO fault 2.4.2. No 1 (No 2, No 3) Generator Panel • No 2 M/E and G/E F.O. Circ. Pump fault Short Circuit
Low Insulation • No 2 M/E and G/E F.O. Circ. Pump fault Over Current
• No 1 (2, 3) Gen. Overheating
• No 1 Main Air Compressor fault Short Circuit • No 2 M/E and G/E F.O. Circ. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 (2, 3) Gen. ACB Spring Charge Motor Fault
• No 1 Main Air Compressor fault Over Current • No 2 M/E and G/E F.O. Sup. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 1 (2, 3) Gen. fault Auto Sync
• No 1 Main Air Compressor fault Low Insulation • No 2 M/E and G/E F.O. Sup. Pump fault Over Current
• No 1 (2, 3) Gen. Short Circuit Stator Winding
• No 1 M/E HT J.W. Pump fault Short Circuit • No 2 M/E and G/E F.O. Sup. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 M/E HT J.W. Pump fault Over Current 2.4.3. MSB No 2 GSP • No 2 Deck Water Seal Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 1 M/E HT J.W. Pump fault Low Insulation • M.G.O. Shifting Pump fault Short Circuit • No 2 Deck Water Seal Pump fault Over Current
• No 1 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump fault Short Circuit • M.G.O. Shifting Pump fault Over Current • No 2 Deck Water Seal Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump fault Over Current • M.G.O. Shifting Pump fault Low Insulation • No 4 E/R Sup. Fan fault Short Circuit
• No 1 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump fault Low Insulation • G/E EM’CY M.D.O. Pump fault Short Circuit • No 4 E/R Sup. Fan fault Over Current
• No 3 E/R Sup/Exh Fan fault Short Circuit • G/E EM’CY M.D.O. Pump fault Over Current • No 4 E/R Sup. Fan fault Low Insulation
• No 3 E/R Sup/Exh Fan fault Over Current • G/E EM’CY M.D.O. Pump fault Low Insulation • M.D.O. Trans. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 3 E/R Sup/Exh Fan fault Low Insulation • Scrubber C.S.W. Pump For I.G.G. fault Short Circuit • M.D.O. Trans. Pump fault Over Current
• H.F.O. Trans. Pump fault Short Circuit • Scrubber C.S.W. Pump For I.G.G. fault Over Current • M.D.O. Trans. Pump fault Low Insulation
• H.F.O. Trans. Pump fault Over Current • Scrubber C.S.W. Pump For I.G.G. fault Low Insulation • No 2 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump fault Short Circuit
• Cyl. Oil Trans. Pump fault Short Circuit • No 2 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump fault Over Current
• H.F.O. Trans. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 2 Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 Main L.O. Pump fault Short Circuit • Cyl. Oil Trans. Pump fault Over Current
• No 2 M/E HT J.W. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 1 Main L.O. Pump fault Over Current • Cyl. Oil Trans. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 2 M/E HT J.W. Pump fault Over Current
• No 1 Main L.O. Pump fault Low Insulation • EM’CY Air Compressor fault Short Circuit
• No 2 M/E HT J.W. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 Main C.S.W. Pump fault Short Circuit • EM’CY Air Compressor fault Over Current
• No 2 L.T. C.F.W. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 1 Main C.S.W. Pump fault Over Current • EM’CY Air Compressor fault Low Insulation
• No 2 L.T. C.F.W. Pump fault Over Current
• No 1 Main C.S.W. Pump fault Low Insulation • No 2 Main Air Compressor fault Short Circuit
• No 2 L.T. C.F.W. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 L.T. C.F.W. Pump fault Short Circuit • No 2 Main Air Compressor fault Over Current
• No 2 Main C.S.W. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 1 L.T. C.F.W. Pump fault Over Current • No 2 Main Air Compressor fault Low Insulation
• No 2 Main C.S.W. Pump fault Over Current
• No 1 L.T. C.F.W. Pump fault Low Insulation • No 2 Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO fault
• No 2 Main C.S.W. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 1 Deck Water Seal Pump fault Short Circuit Short Circuit
• No 2 Main L.O. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No 1 Deck Water Seal Pump fault Over Current • No 2 Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO fault
• No 2 Main L.O. Pump fault Over Current
Over Current
• No 1 Deck Water Seal Pump fault Low Insulation • No 2 Main L.O. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No 2 Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO fault
Low Insulation • Fire and Bilge Pump fault Short Circuit

237
Page CID
• Fire and Bilge Pump fault Over Current • No 6 Power Distrib. Board (Galley) fault Short Circuit • Late Injection In Cyl 1 – Cyl 6
• Fire and Bilge Pump fault Low Insulation • No 6 Power Distrib. Board (Galley) fault Low Insulation • Early Injection In Cyl 1 – Cyl 6
• Bridge Control Console (B.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault • Injection Valve Wear (Poor Atomization) On Cyl 1 – Cyl 6
2.4.4. Synchro Panel Short Circuit • MainBearing 1 – 7 wear
• MSB Side Bus Tie ACB Spring Charge Motor Fault
• Nav. Insrument Distrib. Board In B.C.C. fault Low Insulation • Piston Ring Wear in Cyl. 1 – Cyl. 6
2.4.5. No 1 (No 2) Feeder Panel • I.G.G. Main Control Panel fault Short Circuit • Injection Pump Cavitation on Cyl.1 – Cyl.6
• No 1 (2) Feeder Panel Short Circuit • I.G.G. Main Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• No 4 Lighting Distribution Board fault Short Circuit 2.6. Page SYS
2.4.6. Bus Tie Panel • No 4 Lighting Distribution Board fault Low Insulation
• ACB Bus Tie Spring Charge Motor Fault 2.6.1. LT Cooling FW System
• No 5 Lighting Distribution Board fault Short Circuit
• G/E J.W. Preheater Unit fault Short Circuit • ME TC SA cooler Fouling (air side)
• No 5 Lighting Distribution Board fault Low Insulation
• G/E J.W. Preheater Unit fault Over Current • LT Cooling Fresh Water Pump 1 (2) Failure
• Engine Control Console (E.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault
• G/E J.W. Preheater Unit fault Low Insulation • LT Cooling Fresh Water Pump 1 (2) Wear
Short Circuit
• Cargo Hose Handing Crane fault Short Circuit • LT FW Cooler 1 (2) Fouling FW Side
• Engine Control Console (E.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault
• Cargo Hose Handing Crane fault Over Current Low Insulation • LT FW DG Preheating Pump Failure
• Cargo Hose Handing Crane fault Low Insulation • EM’CY Shower & Eye Wash System fault Short Circuit • LT FW DG Preheating Pump Wear
• EM’CY Shower & Eye Wash System fault Low Insulation • G/E №1 (G/E №2, G/E №3) Cooling Driven Pump Failure
2.4.7. AC220V Feeder Panel • G/E №1 (G/E №2, G/E №3) Cooling Driven Pump Wear
• Window Defrosting System Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• AC220V Feeder Panel fault Short Circuit • LT FW Temperature Controller Failure
• Window Defrosting System Control Panel fault Low
• Nav. Lighting Control Panel On B.C.C. fault Short Circuit • DG1 (DG2, DG3) Lub. Oil Cooler Fouling
Insulation
• Nav. Lighting Control Panel On B.C.C. fault Low Insulation • DG1 (DG2, DG3) Air Cooler Fouling
• Fire Main Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• No 1 Lighting Distrib. Board In B.C.C. fault Short Circuit • Intermediate Shaft Bearing Cooler Fouling
• Fire Main Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• No 1 Lighting Distrib. Board In B.C.C. fault Low Insulation • Cooler For Hyd. Power Pack Fouling
• Local F.F. Main Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• Nav. Insrument Distrib. Board In B.C.C. fault Short Circuit • №1 (№2) HPP Engine Cooler Fouling
• Local F.F. Main Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• Nav. Insrument Distrib. Board In B.C.C. fault Low Insulation • ME Air Cooler Fouling
• CO2 Alarm Panel fault Short Circuit
• No 2 Lighting Distribution Board fault Short Circuit • ME HT Cooler Fouling
• CO2 Alarm Panel fault Low Insulation
• No 2 Lighting Distribution Board fault Low Insulation • ME LO Cooler Fouling
• No 3 Lighting Distribution Board fault Short Circuit 2.5. Page CID • №1 (№2) SG LO Cooler Fouling
• No 3 Lighting Distribution Board fault Low Insulation • Clogging Of Injection Valve Nozzle In Cyl 1 – Cyl 6 • Main Air Compressor 1 (2) Cooler Fouling
• No 6 Lighting Distribution Board fault Short Circuit • Injection Pump Wear in Cyl. 1 – Cyl. 6 • Deck Service Air Compressor Cooler Fouling
• No 6 Lighting Distribution Board fault Low Insulation • Injection Pump Jamming on Cyl 1 – Cyl 6 • Oil Leak from LO to LT System

238
Page SYS
2.6.2. Compressed Air Service System • High sea chest biofouling 2.6.10. FO Service For ME, GE System
• №1 (№2) Main Air Compressor Lube Oil Leakage • High sea chest ice blockage • ME/GE FO supply pump 1 (2) Wear
• EMCY Air Compressor Motor Failure • Lower sea chest fouling • ME/GE FO circulation pump 1 (2) Wear
• Air Dryer Abnormal • Lower sea chest biofouling • ME/GE FO supply pump 1 (2) Break
• Compressed Air Leakage • Lower sea chest ice blockage • ME/GE FO circulation pump 1 (2) Break
2.6.3. LO Service For Stern Tube System 2.6.6. Soil and Sewage System • ME/GE FO by-pass filter fouling
• STP Holding TK fault High Level • FO filter dirty (for no 1, 2, 3 diesel gen.)
• Stern Tube Gravity TK Leakage
• FO de-aerating valve malfunction
• Stern Tube FWD Seal Wear 2.6.7. GEs LO Service System • FO back flush filter dirty
• Stern Tube AFT Seal Wear • GE1 (GE2, GE3) Oil Filter Fouling • FO pressure control valve closed
• Stern Tube AFT Bearing wear • GE1 (GE2, GE3) LO Sump Tank Leakage • GE 1 (2, 3) FO Leakage
• Stern Tube FWD Bearing wear • GE1 (GE2, GE3) Plelubrication Pump Motor Failure • ME FO Leakage
2.6.4. LO Filling and Transfer System • GE1 (GE2, GE3) Driven Pump Wear • GE 1 (2, 3) Fuel feed breaking
• LO Transfer Pump Wear • GE1 (GE2, GE3) Driven Pump Failure • GE 1 (2, 3) FO Filter 1 (2) Fouling
• LO Transfer Pump Failure 2.6.8. ME HT JW Cooling System 2.6.11. ME LO Service System
• Hydr Oil Storage Tank Leakage • ME HT JW Pump 1 (2) Failure • ME LO Auto Back Flush Filter Failure
• ME LO Sump Tank Leakage • ME HT JW Pump 1 (2) Wear • ME LO Temp Governor Failure
2.6.5. Sea Water Cooling System • ME HT JW Drain Transfer P/P Failure • ME Piston 1 (2 – 6) Oil Non Flow
• Sea water cooling pump 1 (2) Failure • ME HT JW Drain Transfer P/P Wear • ME Piston 1 (2 – 6) Oil Clogging
• Sea water cooling pump 1 (2) Wear • ME HT JW Preheater Circ. Pump Failure • ME Main Bearing 1 (2 – 6) Oil Clogging
• FW cooler 1 (2) sea water side dirty • ME HT JW Preheater Circ. Pump Wear • ME Thrust Bearing Oil Clogging
• Deck water seal pump 1 (2) failure • ME HT JW Temperature Controller Failure • ME Camshaft Bearing Fore Non Flow
• Deck water seal pump 1 (2) Wear • ME HT JW Cooler Fouling • ME Camshaft Bearing Aft Non Flow
• Scrubber pump failure • ME HT JW Expansion Tank Low Level • ME Cyl Oil Consumption High
• Scrubber pump Wear • Cooling Jacket Fouling Cylinder 1 (2 – 6) • ME Cyl Oil System Leakage
• Atm. Condenser sea water side dirty 2.6.9. FO Service For IGG, HPP, Emcy GE System • ME LO Leakage
• F.W. Generator S.W. Ejector Pump Wear • M.G.O. Shifting Pump Failure • ME Main LO Pump1 (Pump2) Wear
• F.W. Generator S.W. Ejector Pump Break • ME Main LO Pump1 (Pump2) Failure
• High sea chest fouling

239
Page SG
2.6.12. FO Filling and Transfer System 2.7.2. SG LOP • ME Compessor Blades Fouling
• HFO transfer pump motor failure • No 1 (No 2) Steering Gear fault Short Circuit • ME TC Bearing Failure
• MDO transfer pump motor breakdown • No 1 (No 2) Steering Gear fault Low Insulation • ME Turbine Nozzle Fouling
• HFO service TK HighTemperature • SG HPU 1 (2) Servo Fault 2.8.2. No 3 LGSP

• LSHFO service TK HighTemperature • SG HPU 1 (2) Oil Leakage • L.O. Transfer Pump fault Short Circuit
• FO overflow TK High Level • SG Pump1 (Pump2) Motor Phase Failure • L.O. Transfer Pump fault Over Current
• MDO service TK Low Level • SG Pump1 (pump2) Motor OverLoad • L.O. Transfer Pump fault Low Insulation
• Local FF PP Starter
2.6.13. Bilge System • Sludge Pump fault Short Circuit
• Local Fi-Fi Pump fault Short Circuit • Sludge Pump fault Over Current
• Bilge Transfer Pump Failure
• Local Fi-Fi Pump fault Over Current • Sludge Pump fault Low Insulation
• Bilge Transfer Pump Wear
• Local Fi-Fi Pump fault Low Insulation • Oily Water Separator fault Short Circuit
• Fire and Bilge Pump Failure
• Local Fi-Fi Pump Wear • Oily Water Separator fault Over Current
• Fire and Bilge Pump Wear
• Fire and G/S Pump Failure • Local Fi-Fi Pump Failure • Oily Water Separator fault Low Insulation
• Fire and G/S Pump Wear 2.7.3. Local FF PP Starter • Bilge Transfer Pump fault Short Circuit
• Suction Filter Clogged of Bilge Water Pump • Bilge Transfer Pump fault Over Current
• Local Fi-Fi Pump fault Short Circuit
• Engine Room Flooding • Bilge Transfer Pump fault Low Insulation
• Local Fi-Fi Pump fault Over Current
• Fast Engine Room Flooding
OWS
• Local Fi-Fi Pump fault Low Insulation 2.8.3. ME Turning Gear
• Local Fi-Fi Pump Wear • M/E Turning Gear fault Short Circuit
• Bilge Separator Heater Failure
• Local Fi-Fi Pump Failure • M/E Turning Gear fault Over Current
• High Oil Content in Bilge Tank
• Oil Bilge Tank Level Low 2.8. Page ER1 • M/E Turning Gear fault Low Insulation
• Oil Bilge Tank Level Hıgh
2.8.1. ME Local panel 2.9. Page ER2
2.7. Page SG • ME Cyl.1 (Cyl.2 – Cyl.6) Fuel Cam. Fault 2.9.1. Deck Compressor
• Main Diesel Broken
2.7.1. EMCY Fire pump Starter • Deck Service Air Compressor fault Short Circuit
• ME GOVERNOR ACTUATOR BROKEN • Deck Service Air Compressor fault Over Current
• EM’CY Fire Pump fault Short Circuit
• Turbo Charger Surging • Deck Service Air Compressor fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY Fire Pump fault Over Current
• ME Turbine Blades Fouling • Deck Compressor Motor Break
• EM’CY Fire Pump fault Low Insulation
• Deck Compressor wear of rings & valves

240
Page ER2
2.9.2. GE Control Panel 2.9.4. LOP Aux Blower 2.9.6. LOP GE 1, 2, 3

• No 1 (No 2, No 3) G/E L.O. Priming Pump fault Short Circuit • No 1 (No 2) M/E Aux. Blower fault Short Circuit • GE1 (GE2, GE3) TC broken
• No 1 (No 2, No 3) G/E L.O. Priming Pump fault Over Current • No 1 (No 2) M/E Aux. Blower fault Low Insulation • GE1 (GE2, GE3) SS LO Pressure Detect. Failure
• No 1 (No 2, No 3) G/E L.O. Priming Pump fault • Blower 1 (2) Overload • GE1 (GE2, GE3) RPM governor jamming
Low Insulation • Blower 1 ( 2) Failure • GE1 (GE2, GE3) SS Speed Detect. Failure
2.9.3. LO Purifiers 2.9.5. HFO Purifiers

• GE1 (GE2, GE3) SS HT Temperature Detect. Failure
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Leakage • GE1 (GE2, GE3) SS Exhaust Temperature Detect. Failure
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Leakage
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Motor Failure • GE1 (GE2, GE3) T/C Lubricating system broken
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Motor Failure
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Supply Pump Failure • No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Supply Pump Failure 2.9.7. No 2 LGSP
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Water Seal Break • No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Water Seal Break • No 1 (No 2) L.O. Purifier fault Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Closing Water Solenoid Valve • No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Closing Water Solenoid Valve • No 1 (No 2) L.O. Purifier fault Low Insulation
Failure Failure • No 1 (No 2) L.O. Purifier Sup. Pump fault Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Opening Water Solenoid Valve • No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Opening Water Solenoid Valve • No 1 (No 2) L.O. Purifier Sup. Pump fault Over Current
Failure Failure
• No 1 (No 2) L.O. Purifier Sup. Pump fault Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Coupling Wear • No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Coupling Wear • No 1 (No 2) H.F.O. Purifier fault Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Outlet Press. Low • No. 1 (No. 2) F.O. Purifier Outlet Press. Low • No 1 (No 2) H.F.O. Purifier fault Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No 2, No 3) G/E L.O. Sump. TK fault High Impurity • H.F.O. Serv. TK fault High Impurity Content • Purifier Foom Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit
Content
• H.F.O. Serv. TK fault High Water Content • Purifier Foom Exh. Fan fault Over Current
• No. 1 (No 2, No 3) G/E L.O. Sump. TK fault High Water
• H.F.O. Sett. TK fault High Water Content • Purifier Foom Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
Content
• H.F.O. Sett.TK fault High Impurity Content
• G/E Sett. TK fault High Impurity Content
• L.S.H.F.O. Serv.TK fault High Water Content
2.9.8. FWG Control Panel
• G/E Sett. TK fault High Water Content • F.W.G. Ejector Pump fault Low Insulation
• L.S.H.F.O. Serv. TK fault High Impurity Content
• M/E Sump. TK fault High Impurity Content • F.W.G. Dist. Pump fault Low Insulation
• L.S.H.F.O. Sett. TK fault High Water Content
• M/E Sump. TK fault High Water Content • Heating Failure
• L.S.H.F.O. Sett. TK fault High Impurity Content
• M/E Sett. TK fault High Impurity Content • Condenser Fouling
• M.D.O. Serv. TK fault High Water Content
• M/E Sett. TK fault High Water Content • Vacuum Failure
• M.D.O. Serv. TK fault High Impurity Content
• Drain TK fault High Impurity Content • Salinometer Failure
• M.D.O. Sett. TK fault High Water Content
• Drain TK fault High Water Content
• M.D.O. Sett. TK fault High Impurity Content

241
Page ER3
2.9.9. Sewage Treatment • M/E L.O. Auto Filter fault Short Circuit
2.10. Page ER3
• S.T.S. No 1 (No 2) Vacuum Pump fault Over Current • M/E L.O. Auto Filter fault Over Current
• S.T.S. No 1 (No 2) Vacuum Pump fault Low Insulation • M/E L.O. Auto Filter fault Low Insulation 2.10.1. LOP Main compressors
• №1 (№2) Main Air Compressor wear of rings & valves
• S.T.S. Blower fault Low Insulation 2.9.13. HPU Power Packs • №1 (№2) Main Air Compressor Motor Fault
• S.T.S. Discharge Pump fault Low Insulation • Pump SlopP Remote
2.9.10. Cargo HPU Feed PP • Pump SlopS Remote 2.10.2. Air Condition Plant
• Pump 5P, (4P, 3P, 2P, 1P) Remote • No 1 (No 2) Air Condition Compressor fault Low Insulation
• No 1 (No 2, No 3) Hyd. Oil Feed Pump For Cargo Oil Sys.
fault Short Circuit • Pump 5S, (4S, 3S, 2S, 1S) Remote • No 1 (No 2) AHU Fan fault Low Insulation
• No 1 (No 2, No 3) Hyd. Oil Feed Pump For Cargo Oil Sys. • No 1 (No 2) Hyd. Power Pack For Cargo Oil Pump fault
2.10.3. ECR Air Condition
fault Over Current Short Circuit
• E.C.R. Air-Cond. Compressor fault Low Insulation
• No 1 (No 2, No 3) Hyd. Oil Feed Pump For Cargo Oil Sys. • No 1 (No 2) Hyd. Power Pack For Cargo Oil Pump fault Over
• E.C.R. Air-Cond. Fan fault Low Insulation
fault Low Insulation Current
2.9.11. HPU Valve Control Unit

• No 1 (No 2) Hyd. Power Pack For Cargo Oil Pump fault Low 2.10.4. Provision Cooling Plant
Insulation
• Provision Ref. Plant Compressors Switch Board fault
• Hyd. Power Pack For Valve Remote Control fault • Pump BallastP Remote Short Circuit
Short Circuit
• Pump BallastS Remote • Provision Ref. Plant Compressors Switch Board fault
• Hyd. Power Pack For Valve Remote Control fault
• Pump Breakage Low Insulation
Over Current
• Pump Cavitation • Air in PC System 1 (2)
• Hyd. Power Pack For Valve Remote Control fault
Low Insulation • Pump Jockey1 (Jockey2) Breakage • PC Condenser 1 (2) fouling
• Valve Remote Cont. Sys. Pump 1 (2) fault Shotr Circuit • Pump Jockey1 (Jockey2) Cavitation • PC System 1 (2) Ref. Leakage
• Pump1 (Pump2, Pump3, Pump4, Pump5) Breakage • PC Compressor 1 (2) Oil Leakage
2.9.12. No 1 PDB • Pump1 (Pump2, Pump3, Pump4, Pump5) Cavitation • PC Compressor 1 (2) Thermostat Fault
• I.C.C.P. Power Unit Aft fault Short Circuit
• HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) Overspeed • Water in PC System 1 (2)
• I.C.C.P. Power Unit Aft fault Over Current
• HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Pump Wear • Cold Room “Fish” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
• I.C.C.P. Power Unit Aft fault Low Insulation
• HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) Low Water Level • Cold Room “Fish” Fouling Coat of Snow
• Hyd. Power Pack Room Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit
• HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) Hydr. Pump Wear • Cold Room “Meat” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
• Hyd. Power Pack Room Exh. Fan fault Over Current
• HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) Suction Line Closed • Cold Room “Meat” Fouling Coat of Snow
• Hyd. Power Pack Room Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
• HPU Power Pack D/E No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Cooler Fouling • Cool Room “Butter” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault

242
Page ER4
• Cool Room “Fruit” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault 2.10.7. No 2 PDB 2.10.8. No 3 PDB
• Cool Room “Vegetable” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault • Lathe Control Panel fault Short Circuit • Provision Crane fault Low Insulation
• Cool Room “Dry Provision” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault • Lathe Control Panel fault Over Current • Life Boat Davit fault Low Insulation
2.10.5. Air Conditioning LOP • Lathe Control Panel fault Low Insulation • O.D.M. Samping Pump fault Low Insulation
• Drilling Machine Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• AC1 (AC2) Air in System 2.10.9. No 4 PDB
• AC1 (AC2) Condenser Cooler Fouling • Drilling Machine Control Panel fault Over Current
• Galley and Laundry Equipment fault Low Insulation
• AC1 (AC2) TEV1 Fault • Drilling Machine Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• AC1 (AC2) TEV2 Fault • Grinding Machine Control Panel fault Short Circuit 2.10.10. No 5 PDB
• AC1 (AC2) Water in System • Grinding Machine Control Panel fault Over Current • Control Air Dryer fault Short Circuit
• AC1 (AC2) Ref. Leakage • Grinding Machine Control Panel fault Low Insulation • Sterilizer fault Short Circuit
• AC1 (AC2) Steam Control1 Failure • M/E Exh.Gas V/V Crind. Machine Control Panel fault • M.G.P.S. Control Panel fault Short Circuit
Short Circuit • Cargo Handling System Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• AC1 (AC2) Steam Control2 Failure
• M/E Exh.Gas V/V Crind. Machine Control Panel fault • No 1 (No 2) Hyd. D/E Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• AC1 (AC2) Oil Leakage
Over Current
• AC1 (AC2) Oil Recirc. Sol. Valve Failure • H.F.O. Auto Filter for M/E & G/E fault Short Circuit
• M/E Exh.Gas V/V Crind. Machine Control Panel fault
2.10.6. Incinerator and WO TK Control Panel Low Insulation 2.11. Page ER4
• Inc. WO Sett. TK Mill Pump Failure • Electric Arc Welder (ER) fault Short Circuit
• Electric Arc Welder (ER) fault Over Current
2.11.1. IGG Main panel
• Inc. WO Serv. TK Mill Pump Failure
• Jacket Cooler Fouling
• Inc. MDO Feed. Pump Failure • Electric Arc Welder (ER) fault Low Insulation
• Scrubber C.S.W. PUMP Wear
• Inc. MDO Supply Pump Failure • E/R Workshop Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit
• Primary Air Fan Wear
• Inc. WO Dosing Pump Failure • E/R Workshop Exh. Fan fault Over Current
• I.G.G.N1 (N2) FO Pump Wear
• Incinerator Exhaust Fan Failure • E/R Workshop Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
• Secondary Fan 1 (Fan 2) Wear
• Incinerator Primery Burner Failure • E/R Crane Power Switch Box fault Short Circuit
• Demister and scrubber drain valve damage in close position
• Incinerator Sludge Burner Failure • E/R Crane Power Switch Box fault Over Current
• I.G.G. Drain valve Damage in open position
• Incinerator Furnace Temp. Controller Failure • E/R Crane Power Switch Box fault Low Insulation
• Incinerator Exhaust Gas Temp. Controller Failure • Electric Test Panel fault Short Circuit 2.11.2. Boiler Power Panel
• Electric Test Panel fault Over Current • F.D. Fan for Aux Boiler fault Low Insulation
• Electric Test Panel fault Low Insulation • No 1 (No 2) F.O. Supply Pump for Aux Boiler fault
Low Insulation
• MDO Ignition Pump for Aux Boiler fault Low Insulation

243
Page ER4
2.11.3. No 4 LGSP • Soot Blower System Sequence Fault 2.11.6. No 5 LGSP

• Hospital Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit • Soot Blower System Motor1 (Motor2) Overload • For Electric Arc Welder fault Short Circuit
• Hospital Exh. Fan fault Over Current • Economizer Soot Fouling • For Electric Arc Welder fault Over Current
• Hospital Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation 2.11.5. Boiler Local Control Panel • For Electric Arc Welder fault Low Insulation
• Deck Store Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit • Boiler Fuel Oil Pump 1 (2) Failure • Bosun Store Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit
• Deck Store Exh. Fan fault Over Current • Boiler Fuel Oil Pump 1 (2) Wear • Bosun Store Exh. Fan fault Over Current
• Deck Store Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation • Boiler Ignition Pump Failure • Bosun Store Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
• Chemical Store Exh Fan fault Short Circuit • Boiler Air Fan Failure • Paint Store Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit
• Chemical Store Exh Fan fault Over Current • Boiler Flame Out • Paint Store Exh. Fan fault Over Current
• Chemical Store Exh Fan fault Low Insulation • Boiler Air Damper Control Failure • Paint Store Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
• Dry Provision Store Exh Fan fault Short Circuit • Boiler Poor Atomising 2.11.7. IGG Group Starter
• Dry Provision Store Exh Fan fault Over Current • Burner Automatic Failure • Pilot F.O. Pump fault Short Circuit
• Dry Provision Store Exh Fan fault Low Insulation • No 1 (No 2) .Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO Failure • Pilot F.O. Pump fault Over Current
• Foam Room Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit • No 1 (No 2) Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump Failure • Pilot F.O. Pump fault Low Insulation
• Foam Room Exh. Fan fault Over Current • No 1 (No 2) .Boiler Water Circ. Pump For E/G ECO Wear • Burner Motor fault Short Circuit
• Foam Room Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation • No 1 (No 2) Aux Boiler Feed Water Pump Wear • Burner Motor fault Over Current
• Galley Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit • Boiler Water Level Transducer Failure • Burner Motor fault Low Insulation
• Galley Exh. Fan fault Over Current • Boiler Evaporator Tube Bank Damage • Primary Air Fan fault Short Circuit
• Galley Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation • Boiler Feed Pumps Automatic Failure • Primary Air Fan fault Over Current
• Galley Sup. Fan fault Short Circuit • Boiler Water Circ. Pumps Automatic Failure • Primary Air Fan fault Low Insulation
• Galley Sup. Fan fault Over Current • ECO tube failure • No 1 (No 2) Secondary Air Fan fault Short Circuit
• Galley Sup. Fan fault Low Insulation • Economiser fire • No 1 (No 2) Secondary Air Fan fault Over Current
• Sanitary Space Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit • Boiler Water Automatic Valve Failure • No 1 (No 2) Secondary Air Fan fault Low Insulation
• Sanitary Space Exh. Fan fault Over Current • Steam Leakage • No 1 (No 2) FO Pump fault Short Circuit
• Sanitary Space Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation • ME/ GE HFO heater 1 (2) leakage • No 1 (No 2) FO Pump fault Over Current
2.11.4. Soot Blowers Panel • HFO heater for Aux. Boiler leakage • No 1 (No 2) FO Pump fault Low Insulation
• Soot Blower Control Panel fault Short Circuit • Condenser SW leakage
• Soot Blower Control Panel fault Over Current • HFO Purifier 1 (2) Heater Fouling
• Soot Blower Control Panel fault Low Insulation • LO Purifier 1 (2) Heater Fouling

244
Page EmG
2.12. Page EmG AC220V EM’CY Feeder Panel • Cargo Control Console (C.C.C. AC 220V D.B.) fault
Short Circuit
• AC220V Emcy Feeder Panel fault Short Circuit
2.12.1. ESB Consumers • Nav. Lighting Control Panel On B.C.C. fault Short Circuit • Cargo Control Console (C.C.C. AC 220V D.B.) fault
Low Insulation
EM’CY Group Starter Panel • Nav. Lighting Control Panel On B.C.C. fault Low Insulation
• Life Boat Battery fault Short Circuit
• No 2 E/R Sup./Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit • No 1 Nav. Instument Distr. Board In B.C.C. fault
Short Circuit • Life Boat Battery fault Low Insulation
• No 2 E/R Sup./Exh. Fan fault Over Current
• No 1 Nav. Instument Distr. Board In B.C.C. fault • Life & Rescue Boat Battery fault Short Circuit
• No 2 E/R Sup./Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
Low Insulation • Life & Rescue Boat Battery fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Room Supply Fan fault Short Circuit
• No 2 Nav. Instument Distr. Board In B.C.C. fault • GMDSS Console fault Short Circuit
• EM’CY Gen. Room Supply Fan fault Over Current
Short Circuit • GMDSS Console fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Room Supply Fan fault Low Insulation
• No 2 Nav. Instument Distr. Board In B.C.C. fault • Local F.F. Main Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• S/G Room Supply Fan fault Short Circuit Low Insulation
• Local F.F. Main Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• S/G Room Supply Fan fault Over Current • No 1 EM’CY Lighting Distrib. Board fault Short Circuit
• Cargo handing System Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• S/G Room Supply Fan fault Low Insulation • No 1 EM’CY Lighting Distrib. Board fault Low Insulation
• Cargo handing System Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• CO2 Room Supply Fan fault Short Circuit • No 2 EM’CY Lighting Distrib. Board fault Short Circuit
• E/G Engine Coolant Preheater fault Short Circuit
• CO2 Room Supply Fan fault Over Current • No 2 EM’CY Lighting Distrib. Board fault Low Insulation
• E/G Engine Coolant Preheater fault Low Insulation
• CO2 Room Supply Fan fault Low Insulation • Bridge Control Console (B.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault
• CO2 Alarm Panel fault Short Circuit
AC440V EM’CY Feeder Panel Short Circuit
• CO2 Alarm Panel fault Low Insulation
• Battery Charger fault Short Circuit • Bridge Control Console (B.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault
Low Insulation • Interface Unit for Signal Light Column fault Short Circuit
• Battery Charger fault Low Insulation
• Engine Control Console (E.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault • Interface Unit for Signal Light Column fault Low Insulation
• Whistle Relay Box fault Short Circuit
Short Circuit • PA main Amplifer Unit fault Short Circuit
• Whistle Relay Box fault Over Current
• Engine Control Console (E.C.C. AC 220V Power D.B.) fault • PA main Amplifer Unit fault Low Insulation
• Whistle Relay Box fault Low Insulation
Low Insulation • Foam Room Exh. Fan fault Short Circuit
• Foam Tank Unit Pump fault Short Circuit
• Fire Main Control Panel fault Short Circuit • Foam Room Exh. Fan fault Low Insulation
• Foam Tank Unit Pump fault Over Current
• Fire Main Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• Foam Tank Unit Pump fault Low Insulation

245
Page EmG
2.12.2. EM’CY Gen. Panel • Navigation Lighting Control Panel fault Short Circuit
• ACB EM’CY Gen. Spring Charge Motor Fault • Navigation Lighting Control Panel fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Short Circuit • EM’CY Navigation Instrument Dist. Board In B.C.C. fault
Short Circuit
• ESB Side Bus Tie ACB Spring Charge Motor Fault
• EM’CY Navigation Instrument Dist. Board In B.C.C. fault
• ESB Side Bus Tie ACB Automatic Control Failure
Low Insulation
2.12.3. Shore Connection Panel • EM’CY Lighting C-Deck fault Short Circuit
• Shore Wrong Phase Sequence • EM’CY Lighting C-Deck fault Low Insulation
• Shore Low Voltage from Shore Side • EM’CY Lighting Engine Room fault Short Circuit
• Shore Phase Break • EM’CY Lighting Engine Room fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY Lighting Upper Deck fault Short Circuit
2.12.4. Battery Charger and Discharger • EM’CY Lighting Upper Deck fault Low Insulation
• Battery Charger Fuse 1 (Fuse 2) To Blow
• MSB Synchronizing Panel fault Short Circuit
• Battery fault Low Capacity
• MSB Synchronizing Panel fault Low Insulation
• Bridge Control Console fault Short Circuit
• P.A. Main Amplifier Unit fault Short Circuit
• Bridge Control Console fault Low Insulation
• P.A. Main Amplifier Unit fault Low Insulation
• Cargo Control Console fault Short Circuit
• Cargo Control Console fault Low Insulation 2.12.5. EM’CY G/E Set Battery Charger
• Engine Control Console fault Short Circuit • EM’CY Gen Set Battery Charger Failure
• Engine Control Console fault Low Insulation
2.12.6. EM’CY Gen LOP
• EM’CY Lighting Wheel House fault Short Circuit
• EM’CY G/E F.O. Leakage
• EM’CY Lighting Wheel House fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY G/E Tacho Fail
• EM’CY Lighting A-Deck fault Short Circuit
• EM’CY G/E FW Coller Fouling
• EM’CY Lighting A-Deck fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY G/E LO Coller Fouling
• EM’CY Lighting B-Deck fault Short Circuit
• EM’CY G/E LO Pump Wear
• EM’CY Lighting B-Deck fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY G/E LO Pump Failure
• I.G.G. Main Control Panel On B.C.C. fault Short Circuit
• EM’CY G/E FW Pump Wear
• I.G.G. Main Control Panel On B.C.C. fault Low Insulation
• EM’CY G/E FW Pump Failure

246

Manual Simulator TechSim

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Simulator TechSim

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Manual Simulator TechSim

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ERS 5000 TechSim

MAN B&W 6S50MC-C Diesel Engine – Product Tanker

MAN B&W 6S50MC-C Diesel Engine – Product Tanker. Trainee Manual

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. — November 2014

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

1. Printing House Conventions ESB

2. Abbreviations I.G.G. (IGG)

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Ship general characteristics:

Max. continuous power 8 600 kW at 127 RPM

Product Tanker general view

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Example menu (EmG page)

Bottom bar of the Propulsion console

Bottom bar of the Virtual Hardware console

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

4.2. LCS Software

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Example: PUSH BUTTON BOX for No. 1 FIRE & GS PUMP

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

5. General Controls 5.2. Push Button Box

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

5.3. Thermocontroller Mode #3 “Control Setting” 5.4. SET-DIFF Controllers

Mode #2 “Set Value”

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant

Transas MIP Ltd. — November 2014

Chapter 1. Propulsion Plant

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

1. Introduction 1.1. Propulsion Plant Remote

• Preparation of equipment/systems for operation, startup

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.1. Bridge Control Console B

The display contains:

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

űű PROGRAM BY-PASS button with protection cover. űű TELEG. SOURCE ;

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3. PP Remote Control from the ECR

3.1. ECR Control Console A

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

űű MAIN SOURCE (AC) ;

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3.3. ECR Control Console D

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

• Actual value and units of the parameter in large font (in

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3.4. ECR Control Consoles G & H 3.4.1. Operating Manoeuvring Handle

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

4. Main Diesel Engine Governor

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

4.2. ME Local Control Panel

The left panel contains:

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

• Indicator and alarm lamps: